Hyundai - Kona - Owners Manual - 2017 - 2017

OWNER’S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out. This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle. Please note that some models are equipped with Right-Hand Drive (RHD). The explanations and illustrations for some operations in RHD models are opposite of those written in this manual. Introduction CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country. TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer’s instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices. F2 SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following: DANGER DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. WARNING WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. CAUTION CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. NOTICE NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage. F3 Table of contents Foreword / Hybrid system overview 1 Vehicle information 2 Safety system 3 Instrument cluster 4 Convenient features 5 Driving your vehicle 6 Emergency situations 7 Maintenance 8 Index I Introduction FOREWORD Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build. Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner’s Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle’s controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle. This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. This Owner’s Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information. HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY CAUTION Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 2-13 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner’s Manual. Copyright 2019 HYUNDAI Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor Company. 1-2 01 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual. In order to minimize the chance of death or injury, you must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual. Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle. By reading your manual, you will learn about features, important safety information, and driving tips under various road conditions. The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject; it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual. Sections: This manual has eight chapters plus an index. Each chapter begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want. SAFETY MESSAGES Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner’s Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle. Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks. Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death. Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used. This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION. DANGER DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. WARNING WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. CAUTION CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. NOTICE NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage. 1-3 Introduction FUEL REQUIREMENTS Unleaded For Europe For the optimal vehicle performance, we recommend you use unleaded gasoline which has an octane rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher. You may use unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of RON 91-94 / AKI 87-90 but it may result in slight performance reduction of the vehicle. (Do not use methanol blended fuels) Except Europe Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an Octane Rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher. (Do not use methanol blended fuels) Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling. NOTICE NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The use of leaded fuel is detrimental to the catalytic converter and will damage the engine control system’s oxygen sensor and affect emission control. Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified (We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.) WARNING • Do not “top off” after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling. • Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident. Leaded (if equipped) For some countries, your vehicle is designed to use leaded gasoline. When you are going to use leaded gasoline, we recommend that you ask an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Octane rating of leaded gasoline is same with unleaded one. 1-4 01 Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol (also known as wood alcohol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. Do not use gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system. Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur. Vehicle damage or driveability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer’s warranty if they result from the use of: 1. Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol. 2. Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol. 3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. NOTICE Never use gasohol which contains methanol. Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs drivability. Other fuels Using fuel additives such as: -- Silicone fuel additive -- MMT (Magnanese, Mn) fuel additive -- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive -- Other metallic-based fuel additives may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a reduction in the overall life of the powertrain. NOTICE Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty. 1-5 Introduction Use of MTBE HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting. NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance problems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.) Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) should not be used in your vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system. Fuel Additives HYUNDAI recommends that you use unleaded gasoline which has an octane rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher (for Europe) or Octane Rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher (except Europe). For customers who do not use good quality gasolines, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank is recommended according to the maintenance schedule (refer to chapter 8, “Normal Maintenance Schedule”). Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to: • Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance. • Determine that acceptable fuel is available. 1-6 01 VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS • This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty. • If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices. VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS By following a few simple precautions for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle. • Do not race the engine. • While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm. • Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine. • Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly. RETURNING USED VEHICLES (FOR EUROPE) HYUNDAI promotes an environmentally sound treatment for end of life vehicles and offers to take back your HYUNDAI end of life vehicles in accordance with the European Union (EU) End of Life Vehicles Directive. You can get detailed information from your national HYUNDAI homepage. 1-7 1. Hybrid system overview HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system............................................................... 1-11 Driving the hybrid vehicle.................................................................................1-12 Starting the vehicle...................................................................................................... 1-12 Vehicles with remote key system............................................................................. 1-12 Vehicles with smart key system................................................................................ 1-12 Special features............................................................................................................ 1-13 Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS)........................................................................ 1-14 What does regenerative braking do?........................................................................ 1-14 Battery........................................................................................................................ 1-14 Hybrid system gauge................................................................................................... 1-15 Power gauge.............................................................................................................. 1-15 Hybrid battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge........................................................... 1-15 Warning and indicator lights....................................................................................... 1-16 Ready indicator.......................................................................................................... 1-16 EV mode indicator..................................................................................................... 1-16 Service warning light................................................................................................. 1-16 Regenerative brake warning light............................................................................. 1-16 LCD display messages................................................................................................. 1-17 Ready to start driving................................................................................................ 1-17 Check regenerative brakes....................................................................................... 1-17 Stop vehicle and check brakes................................................................................. 1-17 Check Hybrid system................................................................................................. 1-17 Stop safely and check Hybrid system...................................................................... 1-18 Check Hybrid system. Do not start engine.............................................................. 1-18 Stop safely and check power supply........................................................................ 1-18 Check virtual engine sound system......................................................................... 1-18 Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery damage............................................................... 1-19 Refill inverter coolant................................................................................................ 1-19 Park with engine On to charge battery.................................................................... 1-19 Start engine to avoid battery discharge................................................................... 1-19 Energy flow.................................................................................................................. 1-20 Vehicle stop............................................................................................................... 1-20 EV propulsion............................................................................................................ 1-20 Power assist.............................................................................................................. 1-20 Engine only propulsion............................................................................................. 1-20 Engine generation...................................................................................................... 1-21 Regeneration.............................................................................................................. 1-21 Engine brake.............................................................................................................. 1-21 Power reserve............................................................................................................ 1-21 Engine generation/motor drive................................................................................1-22 Engine generation/regeneration..............................................................................1-22 Engine brake/regeneration.......................................................................................1-22 1 Safety precautions for hybrid system.............................................................. 1-23 1 Hybrid vehicle components........................................................................................1-23 High voltage battery system.....................................................................................1-23 Service plug................................................................................................................. 1-26 Hybrid battery cooling duct....................................................................................... 1-26 If an accident occurs....................................................................................................1-27 When the hybrid vehicle shuts off............................................................................. 1-28 01 HEV (HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM The HYUNDAI Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) uses both the gasoline engine and the electric motor for power. The electric motor is run by a high-voltage HEV battery. Depending on the driving conditions, the HEV computer selectively operates between the engine and the electric motor or even both at the same time. Fuel efficiency increases when the engine is at idle, or when the vehicle is driven by the electric motor with the HEV battery. The HEV battery charge must be maintained, so at times the engine will come on even at idle to act as a generator. Charging also occurs when decelerating or by regenerative braking. Electric motor Startup/Low speed cruise Electric motor + Engine Acceleration Engine High speed cruise Charging Deceleration Engine OFF Stop OOSHQ019001L 1-11 Hybrid system overview DRIVING THE HYBRID VEHICLE Starting the vehicle Vehicles with remote key system 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park). 3. Depress the brake pedal. 4. Turn the ignition swich to the START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 senconds) until the “ ” indicator comes on and release it. Whether the engine is cold or warm, it should be started without depressing the accelerator. After following the start procedures, “ ” indicator on the instrument cluster will turn on. For more details, please check chapter 6. Vehicles with smart key system 1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle. 2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied. 3. Place the shift lever in P (Park). With the shift lever in N (Neutral), you cannot start the vehicle. 4. Depress the brake pedal. 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button. If the hybrid system starts, the “ ” indicator will come on. Whether the engine is cold or warm, it should be started without depressing the accelerator. After following the start procedures, “ ” indicator on the instrument cluster will turn on. For more details, please check chapter 6. 1-12 ECONOMICAL and SAFE OPERATION of Hybrid system • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderate rate and maintain a steady cruising speed. Do not make “jackrabbit” starts. Do not race between stoplights. Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking. This also reduces brake wear out. • The regenerative brake generates energy when the vehicle decelerates. • When the hybrid battery power is low, the hybrid system automatically recharges the hybrid battery. • When the engine is running with the shift lever in N (Neutral), the hybrid system cannot generate electricity. The hybrid battery cannot recharge with the shift lever in N (Neutral). Information In the hybrid system, the engine automatically runs and stops. When the hybrid system operates, the “ ” indicator is illuminated. In the following situation, the engine may operate automatically. -- When the engine is ready to run -- When the hybrid battery is being charged -- Depending on the temperature condition of the hybrid battery 01 Special features Hybrid vehicles sound different than gasoline engine vehicles. When the hybrid system operates, you may hear a sound from the hybrid battery system behind the rear seat. If you apply the accelerator pedal rapidly, you may hear an unconventional sound. When you apply the brake pedal, you may hear a sound from the regenerative brake system. When the hybrid system is turned off or on, you may hear a sound in the engine compartment. If you depress the brake pedal repeatedly when the hybrid system is turned on, you may hear a sound in the engine compartment. None of these sounds indicate a problem. These are normal characteristics of hybrid vehicles. If any of following occur, it’s a normal condition if you hear a motor sound in the engine compartment: -- After turning off the hybrid system, the brake pedal is released. -- When the hybrid system is turned off, the brake pedal is applied. -- When the driver door is opened. When the hybrid system is turned ON, the gasoline engine may run or may not. In this situation, you may feel a vibration. This does not indicate a malfunction. When the “ ” indicator illuminates, the hybrid system is ready to begin driving. Even if the engine is off, you can operate the vehicle as long as the “ ” indicator is illuminated. NOTICE The hybrid system contains many electronic components. High voltage components, such as cables and other parts, may emit electromagnetic waves. Even when the electromagnetic cover blocks electromagnetic emissions, electromagnetic waves may have an effect on electronic devices. When your vehicle is not used for a long period of time, the hybrid system will discharge. You need to drive the vehicle several times a month. We recommend driving at least for 1 hour or 16 km. When the hybrid battery is discharged, or when it is impossible to jump start the vehicle, we recommend that you contact your authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING • When you start the hybrid system with the shift lever in P (Parking), the “ ” indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster. The driver can drive the vehicle, even when the gasoline engine is off. • When you leave the vehicle, you should turn OFF the hybrid system or locate the shift lever in P (Park). When you depress the accelerator pedal by mistake, or when the shift lever is not in P (Park), the vehicle will abruptly move, possibly resulting in serious injury or death. 1-13 Hybrid system overview Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS) What does regenerative braking do? It uses an electric motor when decelerating and when braking and transforms kinetic energy to electrical energy in order to charge the high voltage battery. Battery OOSHQ019002L The Virtual Engine Sound System generates engine sound for pedestrians to hear vehicle sound because there is limited sound while motor power is used. • The VESS may be turned ON or OFF by pressing the VESS button. • If the vehicle is moving at low speed, the VESS will operate. • When the gear is shifted to R (Reverse), an additional warning sound will be heard. CAUTION For safety reasons, do not turn off the VESS system. If you are in a situation that the system needs to be turned off, check whether there are pedestrians around the vehicle. 1-14 • The vehicle is composed of a high voltage battery that drives the motor and air conditioner, and an integrated 12V lithium ion polymer battery with the HEV battery that drives the lamps, wipers, and audio system. • The integrated 12V battery is automatically charged when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. 01 Hybrid system gauge Hybrid battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge Power gauge „„ Type A OOSH049007L The hybrid system gauge indicates whether the current driving condition is fuel efficient or not. • CHARGE: Shows that the energy made by the vehicle is being converted to electrical energy. (Regenerated energy) • ECO: Shows that the vehicle is being driven in an Eco-friendly manner. • POWER: Shows that the vehicle is exceeding the Eco-friendly range. „„ Type B OOSH049010L OOSH049011L This gauge indicates the remaining hybrid battery power. If the SOC is near the “0 or L (Low)” level, the vehicle automatically operates the engine to charge the battery. However, if the Service Indicator ( ) and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ( ) turn on when the SOC gauge is near the “0 or L (Low)” level, we recommend the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. According to the hybrid system gauge area, the “EV” indicator comes on or off. -- “EV” indicator ON : Vehicle is driven using the electric motor or the gasoline engine is stopped. -- “EV” indicator OFF : Vehicle is driven using the gasoline engine. 1-15 Hybrid system overview Warning and indicator lights Service warning light Ready indicator This indicator illuminates: When the vehicle is ready to be driven. -- ON : Normal driving is possible. -- OFF : Normal driving is not possible, or a problem has occurred. -- Blinking : Emergency driving. When the ready indicator goes OFF or blinks, there is a problem with the system. If this occurs, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. EV mode indicator This indicator illuminates: When the vehicle is driven by the electric motor. 1-16 This warning light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. -- The service warning light illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then turns off when all checks have been performed. • When there is a problem with the hybrid vehicle control system or hardware. When the warning light illuminates while driving, or does not go OFF after starting the vehicle, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Regenerative brake warning light (yellow) This warning light illuminates: When the regenerative brake does not operate and the brake does not perform well. This causes the Brake Warning light (red) and Regenerative Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illuminate simultaneously. If this occurs, drive safely and have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The operation of the brake pedal may be more difficult than normal and the braking distance may increase. 01 LCD display messages Stop vehicle and check brakes Ready to start driving OOSHQ019006L OOSHQ019003L This message is displayed when the vehicle is ready to be driven. Check regenerative brakes This message is displayed when a failure occurs in the brake system. If this occurs, park the vehicle in a safe location and we recommend that you tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle inspected. Check Hybrid system OOSHQ019004L This message is displayed when the brake performance is low or the regenerative brake does not work properly due to a failure in the brake system. If this occurs, it may take longer for the brake pedal to operate and the braking distance may become longer. OOSHQ019005L This message is displayed when there is a problem with the hybrid control system. Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 1-17 Hybrid system overview Stop safely and check Hybrid system Stop safely and check power supply OOSHQ019007L OOSHQ019009L This message is displayed when there is a problem with the hybrid control system. The “ ” indicator will blink and a warning chime will sound until the problem is solved. Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. This message is displayed when a failure occurs in the power supply system. If this occurs, park the vehicle in a safe location and tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle inspected. Check virtual engine sound system Check Hybrid system. Do not start engine OOSHQ019010L OOSHQ019008L This message is displayed when the hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low. A warning chime will sound until the problem is solved. Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 1-18 This message is displayed when there is a problem with the Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS). If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 01 Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery damage OOSHQ019011L This message is displayed when the fuel tank is nearly empty. You should refill the fuel tank to prevent hybrid battery damage. Refill inverter coolant Park with engine On to charge battery OOSHQ019013L This message is displayed when the hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low. If this occurs, park the vehicle in a safe location and wait until the hybrid battery is charged. Start engine to avoid battery discharge OOSHQ019012L This message is displayed when the inverter coolant is nearly empty. You should refill the inverter coolant. OOSHQ019027L This message is displayed to inform the driver the 12V battery may be discharged if the ignition switch is in ON position indicator ON). (without the Set the vehicle to the ready ( ) mode to prevent the 12V battery from being discharged. 1-19 Hybrid system overview Energy flow Power assist The hybrid system informs the drivers its energy flow in various operating modes. While driving, the current energy flow is specified in 11 modes. Vehicle stop OOSHQ019016L Both the motor and the engine power are used to drive the vehicle. (Battery & Engine → Wheel) OOSHQ019014L Engine only propulsion The vehicle is stopped. (No energy flow) EV propulsion OOSHQ019017L Only the engine power is used to drive the vehicle. (Engine → Wheel) OOSHQ019015L Only the motor power is used to drive the vehicle. (Battery → Wheel) 1-20 01 Engine generation Engine brake OOSHQ019019L OOSHQ019018L When the vehicle is stopped, the highvoltage battery is charged up by the engine. (Engine → Battery) Regeneration The engine braking is used to decelerate the vehicle. (Wheel → Engine) Power reserve OOSHQ019021L OOSHQ019020L The high-voltage battery is charged up by the regenerative brake system. (Wheel → Battery) The engine is simultaneously used to drive the vehicle and to charge up the high-voltage battery. (Engine → Wheel & Battery) 1-21 Hybrid system overview Engine generation/motor drive OOSHQ019022L The engine charges up the high-voltage battery. The motor power is used to drive the vehicle. (Engine → Battery → Wheel) Engine generation/regeneration OOSHQ019023L The engine and regenerative brake system charges up the high-voltage battery. (Engine & Wheel → Battery) 1-22 Engine brake/regeneration OOSHQ019024L The engine braking is simultaneously used to decelerate the vehicle and to charge up the high-voltage battery. (Wheel → Engine & Battery) 01 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR HYBRID SYSTEM Hybrid vehicle components High voltage battery system „„ HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit) *1 WARNING Never touch orange colored or high voltage labeled components, including wires, cables, and connections. When the insulators or covers are damaged or removed, severe injury or death from electrocution may occur. WARNING OAEPHQ016040L „„ High voltage battery system *2 While replacing the fuses in the engine compartment, never touch the HPCU. The HPCU carries high voltage. Touching the HPCU may result in electrocution, serious injury, or death. WARNING In the hybrid system, the hybrid battery uses high voltage to operate the motor and other components. This high voltage hybrid battery system can be very dangerous. Never touch the hybrid system. When you touch the hybrid battery system, serious injury or death may occur. OAEQ046019 Located in the engine compartment *2 : Located under the rear seats *1 : 1-23 Hybrid system overview CAUTION WARNING • Do not pile up any items in an area behind the high voltage battery. In a crash, the battery may become unstable, or its performance may degrade. • Do not apply strong force nor pile up any items above the luggage compartment. Such an attempt may distort the high voltage battery case, causing a safety problem or degrading the performance. • Be careful when loading flammable liquid in the luggage compartment. It could cause operational and safety degradation if the liquid leaks and flows in the high voltage battery. „„ Drive motor *3 OAEQ046017 *3 : Located in the engine compartment 1-24 • Do not disassemble the high voltage motor connector. The high voltage motor connector may contain residual high voltage. Coming in contact with high voltage may result in death or serious injury. • Your vehicle’s hybrid system should only be inspected or repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING • Do not disassemble or assemble the high voltage battery system. Doing so may result in electric shock, causing death or serious injury. • If you disassemble or assemble hybrid system components improperly, it may damage the performance and reliability of your vehicle. • If electrolyte comes in contact with your body, clothes or eyes, immediately flush with a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible. 01 WARNING Never assemble or disassemble the high voltage battery system. • If you assemble or disassemble the high voltage battery system, the durability and performance of the vehicle may be damaged. • When you want to check the high voltage battery system, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Do not touch the high voltage battery and high voltage cable connected to motor (orange color). Severe burns and electric shock may occur. For your safety, do not touch the cover of electronic components and electronic cable. Do not remove the cover of electronic components and electronic cable. In particular, never touch the high voltage battery system when the hybrid system in operation. It may result in death or serious injury. WARNING • Never use the package modules (high voltage battery, inverter and converter) for any other purpose. • Do not use an unauthorized battery charger to charge the high voltage battery. Doing so may result in death or serious injury. • Never locate the high voltage system near or in a fire. • Never drill into or strike the package module. Otherwise, it may be damaged. An electric shock may occur, resulting in serious injury or death. NOTICE • When the vehicle is paint baked, do not bake over 30 minutes in 70°C (158°F) or 20 minutes in 80°C (176°F) degree. • Do not wash the engine compartment, using water. Water may cause an electric shock and damage the electronic components. WARNING This hybrid vehicle uses the hybrid battery system inverter and converter to generate high voltage. High voltage in the hybrid battery system is very dangerous and may cause severe burns and electric shock. This may result in serious injury or death. • For your safety, never touch, replace, disassemble or remove the hybrid battery system including components, cables and connectors. Severe burns or electric shock may result in serious injury or death when you fail to follow this warning. • When the hybrid battery system operates, the hybrid battery system can be hot. Always be careful because burns or electric shock may be caused by high voltage. • Do not spill liquid on the HPCU, HSG, motor and fuses. If the hybrid system components come in contact with liquid, it may result in electric shock. 1-25 Hybrid system overview Service plug WARNING DANGER OOSHQ019025L Never touch the service plug. The service plug is attached to the high voltage hybrid battery system. Touching the service plug will result in death or serious injury. Service personnel should follow procedure in the service manual. Hybrid battery cooling duct OOSHQ019026L The hybrid battery cooling duct is located on the left side of the rear seats. The cooling duct cools down the hybrid battery. When the hybrid battery cooling duct is blocked, the hybrid battery may be overheated. Clean the cooling duct for the hybrid battery with a dry cloth on a regular basis. 1-26 • Never clean the cooling duct of the hybrid battery with a wet cloth. If any water enters the cooling duct of the hybrid battery, the hybrid battery may cause an electric shock, resulting in a serious damage, an injury or a death. • The hybrid battery is composed of lithium-ion polymer. If the hybrid battery is improperly handled, it is dangerous to the environment. Also it may cause electrical shock and severe burns, resulting in a serious injury or a death. • Do not spill liquid over the cooling duct of the hybrid battery. Doing so is very dangerous. It may cause electric shock or serious injury. • Do not cover the cooling duct with objects. • Do not put any objects into the cooling duct of the hybrid battery. Doing so may cause loss of cooling duct volume to the hybrid battery. When the cooling duct is blocked with any objects, immediately contact your HYUNDAI dealer. • Never place a container of liquid on or near the cooling duct. If the liquid spills, the hybrid battery located in the luggage compartment may be damaged. • Secure all loads in the luggage compartment to prevent them from being tossed about before driving. When a sharp or heavy load strike with a strong impact or pierce the interior luggage compartment wall, the hybrid battery system may be damaged, deteriorating its performance. • Do not obstruct the cooling duct with any other objects. 01 If an accident occurs WARNING • For your safety, do not touch the high voltage cables, connectors and package modules. High voltage components are orange in color. • Exposed cables or wires may be visible inside or outside of the vehicle. Never touch the wires or cables, because an electrical shock, an injury, or a death may occur. • Any gas or electrolyte leakage from your vehicle is not only poisonous but also flammable. Upon witnessing one of those, open the windows, and remain a safe distance from the vehicle out of the road. Immediately call an emergency services or contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved. • When the vehicle is severely damaged, remain a safe distance of 15 meter or more between your vehicle and other vehicles/ flammables. WARNING If a fire occurs: • If a small scale fire occurs, use a fire extinguisher (ABC, BC) that is meant for electrical fires. If it is impossible to extinguish the fire in the early stage, remain a safe distance from the vehicle and immediately call your local fire emergency responders. Also, advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved. If the fire spreads to the high voltage battery, large amount of water is needed to put out the fire. Using small amount of water or fire extinguishers not meant for electrical fires could cause serious injury or death from electrical shocks. • Upon witnessing any sparks, gases, flames, or fuel leakage of your vehicle, immediately call emergency services or contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Also, advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved. WARNING When a submersion in water occurs: When your vehicle is flooded in water, a high-voltage battery may cause shock or fires. Thus, turn the hybrid system OFF, take the key in your possession and escape to a safe place. Never attempt physical contact with your flooded vehicle. Immediately contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved. 1-27 Hybrid system overview When the hybrid vehicle shuts off When the high voltage battery or 12 volt battery is discharged, or when the fuel tank is empty, the hybrid system may not operate while driving. When the Hybrid system does not operate, do the followings: 1. Gradually reduce the vehicle speed. Pull over your vehicle off the road in a safe area. 2. Locate the shift lever in P (Park). 3. Turn ON the hazard warning flashers. 4. Turn OFF the vehicle, and try to start the hybrid system again, while depressing the brake pedal and turning on the ignition switch. 5. When the hybrid system still does not operate, refer to “If the 12 Volt Battery Is Discharged” section in chapter 7. Before jump-starting the vehicle, check the fuel level and the exact procedure to jump start. For further details, refer to “If the 12 Volt Battery Is Discharged” section in chapter 7. When the fuel level is low, do not attempt to drive the vehicle only with the battery power. The high voltage battery may be discharged, and the hybrid system will turn OFF. 1-28 2. Vehicle information Exterior overview (I)............................................................................................2-2 Exterior overview (II)...........................................................................................2-3 Interior overview (I)........................................................................................... 2-4 Interior overview (II).......................................................................................... 2-5 Instrument panel overview (I)........................................................................... 2-6 Instrument panel overview (II)...........................................................................2-7 Engine compartment......................................................................................... 2-8 Dimensions......................................................................................................... 2-9 Engine................................................................................................................. 2-9 Bulb wattage.....................................................................................................2-10 Tires and wheels................................................................................................2-11 Load and speed capacity tires......................................................................... 2-12 Air conditioning system.................................................................................... 2-12 Vehicle weight and luggage volume............................................................... 2-12 Recommended lubricants and capacities...................................................... 2-13 Recommended engine oil...........................................................................................2-14 Recommended SAE viscosity number.......................................................................2-14 Vehicle identification number (VIN)................................................................ 2-15 Vehicle certification label................................................................................. 2-15 Tire specification and pressure label............................................................... 2-16 Engine number.................................................................................................. 2-16 Air conditioner compressor label.................................................................... 2-16 Refrigerant label............................................................................................... 2-16 Declaration of conformity................................................................................ 2-17 Fuel label........................................................................................................... 2-17 Gasoline engine............................................................................................................2-17 2 Vehicle information EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (I) „„ Front view The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OOSH019001L 1. Hood....................................................... 5-33 6. Outside rearview mirror.........................5-23 2. Headlamp...............................................8-56 7. Sunroof................................................... 5-29 3. DRL (Daytime Running Light)...............8-56 8. Front windshield wiper blades..............8-31 4. Turn signal lamp....................................8-56 9. Windows.................................................5-25 5. Tires and wheels.................................... 8-33 2-2 02 EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (II) „„ Rear view The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OOSH019002L 1. Door......................................................... 5-13 5. Tailgate................................................... 5-34 2. Fuel filler door........................................ 5-36 6. High mounted stop lamp...................... 8-67 3. Rear combination lamp........................8-65 7. Rear window wiper blades................... 8-32 4. Turn signal lamp, Rear fog lamp, Back-up lamp........................................................8-65 8. Antenna...................................................5-91 2-3 Vehicle information INTERIOR OVERVIEW (I) „„ Left-hand drive [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OOSH019003L 1. Inside door handle.................................. 5-14 10. Head-up display button........................ 5-39 2. Outside rearview mirror folding........... 5-24 11. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)....................6-84 3. Outside rearview mirror control........... 5-33 12. 12V battery reset switch...........................7-4 4. Central door lock switch........................ 5-15 13. ESC OFF button..................................... 6-34 5. Power window lock switch................... 5-28 6. Power window switches........................5-25 14. VESS (Vehicle Engine Sound System) button.......................................................1-14 7. Headlight leveling device..................... 5-49 15. Hood release lever................................. 5-33 8. Instrument panel illumination control switch....................................................... 4-5 16. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever..... 5-20 9. Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW).... 6-56 18. Seat........................................................... 3-3 2-4 17. Steering wheel........................................ 5-19 02 INTERIOR OVERVIEW (II) „„ Right-hand drive [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OOSH019003R 1. Inside door handle.................................. 5-14 10. Head-up display button........................ 5-39 2. Outside rearview mirror folding........... 5-24 11. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)....................6-84 3. Outside rearview mirror control........... 5-33 12. 12V battery reset switch...........................7-4 4. Central door lock switch........................ 5-15 13. ESC OFF button..................................... 6-34 5. Power window lock switch................... 5-28 6. Power window switches........................5-25 14. VESS (Vehicle Engine Sound System) button.......................................................1-14 7. Headlight leveling device..................... 5-49 15. Hood release lever................................. 5-33 8. Instrument panel illumination control switch....................................................... 4-5 16. Steering wheel........................................ 5-19 17. Seat........................................................... 3-3 9. Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW).... 6-56 2-5 Vehicle information INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (I) „„ Left-hand drive The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OOSH019004L 1. Instrument cluster................................... 4-4 12. USB charger........................................... 5-83 2. Horn........................................................ 5-20 13. Power outlet........................................... 5-82 3. Driver’s front air bag.............................. 3-44 14. Dual clutch transmission shift lever......6-13 4. Key ignition switch/................................. 6-6 15. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat...........3-16 Engine Start/Stop button........................ 6-9 16. Heated steering wheel........................... 5-21 5. Light control/Turn signals..................... 5-42 17. Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)/.................................................... 5-56 6. Wiper/Washer........................................ 5-52 7. Audio system......................................... 5-96 8. Hazard warning flasher switch................7-2 9. Automatic climate control system....... 5-63 10. Passenger’s front air bag...................... 3-44 11. Glove box................................................5-79 2-6 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)...................................... 5-59 18. Steering wheel audio controls.............. 5-92 19. Speed limiter controls/........................6-103 Cruise controls......................................6-105 02 INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (II) „„ Right-hand drive The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OOSH019004R 1. Instrument cluster................................... 4-4 12. USB charger........................................... 5-83 2. Horn........................................................ 5-20 13. Power outlet........................................... 5-82 3. Driver’s front air bag.............................. 3-44 14. Dual clutch transmission shift lever......6-13 4. Key ignition switch/................................. 6-6 15. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat...........3-16 Engine Start/Stop button........................ 6-9 16. Heated steering wheel........................... 5-21 5. Light control/Turn signals..................... 5-42 17. Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)/.................................................... 5-56 6. Wiper/Washer........................................ 5-52 7. Audio system......................................... 5-96 8. Hazard warning flasher switch................7-2 9. Automatic climate control system....... 5-63 10. Passenger’s front air bag...................... 3-44 11. Glove box................................................5-79 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)...................................... 5-59 18. Steering wheel audio controls.............. 5-92 19. Speed limiter controls/........................6-103 Cruise controls......................................6-105 2-7 Vehicle information ENGINE COMPARTMENT „„ 1.6 GDI The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OOSH089001L 1. Engine oil filler cap................................ 8-22 6. Brake fluid reservoir.............................. 8-26 2. Engine oil dipstick................................. 8-22 7. Air cleaner.............................................. 8-28 3. Engine coolant cap................................ 8-23 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir.........8-27 4. Engine coolant reservoir....................... 8-23 9. Fuse box................................................. 8-45 5. Inverter coolant reservoir..................... 8-23 2-8 02 DIMENSIONS Items mm (in) Overall length 4165 (163.97) Overall width 1800 (70.86) Overall height 1550 (61.02) / 1565 (61.61)*1 Front tread Rear tread 205/60 R16 1575 (62.0) 225/45 ZR18 1559 (61.37) 205/60 R16 1584 (62.36) 225/45 ZR18 1568 (61.73) Wheelbase *1 2600 (102.36) : with roof rack ENGINE Engine Displacement cc (cu. in) Bore x Stroke mm (in.) Firing order No. of cylinders 1.6 GDI 1580 (96.4) 72 X 97 (2.8 X 3.8) 1-3-4-2 In-line 4 cylinder 2-9 Vehicle information BULB WATTAGE Light bulb Type A Front Type B Headlamp Headlamp Bulb type Wattage Low H7 55 High H7 55 Low/High LED LED H7 55 Static lamp (Low beam assist) Turn signal lamp PY21W 21 Daytime running light (DRL)/Position lamp LED LED Side repeater lamp LED LED P21W/5W Tail: 5 / Stop: 21 Type A W5W 5 Tail/Stop lamp LED LED Turn signal lamp P21W 21 Backup lamp P21W 21 PR21W 21 Type B Rear Tail/Stop lamp Tail lamp Fog lamp License plate lamp W5W 5 High mounted stop lamp LED LED Type A W10W 10 Type B W10W 10 Type A FESTOON 8 Type B FESTOON 10 Map lamp Interior 2-10 Room lamp Vanity mirror lamp FESTOON 5 Luggage compartment lamp FESTOON 10 02 TIRES AND WHEELS Item Tire size Wheel size Inflation pressure bar (kPa, psi) Normal load Front Full size tire Compact spare tire 205/60 R16 6.5J x 16 225/45 ZR18 7.5J x 18 T125/80 D16 4.0T x 16 Rear 2.5 (250, 36) Maximum load Front Rear 2.5 (250, 36) Wheel lug nut torque kgf·m (lbf·ft, N·m) 11~13 (79~94,107~127) 4.2 (420, 60) NOTICE • It is permissible to add 20 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically lose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every 7°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated. • An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level (Air inflation per altitude: +10 kPa/1 km (+2.4 psi/1 mile)). • Must do not exceed maximum inflation pressure shown on equipped tire sidewall. CAUTION When replacing tires, ALWAYS use the same size, type, brand, construction and tread pattern supplied with the vehicle. If not, it can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly. 2-11 Vehicle information LOAD AND SPEED CAPACITY TIRES (FOR EUROPE) Item Full size tire Compact spare tire *1 *2 Tire size Wheel size 205/60 R16 Load capacity Speed capacity LI *1 kg SS *2 km/h 6.5J x 16 92 630 H 210 225/45 ZR18 7.5J x 18 91 615 W 270 T125/80 D16 4.0T x 16 97 730 M 130 LI : LOAD INDEX SS : SPEED SYMBOL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Items Refrigerant Compressor lubricant Weight of volume Classification 500±25 g (17.63±0.88 oz.) R-1234yf 475±25 g (16.75±0.88 oz.) R-134a 120±10 g (4.23±0.35 oz.) POE Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details. VEHICLE WEIGHT AND LUGGAGE VOLUME Gross vehicle weight 1880 kg Luggage volume Min. Max. 361 ℓ 1143 ℓ Min : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back. Max : Behind front seat to roof. 2-12 02 RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Volume Classification Recommends Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill) Dual clutch transmission fluid Engine clutch actuator fluid 3.8 ℓ (4.0 US qt.) 1.6 ~ 1.7 ℓ (1.69 ~ 1.80 US qt.) API LATEST or ACEA A5/B5 SAE: 5W-30 SAE 70W, API GL-4 HK D DCTF TGO-10 (SK) SPIRAX S6 GHDE 70W DCTF (H.K.SHELL) 7 DCTF HKM (S-OIL) 100 ± 20 cc SAE J1703, FMVSS116 DOT3 or (0.105 ± 0.021 US qt.) DOT4 Mixture of antifreeze and water (Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for aluminum radiator) Engine coolant 6.0 ℓ (6.3 US qt.) Inverter coolant 2.4 ℓ (2.5 US qt.) Brake fluid*3 required amount SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV, FMVSS 116 DOT-4, ISO4925 CLASS-6 38 ℓ (40 US qt.) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in chapter 1. Fuel Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 : To maintain the best braking performance and ABS/ESC performance, we recommend that you use genuine brake fluid that conform to specifications. *1 : *2 : 2-13 Vehicle information Recommended engine oil (For Europe) Supplier Product Helix Ultra AH 5W30 Shell Helix Ultra A5/B5 0W30 Recommended SAE viscosity number CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged. Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage. When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart. Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers Temperature °C (°F) -30 -20 -10 -10 0 0 20 10 20 40 60 30 80 20W-50 Gasoline Engine Oil 15W-40 10W-30 0/5W-30, 5W-40 2-14 40 50 100 120 02 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL „„ Frame number OOSH019020L The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc. The number is punched on the floor under the right front seat. To check the number, open the cover. OOSH019022L The vehicle certification label attached on the driver’s (or front passenger’s) side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number (VIN). „„ VIN label (if equipped) OOSH019021L The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the left side dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside. 2-15 Vehicle information TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR LABEL OOSH019023L The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver’s side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle. REFRIGERANT LABEL (IF EQUIPPED) ENGINE NUMBER OOSH019024L The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing. 2-16 OOSH019027L A compressor label informs you the type of compressor your vehicle is equipped with such as model, supplier part number, production number, refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2). OOSH019026L The refrigerant label provides information such as refrigerant type and amount. The label is located on the underside of the hood. 02 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY (IF EQUIPPED) FUEL LABEL (IF EQUIPPED) Gasoline engine The fuel label is attached on the fuel filler door. „„ Example CE0678 The radio frequency components of the vehicle comply with requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1995/5/EC. Further information including the manufacturer’s declaration of conformity is available on HYUNDAI web site as follows; http://service.hyundai-motor.com OOSH019025L A. Octane rating of unleaded gasoline 1. RON/ROZ : Research Octane Number 2. (R+M)/2, AKI : Anti Knock Index B. Identifiers for Petrol-type fuels Ãà This symbol means usable fuel. Do not use any other fuel. C. For further details, refer to the “Fuel Requirement” in the Introduction chapter. 2-17 3. Safety system Important safety precautions............................................................................3-2 Always wear your seat belt........................................................................................... 3-2 Restrain all children....................................................................................................... 3-2 Air bag hazards.............................................................................................................. 3-2 Driver distraction........................................................................................................... 3-2 Control your speed........................................................................................................ 3-2 Keep your vehicle in safe condition............................................................................. 3-2 Seats................................................................................................................... 3-3 Safety precautions........................................................................................................3-5 Front seats.....................................................................................................................3-6 Rear seats.................................................................................................................... 3-10 Headrest.......................................................................................................................3-12 Seat warmers and air ventilation seats...................................................................... 3-16 Seat belts...........................................................................................................3-19 Seat belt safety precautions....................................................................................... 3-19 Seat belt warning light................................................................................................3-20 Seat belt restraint system........................................................................................... 3-22 Additional seat belt safety precautions.....................................................................3-26 Care of seat belts........................................................................................................3-28 Child Restraint System (CRS).......................................................................... 3-29 Our recommendation: Children always in the rear...................................................3-29 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................................................................3-30 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................................................................3-32 Air bag - supplemental restraint system.........................................................3-41 Where are the air bags?............................................................................................. 3-44 How does the air bags system operate?................................................................... 3-49 What to expect after an air bag inflates....................................................................3-52 Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision?...............................................................3-53 SRS care.......................................................................................................................3-58 Additional safety precautions....................................................................................3-59 Air bag warning labels................................................................................................3-59 3 Safety system IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important. Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and wear them properly. Restrain all children All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate Child Restraint System. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they can use the seat belt properly without a booster seat. Air bag hazards While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual. Driver distraction Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using cellular phones. 3-2 Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction and an accident: • ALWAYS set up your mobile devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped. • ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email while driving. Most countries have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some countries and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones. • NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road. Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted. Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance. 03 SEATS „„ Left-hand drive OOSH039001L Front seat (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle (3) Seat cushion height * (4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)* (5) Seat warmer*/Air ventilation seat* (6) Headrest Rear seat (7) Armrest* (8) Seatback folding (9) Headrest * : if equipped 3-3 Safety system „„ Right-hand drive OOSH039001R Front seat (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle (3) Seat cushion height * (4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)* (5) Seat warmer*/Air ventilation seat* (6) Headrest 3-4 Rear seat (7) Armrest* (8) Seatback folding (9) Headrest * : if equipped 03 Safety precautions Seat belts Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting in a safe, comfortable position plays an important role in driver and passenger safety, together with seat belts and air bags, in an accident. Always fasten your seat belt before starting any trip. At all times, passengers should sit upright and be properly restrained. Infants and small children must be restrained in appropriate Child Restraint Systems. Children who have outgrown a booster seat and adults must be restrained using the seat belts. WARNING Do not use a cushion that reduces friction between the seat and the passenger. The passenger’s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate properly. Air bags You can take steps to reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Sitting too close to an air bag greatly increases the risk of injury in the event the air bag inflates. Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. WARNING Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat belt: • NEVER use one seat belt for more than one occupant. • Always position the seatback upright with the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips. • NEVER allow children or small infants to ride on a passenger’s lap. • Do not route the seat belt across your neck, across sharp edges, or reroute the shoulder strap away from your body. • Do not allow the seat belt to become caught or jammed. WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions: • Adjust the driver’s seat as far to the rear as possible maintaining the ability to control the vehicle. • Adjust the front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible. • Hold the steering wheel by the rim with hands at the 9 o’clock and 3 o’clock positions to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms. • NEVER place anything or anyone between you and the air bag. • Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the dashboard to minimize the risk of leg injuries. 3-5 Safety system Front seats The front seat can be adjusted by using the control lever (or knob) or switches located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper position so that you can easily control the steering wheel, foot pedals and controls on the instrument panel. WARNING Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat: • NEVER attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond with unexpected movement and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. • Do not place anything under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver’s foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, causing an accident. • Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position and proper locking of the seatback. • Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire. • Use extreme caution when picking up small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the center console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seat mechanism. • If there are occupants in the rear seats, be careful while adjusting the front seat position. • Make sure that the seat is locked in place after the adjustment. If not, the seat might move unexpectedly resulting in an accident. 3-6 CAUTION To prevent injury: • Do not adjust your seat while wearing your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen. • Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving. Manual adjustment (if equipped) OOSH039002L Forward and rearward adjustment To move the seat forward or rearward: 1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever and hold it. 2. Slide the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure forward and rearward without using locked properly. 03 OOSH039003L Seatback angle To recline the seatback: 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback lever. 2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback to the position you desire. 3. Release the knob and make sure the seatback is locked in place. Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger’s hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger’s neck will strike the shoulder belt. Reclining seatback Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback. WARNING OOSH039004L Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat) To change the height of the seat cushion: • Push down the lever several times, to lower the seat cushion. • Pull up the lever several times, to raise the seat cushion. NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving. Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop. Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright. 3-7 Safety system Power adjustment (if equipped) WARNING NEVER allow children in the vehicle unattended. The power seats are operable when the vehicle is turned off. NOTICE To prevent damage to the seats: • Always stop adjusting the seats when the seat has been adjusted as far forward or rearward as possible. • Do not adjust the seats longer than necessary when the vehicle is turned off. This may result in unnecessary battery drain. • Do not operate two or more seats at the same time. This may result in an electrical malfunction. OOSH039006L Seatback angle To recline the seatback: 1. Push the control switch forward or rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seatback reaches the desired position. Reclining seatback Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback. WARNING OOSH039005L Forward and rearward adjustment To move the seat forward or rearward: 1. Push the control switch forward or rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position. 3-8 NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving. Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop. Driver and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright. 03 Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger’s hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger’s neck will strike the shoulder belt. OOSH039008L Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, if equipped) To adjust the lumbar support: 1. Press the front portion of the switch (1) to increase support or the rear portion of the switch (2) to decrease support. 2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position. Seatback pocket (if equipped) OOSH039007L Seat cushion tilt (1, if equipped) To change the angle of the front part of the seat cushion: Push the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position. Seat cushion height (2, if equipped) To change the height of the seat cushion: Push the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the height of the seat cushion. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position. OOSH039009L The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front seatbacks. CAUTION Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure occupants. 3-9 Safety system Rear seats Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle. WARNING • Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop. • Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops. OOSH039011L 3. Locate the seatbelt toward the outboard position before folding down the seatback. If not, the seatbelt system may be interfered by the seatback. OOSH039012L OOSH039010L To fold down the rear seatback: 1. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward. 2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position by pushing and holding the release button (1) and pushing down on the headrest (2). 3-10 OOSH039013L 4. Remove the belt from the guide (1) and pull up the seatback folding lever (2), then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle. 03 WARNING Make sure the engine is off, the shift lever is in P (Park), and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position. OOSH039014L 5. To use the rear seat, lift and push the seatback rearward. Push the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place. Return the belt in the guide. WARNING When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death. NOTICE • Be careful when loading cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior. • When cargo is loaded through the rear passenger seats, ensure the cargo is properly secured to prevent it from moving while driving. WARNING Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and causing injury to the vehicle occupants. Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit the front seat occupants in a collision. Armrest (if equipped) WARNING Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit vehicle occupants in a collision causing serious injury or death. OOSH039015L The armrest is located in the center of the rear seat. Pull the armrest down by using the strap from the seatback to use it. 3-11 Safety system NOTICE Headrest The vehicle’s front and rear seats have adjustable headrests. The headrests provide comfort for passengers, but more importantly they are designed to help protect passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an accident, especially in a rear impact collision. WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting your headrests: • Always properly adjust the headrests for all passengers BEFORE starting the vehicle. • NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the headrest removed or reversed. To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the headrests. CAUTION When there is no occupant in the rear seats, adjust the height of the headrest to the lowest position. The rear seat headrest can reduce the visibility of the rear area. Front seat headrests OOSH039016L The driver’s and front passenger’s seats are equipped with adjustable headrests for the passengers safety and comfort. OHI039190N • Adjust the headrests so the middle of the headrest is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes. • NEVER adjust the headrest position of the driver’s seat when the vehicle is in motion. • Adjust the headrest as close to the passenger’s head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from the seatback. • Make sure the headrest locks into position after adjusting it. 3-12 03 NOTICE OOSH039017L Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the headrest: 1. Push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support. 2. Lower the headrest to the desired position (3). OHI038136 If you recline the seatback towards the front with the headrest and seat cushion raised, the headrest may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle. OOSH039018L Forward and rearward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to 3 different positions by pulling the headrest forward to the desired detent. To adjust the headrest to it’s furthest rearwards position, pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it. 3-13 Safety system „„ Type A „„ Type A OOSH039019L „„ Type B OOSH039021L „„ Type B OOSH039020L OOSH039022L Removal/Reinstall To remove the headrest: 1. Recline the seatback (2) with using the seatback angle lever or switch (1). 2. Raise the headrest as far as it can go. 3. Press the headrest release button (3) while pulling the headrest up (4). To reinstall the headrest : 1. Recline the seatback. 2. Put the headrest poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). 3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height. 4. Recline the seatback (4) the seatback angle lever or switch (3). WARNING NEVER allow anyone to travel in a seat with the headrest removed. 3-14 WARNING Always make sure the headrest locks into position after reinstalling and adjusting it properly. 03 Rear seat headrests OOSH039024L OOSH039023L The rear seats are equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the passenger’s safety and comfort. CAUTION • Adjust the headrests so the middle of the headrest is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes. Adjusting the height up and down To remove the headrest: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the headrest: 1. Push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support. 2. Lower the headrest to the desired position (3). • When sitting on the rear seat, do not adjust the height of the headrest to the lowest. OOSH039025L Removal/Reinstallation To remove the headrest: 1. Raise the headrest as far as it can go. 2. Press the headrest release button (1) while pulling the headrest up (2). To reinstall the headrest: 1. Put the headrest poles into the holes (3) while pressing the release button (1). 2. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height. 3-15 Safety system Seat warmers and air ventilation seats Front seat warmers (if equipped) Seat warmers are provided to warm the seats during cold weather. WARNING The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS BURN, even at low temperatures and especially if used for long periods of time. Passengers must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm so they can turn it off, if needed. People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the skin should use extreme caution, especially the following types of passengers: • Infants, children, elderly or disabled persons, or hospital outpatients. • People with sensitive skin or who burn easily. • Fatigued individuals. • Intoxicated individuals. • People taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness. WARNING NEVER place anything on the seat that insulates against heat when the seat warmer is in operation, such as a blanket or seat cushion. This may cause the seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat. NOTICE To prevent damage to the seat warmers and seats: • Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats. • Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers. • Do not change the seat cover. It may damage the seat warmer. OOSH039026L [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B While the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, push either of the switches to warm the driver’s seat or front passenger’s seat. 3-16 03 During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. • Each time you push the switch, the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows : OFF → HIGH ( ) → MIDDLE ( ) → LOW ( Rear seat warmers (if equipped) ) • When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer will turn OFF. • The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is placed to the ON position. Information With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature. OOSH039027L While the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, push either of the switches to warm the rear seat. During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. Each time you push the switch, the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows : OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( ) The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is in the ON position. Information With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature. 3-17 Safety system NOTICE Front air ventilation seat (if equipped) OOSH039028L The air ventilation seats are provided to cool the front seats by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat cushions and seatbacks. When the operation of the air ventilation seat is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. While the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, push the switch to cool the driver’s seat or the front passenger’s seat. • Each time you push the switch, the airflow changes as follows: OFF → HIGH ( ) → MIDDLE ( ) → LOW ( • When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the air ventilation seat operating, the operation will turn OFF. • The air ventilation seats defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is placed to the ON position. 3-18 ) To prevent damage to the air ventilation seat: • Use the air ventilation seat ONLY when the climate control system is on. Using the air ventilation seat for prolonged periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the air ventilation seat to malfunction. • Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats. • Avoid spilling liquids on the surface of the front seats and seatbacks; this may cause the air vent holes to become blocked and not work properly. • Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats. They may block the air intake causing the air vents to not work properly. • Do not change the seat covers. It may damage the air ventilation seat. • If the air vents do not operate, restart the vehicle. If there is no change, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 03 SEAT BELTS This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes some of the things not to do when using seat belts. Seat belt safety precautions Always fasten your seat belt and make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting any trip. Air bags are designed to supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a substitute. Most countries require all occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts. WARNING Seat belts must be used by ALL passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following precautions when adjusting and wearing seat belts: • Children under the age of 13 should be properly restrained in the rear seats. • Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated. If a child is seated in the front passenger seat, move the seat as far back as possible and properly restrain them in the seat. • NEVER allow an infant or child to be carried on an occupant’s lap. • NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving. • Do not allow children to share a seat or seat belt. • Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back. • Never wear a seat belt over fragile objects. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the seat belt can damage it. • Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident. • Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or hardware is damaged. • Do not latch the seat belt into the buckles of other seats. • NEVER unfasten the seat belt while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. • Make sure there is nothing in the buckle interfering with the seat belt latch mechanism. This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely. • No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack. WARNING Damaged seat belts and seat belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace: • Frayed, contaminated, or damaged webbing. • Damaged hardware. • The entire seat belt assembly after it has been worn in an accident, even if damage to webbing or assembly is not apparent. 3-19 Safety system Seat belt warning light Seat belt warning „„ Instrument cluster OOSH039030L OOSH039029L Driver’s seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening. If the seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned ON, the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened. If you start to drive without the seat belt fastened or you unfasten the seat belt when you drive under 20 km/h (12 mph), the corresponding warning light will continue to illuminate until you fasten the seat belt. If you continue to drive without the seat belt fastened or you unfasten the seat belt when you drive over 20 km/h (12 mph), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink. 3-20 Front passenger’s seat belt warning As a reminder to the front passenger, the front passenger’s seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening. If the seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned ON, the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened. If you start to drive without the seat belt fastened or you unfasten the seat belt when you drive under 20 km/h (12 mph), the corresponding warning light will continue to illuminate until you fasten the seat belt. If you continue to drive without the seat belt fastened or you unfasten the seat belt when you drive over 20 km/h (12 mph), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink. 03 WARNING Riding in an improper position adversely affects the front passenger’s seat belt warning system. It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger to properly be seated as instructed in this manual. Information • You can find the front passenger’s seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel. • Although the front passenger seat is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds. • The front passenger’s seat belt warning may operate when luggage is placed on the front passenger seat. OOSH039031L Rear passenger’s seat belt warning As a reminder to the rear passengers, the rear passenger’s seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening. And then, the rear corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 70 seconds if the rear seat belt is not fastened. If the rear seatbelt is unfasten when vehicle speed is under 20 km/h (12 mph), the corresponding seatbelt warning light will illuminate for 70 seconds. If the rear seatbelt is unfasten when vehicle speed is over 20 km/h (12 mph), the corresponding seatbelt warning light will blink and warning chime will sound for 35 seconds. However, if the rear door is opened when vehicle speed is under 20 km/h (12 mph), the seatbelt warning light and chime will not operate when vehicle speed is over 20 km/h (12 mph). 3-21 Safety system NOTICE Seat belt restraint system Lap/shoulder belt If you are not able to smoothly pull enough of the seat belt out from the retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly. WARNING OHI038140 To fasten your seat belt: Pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible “click” when the tab locks into the buckle. OHI038182L OHI038137 You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your chest. The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and move with you. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly. 3-22 Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt: • Position the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly. This allows your strong pelvic bones to absorb the force of the crash, reducing the chance of internal injuries. • Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illustration. • Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height. • Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face. 03 Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the four different positions for maximum comfort and safety. The shoulder portion should be adjusted so it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck. „„ Front seat OHI038142 To release your seat belt: Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again. OOSH039032L To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position. To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2). Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position. 3-23 Safety system Rear center seatbelt (3-point rear center seat belt) Pre-tensioner seat belt OHI038143L OOSH039033L When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be used. Information If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly. WARNING Make sure that the seatback is locked in place when using the rear center seat belt. If not, the seatback may move when there is a sudden stop or collision, which could result in serious injury. 3-24 Your vehicle is equipped with driver’s and front passenger’s and rear passengers Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor Pre-tensioner). The purpose of the pretensioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant’s body in certain frontal or side collision(s). The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal or side collision(s) is severe enough, together with the air bags. When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pretensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant’s body. If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger’s seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt. 03 WARNING • Always wear your seat belt and sit properly in your seat. • Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident. • Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly. • Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an accident. • NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Do not hit the seat belt assemblies. OHI038175L WARNING Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pretensioner can become hot and can burn you. CAUTION Body work on the front area of the vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner seat belt system. Therefore, we recommend the system to be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OOSH039034L The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration above: (1) SRS air bag warning light (2) Retractor pre-tensioner (3) SRS control module (4) Rear Retractor pre-tensioner 3-25 Safety system NOTICE The sensor that activates the SRS control module is connected with the pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument cluster will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, and then it should turn off. If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, we recommend the pretensioner seat belts and/or SRS control module be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. Information • Both the driver’s and front passenger’s pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal or side collisions. • When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous. • Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pretensioner seat belts were activated. 3-26 Additional seat belt safety precautions Seat belt use during pregnancy The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to protect your unborn child is to protect yourself by always wearing the seat belt. Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away from your neck. Place the lap belt below your belly so that it fits SNUGLY across your hips and pelvic bone, under the rounded part of the belly. WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to an unborn child during an accident, pregnant women should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located. Seat belt use and children Infant and small children Most countries have Child Restraint System laws which require children to travel in approved Child Restraint System devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat belts can be used instead of Child Restraint System differs among countries, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your country, and where you are travelling. Infant and Child Restraint System must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more information refer to the “Child Restraint Systems” section in this chapter. 03 WARNING ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a Child Restraint System appropriate for the child’s height and weight. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to a child and other passengers, NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms when the vehicle is moving. The violent forces created during an accident will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior of the vehicle. Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a Child Restraint System that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country. Before buying any Child Restraint System, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standard of your country. The Child Restraint System must be appropriate for your child’s height and weight. Check the label on the Child Restraint System for this information. Refer to “Child Restraint Systems” section in this chapter. Larger children Children under age 13 and who are too large for a booster seat should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should lie across the upper thighs and be snug across the shoulder and chest to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit periodically. A child’s squirming could put the belt out of position. In the event of an accident, children are afforded the best safety restrained by a proper Child Restraint System in the rear seats. If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position. If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child’s neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck, they need to be returned to an appropriate booster seat in the rear seat. WARNING • Always make sure larger children’s seat belts are worn and properly adjusted. • NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the child’s neck or face. • Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt. Seat belt use and injured people A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. Consult a physician for specific recommendations. 3-27 Safety system One person per belt Care of seat belts Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident. Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse. Do not lie down Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback. Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. The more the seat back is reclined, the greater the chance for the passenger’s hips to slide under the lap belt or the passenger’s neck to strike the shoulder belt. WARNING • NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving. • Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop. • Driver and passengers should always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright. 3-28 Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible. Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric. When to replace seat belts The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 03 CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS) Our recommendation: Children always in the rear WARNING Always properly restrain children in the vehicle. Children of all ages are safer when riding in the rear seats. Never place a rearward-facing Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated. Children under age 13 should always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Children too large for a Child Restraint System must use the seat belts provided. Most countries have regulations which require children to travel in approved Child Restraint Systems. The laws governing the age or height/ weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of Child Restraint System differs among countries, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your country, and where you are travelling. Child Restraint Systems must be properly installed in the vehicle seat. Always use a commercially available Child Restraint System that meets the requirements of your country. Child Restraint System (CRS) Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rearwardfacing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the Child Restraint System. WARNING • Always follow the Child Restraint System manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use. • Always properly restrain your child in the Child Restraint System. • Do not use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that “hooks” over a seatback, it may not provide adequate protection in an accident. • After an accident, we recommend a HYUNDAI dealer to check the Child Restraint System, seat belts, ISOFIX anchorages and top-tether anchorages. 3-29 Safety system Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) When selecting a Child Restraint System for your child, always: • Make sure the Child Restraint System has a label certifying that it meets applicable Safety Standards of your country. A Child Restraint System may only be installed if it was approved in accordance with the requirements of ECE-R44 or ECE-R129. • Select a Child Restraint System based on your child’s height and weight. The required label or the instructions for use typically provide this information. • Select a Child Restraint System that fits the vehicle seating position where it will be used. • Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the Child Restraint System. Child Restraint System types There are three main types of Child Restraint Systems: rearward-facing, forward-facing and booster Child Restraint Systems. They are classified according to the child’s age, height and weight. 3-30 OOSH039035L Rearward-facing Child Restraint System A rearward-facing Child Restraint System provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the Child Restraint Systems and reduce the stress to the fragile neck and spinal cord. All children under the age of one year must always ride in a rearward-facing Child Restraint System. There are different types of rearward-facing Child Restraint Systems: infant-only Child Restraint Systems can only be used rearward-facing. Convertible and 3-in-1 Child Restraint Systems typically have higher height and weight limits for the rearward-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rearward-facing for a longer period of time. Keep using Child Restraint Systems in the rearward-facing position as long as children fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the Child Restraint System’s manufacturer. 03 OOSH039036L Forward-facing Child Restraint System A forward-facing Child Restraint System provides restraint for the child’s body with a harness. Keep children in a forward-facing Child Restraint System with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your Child Restraint System’s manufacturer. Once your child outgrows the forwardfacing Child Restraint System, your child is ready for a booster seat. Booster seats A booster seat is a Child Restraint System designed to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it fits properly over the stronger parts of your child’s body. Keep your children in booster seats until they are big enough to fit in a seat belt properly. For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie comfortable across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie comfortable across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age 13 must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. 3-31 Safety system Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) WARNING Before installing your Child Restraint System always: Read and follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the Child Restraint System. Failure to follow all warnings and instructions could increase the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident occurs. WARNING If the vehicle headrest prevents proper installation of a Child Restraint System, the headrest of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed. After selecting a proper Child Restraint System for your child and checking that the Child Restraint System fits properly on the seating position, there are three general steps for a proper installation: • Properly secure the Child Restraint System to the vehicle. All Child Restraint Systems must be secured to the vehicle with the lap belt or lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the ISOFIX top-tether and/or ISOFIX anchorage and/or with the support leg. 3-32 • Make sure the Child Restraint System is firmly secured. After installing a Child Restraint System to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward and from side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A Child Restraint System secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-to-side movement can be expected. When installing a Child Restraint System, adjust the vehicle seat and seatback (up and down, forward and rearward) so that your child fits in the Child Restraint System in a confortable manner. • Secure the child in the Child Restraint System. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the Child Restraint System according to the Child Restraint System manufacturer’s instructions. CAUTION A Child Restraint System in a closed vehicle can become very hot. To prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the Child Restraint System. 03 Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems according to UN regulations (for Europe) (Information for vehicle users and CRS manufacturers) • • • • Yes : Suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS No : Not suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS ‘’-’’ : Not applicable The table is based on LHD vehicle. Except for the front passenger seat, the table is valid for RHD vehicle. For RHD vehicle front passenger seat, please use information for the seating position number 3. CRS categories Seating positions 1 2 3 4 5 6 Universal belted CRS - - Yes1) F, R Yes F, R Yes2) F, R Yes F, R i-size CRS - - No Yes F, R No Yes F, R ISOFIX infant CRS (i.e. CRS for a baby) ISOFIX ( R1 ) - - No Yes R No Yes R Carry cot (ISOFIX lateral facing CRS) ISOFIX ( L1,L2 ) - - No No No No ISOFIX ISOFIX toddler ( F2,F2X, CRS - small R2X ) - - No Yes F, R No Yes F, R ISOFIX toddler CRS – large* ISOFIX (* : not booster ( F3, R3 ) seats) - - No Yes3) F, R No Yes3) F, R Booster Seat – reduced Width ISO CRF : B2 - - No Yes No Yes Booster Seat – full Width ISO CRF : B3 - - No No No No Seat number Seating position F : Forward facing R : Rearward facing Position in the vehicle Seat number OOSEV038035L Position in the vehicle 1 Front left 4 2nd row left 2 Front center 5 2nd row center 3 Front right 6 2nd row right 3-33 Safety system Note1) : You should adjust seatback or seat pumping(if equipped) properly. Note2) : The seating position(number 5) is not suitable for fitment of child restraint system with support leg. Note3) : For fitment of ISOFIX toddler’s rearward facing large CRS -- Driver’s seat : Seat pumping should be adjusted to appropriate height. -- Front passenger seat : Seat sliding should be adjusted to appropriate position. Ãà Never place a rearward facing Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat, unless the passenger air bag is deactivated. Ãà For semi-universal or vehicle specific CRS (ISOFIX or belted CRS), please see the vehicle list provided in the manual of CRS. Ãà It is recommended to remove the head restraint, when CRS is unstable due to head restraint Recommended Child Restraint Systems (for Europe) Mass group Name Manufacturer Type of Fixation ECE-R44/R129 Approval No. Group 0+ Cabriofix & Familyfix Maxi Cosi ISOFIX E4 04443907 Group I Duo Plus Britax Römer ISOFIX and toptether E1 04301133 Group II KidFix II XP Britax Römer ISOFIX and vehicle belt E1 04301323 Group III Junior III Graco Vehicle belt E11 03.44.164 E11 03.44.165 CRS Manufacturer information Maxi Cosi Cabriofix & Familyfix http://www.maxi-cosi.com Britax Römer http://www.britax.com Graco http://www.gracobaby.com 3-34 03 Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems according to UN regulations (except Europe) (Information for vehicle users and CRS manufacturers) • • • • Yes : Suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS No : Not suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS ‘’-’’ : Not applicable The table is based on LHD vehicle. Except for the front passenger seat, the table is valid for RHD vehicle. For RHD vehicle front passenger seat, please use information for the seating position number 3. CRS categories Seating positions 1 2 3 4 5 6 Universal belted CRS - - Yes1) F, R Yes F, R Yes2) F, R Yes F, R i-size CRS - - No Yes F, R No Yes F, R ISOFIX infant CRS (i.e. CRS for a baby) ISOFIX ( R1 ) - - No Yes R No Yes R Carry cot (ISOFIX lateral facing CRS) ISOFIX ( L1,L2 ) - - No No No No ISOFIX ISOFIX toddler ( F2,F2X, CRS - small R2X ) - - No Yes F, R No Yes F, R ISOFIX toddler CRS – large* ISOFIX (* : not booster ( F3, R3 ) seats) - - No Yes3) F, R No Yes3) F, R Booster Seat – reduced Width ISO CRF : B2 - - No Yes No Yes Booster Seat – full Width ISO CRF : B3 - - No No No No Seat number Seating position F : Forward facing R : Rearward facing Position in the vehicle Seat number OOSEV038035L Position in the vehicle 1 Front left 4 2nd row left 2 Front center 5 2nd row center 3 Front right 6 2nd row right 3-35 Safety system Note1) : You should adjust seatback or seat pumping(if equipped) properly. Note2) : The seating position(number 5) is not suitable for fitment of child restraint system with support leg. Note3) : For fitment of ISOFIX toddler’s rearward facing large CRS -- Driver’s seat : Seat pumping should be adjusted to appropriate height. -- Front passenger seat : Seat sliding should be adjusted to appropriate position. Ãà Never place a rearward facing Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat, unless the passenger air bag is deactivated. Ãà For semi-universal or vehicle specific CRS (ISOFIX or belted CRS), please see the vehicle list provided in the manual of CRS. Ãà It is recommended to remove the head restraint, when CRS is unstable due to head restraint 3-36 03 ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether anchorage (ISOFIX anchorage system) for children The ISOFIX system holds a Child Restraint System during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to make installation of the Child Restraint System easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the Child Restraint System to the rear seats. ISOFIX anchorages are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each ISOFIX seating position that will accommodate a Child Restraint System with lower attachments. To use the ISOFIX system in your vehicle, you must have a Child Restraint System with ISOFIX attachments. The Child Restraint System manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the Child Restraint System with its attachments for the ISOFIX anchorages. WARNING Do not attempt to install a Child Restraint System using ISOFIX anchorages in the rear center seating position. There are no ISOFIX anchorages provided for this seat. Using the outboard seat anchorages, for the CRS installation on the rear center seating position, can damage the anchorages. OOSH039038L [A] : ISOFIX Anchorage Position Indicator, [B] : ISOFIX Anchorage ISOFIX anchorages are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions, indicated by the symbols . Securing a Child Restraint System with the “ISOFIX Anchorage System” OOSH039037L ISOFIX anchorages have been provided in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. To install an i-Size or ISOFIX-compatible Child Restraint System in either of the rear outboard seating positions: 1. Move the seat belt buckle away from the ISOFIX anchorages. 2. Move any other objects away from the anchorages that could prevent a secure connection between the Child Restraint System and the ISOFIX anchorages. 3-37 Safety system 3. Place the Child Restraint System on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the ISOFIX anchorages according to the instructions provided by the Child Restraint System manufacturer. 4. Follow the instructions of the Child Restraint System’s manufacturer for proper installation and connection of the ISOFIX attachments on the Child Restraint System to the ISOFIX anchorages. Securing a Child Restraint System seat with “Top-tether Anchorage” system WARNING Take the following precautions when using the ISOFIX system: • Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System. • To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts and retract the seat belt webbing behind the child. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens. • NEVER attach more than one Child Restraint System to a single anchorage. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break. • Always have the ISOFIX system inspected by your dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the ISOFIX system and may not properly secure the Child Restraint System. 3-38 OOSH039039L Top-tether anchorages for Child Restraint Systems are located on the rear of the seatbacks. OOSH039040L 1. Route the Child Restraint System toptether strap over the seatback. Placing the top tether strap, please follow the instructions of the Child Restraint System manufacturer. 2. Connect the top-tether strap to the top-tether anchorage, then tighten the top-tether strap according to the instructions of your Child Restraint System’s manufacturer to firmly attach the Child Restraint System to the seat. 03 WARNING Take the following precautions when installing the top-tether: • Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System. • NEVER attach more than one Child Restraint System to a single ISOFIX top-tether anchorage. This could cause the anchorage or attachment to come loose or break. • Do not attach the top-tether to anything other than the correct toptether anchorage. It may not work properly if attached to something else. • Child Restraint System anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted Child Restraint System. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle. Securing a Child Restraint System with a lap/shoulder belt When not using the ISOFIX system, all Child Restraint Systems must be secured to a rear seat with the lap part of a lap/ shoulder belt. OHI038145 Installing a Child Restraint System with a lap/shoulder belt To install a Child Restraint System on the rear seats, do the following: 1. Place the Child Restraint System on a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the Child Restraint System, following the Child Restraint System manufacturer’s instructions. 3-39 Safety system OOSH039041L 2. Make sure to insert the belt into the guide (1) and check that the seat belt is not twisted. OHI038146 3. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound. Information Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency. 3-40 OHI038183L 4. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the Child Restraint System while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor. 5. Push and pull on the Child Restraint System to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If your Child Restraint System manufacturer recommends the use of a top-tether with the lap/shoulder belt, see page 3-38. To remove the Child Restraint System, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the Child Restraint System and allow the seat belt to retract fully. 03 AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM „„ Left-hand drive The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OOS037034/OOS037070L 1. Driver’s front air bag 2. Passenger’s front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag 5. Front passenger air bag ON/OFF switch 3-41 Safety system „„ Right-hand drive The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OOS037034R/OOS037070E 1. Driver’s front air bag 2. Passenger’s front air bag 3. Side air bag 3-42 4. Curtain air bag 5. Front passenger air bag ON/OFF switch 03 The vehicles are equipped with a Supplemental Air Bag System for the driver’s seat and front passenger’s seats. The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving. You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you. WARNING AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ALWAYS use seat belts Child Restraint Systems - every trip, everytime, everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates. NEVER place a child in any Child Restraint System or booster seat in the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal injuries. ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible. All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the vehicle is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries. You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console. Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. 3-43 Safety system Where are the air bags? Driver’s and passenger’s front air bags „„ Driver’s front air bag The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle’s driver and front passengers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity. WARNING OOSH039042L „„ Passenger’s front air bag OOSH039043L Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions. The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the steering wheel, in the driver’s side lower crash pad below the steering wheel, and the passenger’s side front panel pad above the glove box. The air bags are labeled with the letters “AIR BAG” embossed on the pad covers. 3-44 To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from inflating front air bags, take the following precautions: • Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly. • Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. • Never lean against the door or center console. • Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard. • No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger’s panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy. • Do not attach any objects on the front windshield and inside mirror. 03 OOSH039044L Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch (if equipped) The purpose of the switch is to disable the passenger’s front air bag in order to transport occupants who are at increased risk for air bag-related injury due to age, size, or medical condition. OOSH039046L To reactivate the passenger’s front air bag: Insert the key or a similar rigid device into the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch and turn it to the ON position. The passenger air bag ON indicator ( ) will illuminate and stay on for 60 seconds. Information The passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. OOSH039045L To deactivate the passenger’s front air bag: Insert the key or a similar rigid device into the passenger’s front air bag ON/ OFF switch and turn it to the OFF position. The passenger air bag OFF indicator ( ) will illuminate and stay on until the passenger’s front air bag is reactivated. 3-45 Safety system WARNING Side air bags Never allow an adult passenger to ride in the front passenger seat when the passenger air bag OFF indicator is illuminated. During a collision, the air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Turn on the passenger’s front air bag or have your passenger move to the rear seat. WARNING If the passenger’s front air bag ON/ OFF switch malfunctions, the following conditions may occur: • The air bag warning light ( ) on the instrument cluster will illuminate. • The passenger air bag OFF indicator ( ) will not illuminate and the ON indicator ( ) will come on and go off after approximately 60 seconds. The passenger’s front air bag will inflate in a frontal impact even though the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch is set to the OFF position. • We recommend that an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch and the SRS air bag system as soon as possible. 3-46 OOSH039047L OOSH039048L Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle’s additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone. The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity. The side air bags on both sides of the vehicle are designed to deploy when a rollover is detected by a rollover sensor. The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations. 03 WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating side air bag, take the following precautions: • Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly. • Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats. • Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o’clock and 3 o’clock positions, to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms. • Do not use any accessory seat covers. This could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system. • Do not hang other objects except clothes. In an accident it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury especially when air bag is inflated. • Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar. • Do not place any objects between the door and the seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side air bag inflates. • Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags. • Do not cause impact to the doors when the ignition switch is in the ON position as this may cause the side air bags to inflate. • If the seat or seat cover is damaged, we recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3-47 Safety system Curtain air bags The curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle are designed to deploy when a rollover is detected by a rollover sensor. The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations. WARNING OOSH039049L OOSH039050L Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors. They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions. The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity. 3-48 To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating curtain air bag, take the following precautions: • All seat occupants must wear seat belts at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly. • Properly secure Child Restraint System as far away from the door as possible. • Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail. • Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In an accident, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury. • Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats. • Do not open or repair the side curtain air bags. 03 How does the air bags system operate? SRS warning light The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) air bag warning light on the instrument panel displays the air bag symbol depicted in the illustration. The system checks the air bag electrical system for malfunctions. The light indicates that there is a potential problem with your air bag system, which could include your side and/or curtain air bags used for rollover protection. OOSH039051L The SRS consists of the following components: (1) Driver’s front air bag module (2) Passenger’s front air bag module (3) Side air bag modules (4) Curtain air bag modules (5) Rear retractor pre-tensioner (6) Front retractor pre-tensioner (7) Air bag warning light (8) SRS control module (SRSCM)/ Rollover sensor (9) Front impact sensors (10) Side impact sensors (11) Side pressure sensors (12) Passenger’s front air bag OFF indicator (front passenger’s seat only) (13) Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch WARNING If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag may not inflate properly during an accident increasing the risk of serious injury or death. If any of the following conditions occur, your SRS is malfunctioning: • The light does not turn on for approximately six seconds when the ignition switch is in the ON position. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately six seconds. • The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. • The light blinks when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. We recommend that an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these conditions occur. The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint System Control Module) continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment. 3-49 Safety system During a moderate to severe frontal collision, sensors will detect the vehicle’s rapid deceleration. If the rate of deceleration is high enough, the control unit will inflate the front air bags, at the time and with the force needed. The front air bags help protect the driver and front passenger by responding to frontal impacts in which seat belts alone cannot provide adequate restraint. When needed, the side air bags help provide protection in the event of a side impact or rollover by supporting the side upper body area. • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the ignition switch is in the ON position. • Air bags inflate in the event of certain frontal or side collisions to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury. • There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/inflation signal. • The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision. 3-50 • In addition to inflating in serious side collisions, vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side and/or curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover. When a rollover is detected, curtain air bags will remain inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts. (if equipped with a rollover sensor) • To help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of air bag design. However, the rapid air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force. • There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the air bag. You can take steps to reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. The greatest risk is sitting too close to the air bag. An air bag needs space to inflate. It is recommended that drivers sit as far as possible between the center of the steering wheel and the chest while still maintaining control of the vehicle. 03 „„ Driver’s front air bag (1) „„ Driver’s front air bag (3) ODN8039077L When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags. ODN8039079L „„ Passenger’s front air bag „„ Driver’s front air bag (2) ODN8039080L ODN8039078L Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags. A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver’s or the front passenger’s forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury. After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls. WARNING To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when the passenger’s air bag inflates: • Do not install or place any objects (drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger’s panel above the glove box where the passenger’s air bag is located. • Do not install a container of liquid air freshener near the instrument cluster or on the instrument panel surface. 3-51 Safety system What to expect after an air bag inflates After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially inflated for some time after they deploy. WARNING After an air bag inflates, take the following precautions: • Open your windows and doors as soon as possible after impact to reduce prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder released by the inflating air bag. • Do not touch the air bag storage area’s internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated. The parts that come into contact with an inflating air bag may be very hot. • Always wash exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold water and mild soap. • We recommend that an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. Air bags are designed to be used only once. Noise and smoke from inflating air bag When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and may produce smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. The powder may aggravate asthma for some people. If you experience breathing problems after an air bag deployment, seek medical attention immediately. Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and seek medical attention if the symptoms persist. Do not install a Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat OHI038169L Never install a Child Restraint System in the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated 3-52 03 WARNING NEVER use a rearward facing Child Restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur. Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision? There are certain types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates a collision energy absorption, and is not an indicator of whether or not an air bag should have inflated. Air bag collision sensors WARNING To reduce the risk of an air bag deploying unexpectedly and causing serious injury or death: • Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed. • Do not perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. If the location or angle of the sensors is altered, the air bags may deploy when they should not or may not deploy when they should. • Do not install bumper guards or replace the bumper with a nongenuine part. This may adversely affect the collision and air bag deployment performance. • Place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF or ACC position, when the vehicle is being towed to prevent inadvertent air bag deployment. • We recommend that all air bag repairs are conducted by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3-53 Safety system OOSH039052L/OOS037045/OOSH039053L/OOS037047/OOS037077 1. 2. 3. 4. SRS control module Front impact sensor Side pressure sensor Side impact sensor 3-54 03 Air bag inflation conditions OOSH039055L OOSH039054L Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the severity of impact of the front collision. OOSH039056L Side and curtain air bags Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the severity of impact resulting from a side impact collision. Although the driver’s and front passenger’s air bags are designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in side impact collisions, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. 3-55 Safety system Also, the side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when a rollover is detected by a rollover sensor. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment. Air bag non-inflation conditions OOSH039059L Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not provide any additional benefit. OOSH039058L In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts. OOSH039057L Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection. However, side and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the severity of impact. 3-56 03 OOSH039060L In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags. OOSH039062L Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection. Information The side and curtain air bags may inflate in a rollover situation, when it is detected by the rollover sensor. OOSH039061L Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this “underride” situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “underride” collisions. OOSH039063L Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure. 3-57 Safety system SRS care The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is in the ON position, or continuously remains on, we recommend that the system be immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. We recommend any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger’s panel, front seats and roof rails be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury. 3-58 WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death take the following precautions: • Do not attempt to modify or disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure. • Do not place objects over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger’s panel above the glove box. • Clean the air bag pad covers with a soft cloth moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system. • We recommend that inflated air bags be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for the necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions could increase the risk of personal injury. 03 Additional safety precautions Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other occupants, or be ejected from the vehicle. Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags. Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses. Do not cause impact to the doors. Impact to the doors when the ignition switch is in the ON position may cause the air bags to inflate. Air bag warning labels OOSH039064L Air bag warning labels are attached to alert the passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owner’s Manual. Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle’s frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle’s air bag system. 3-59 4. Instrument cluster Instrument cluster............................................................................................. 4-4 Instrument cluster control............................................................................................4-5 Instrument panel illumination....................................................................................4-5 Gauges and meters.......................................................................................................4-5 Speedometer..............................................................................................................4-5 Power gauge...............................................................................................................4-5 Fuel gauge.................................................................................................................. 4-6 Hybrid battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge........................................................... 4-6 Outside temperature gauge....................................................................................... 4-7 Odometer.................................................................................................................... 4-7 Distance to empty...................................................................................................... 4-7 Dual clutch transmission shift indicator.................................................................. 4-8 Warning and indicator lights....................................................................................... 4-9 Seat belt warning light.............................................................................................. 4-9 Air bag warning light................................................................................................. 4-9 Parking brake & Brake fluid warning light............................................................... 4-10 Regenerative brake warning light............................................................................. 4-11 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light............................................................ 4-11 Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) system warning light........................... 4-11 Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light........................................................... 4-12 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)........................................................................... 4-12 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light......................................................... 4-13 Charging system warning light................................................................................ 4-13 Engine oil pressure warning light............................................................................ 4-13 Low fuel level warning light..................................................................................... 4-14 Service warning light................................................................................................ 4-14 Exhaust system (GPF) warning light........................................................................ 4-15 Master warning light................................................................................................. 4-15 Low tire pressure warning light............................................................................... 4-16 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) warning light....................................... 4-16 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) indicator light................................................................4-17 LED headlight warning light......................................................................................4-17 Icy road warning light................................................................................................4-17 Ready indicator......................................................................................................... 4-18 EV mode indicator.................................................................................................... 4-18 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light.................................................... 4-18 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF indicator light............................................ 4-18 Immobilizer indicator light (without smart key)..................................................... 4-18 Immobilizer indicator light (with smart key)........................................................... 4-19 4 4 Turn signal indicator light......................................................................................... 4-19 High beam indicator light........................................................................................ 4-19 Light ON indicator light............................................................................................4-20 Front fog indicator light............................................................................................4-20 Rear fog indicator light.............................................................................................4-20 High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light...................................................................4-20 AUTO HOLD indicator light......................................................................................4-20 LCD display messages.................................................................................................4-21 Shift to P to start engine (for smart key system).....................................................4-21 Shift to P (for smart key system)...............................................................................4-21 Low key battery (for smart key system)...................................................................4-21 Press START button while turning wheel (for smart key system)...........................4-21 Check steering wheel lock system (for smart key system).....................................4-21 Press brake pedal to start engine (for smart key system).......................................4-21 Key not in vehicle (for smart key system).................................................................4-21 Key not detected (for smart key system).................................................................4-21 Press START button again (for smart key system)...................................................4-21 Press START button with key (for smart key system).............................................4-22 Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse (for smart key system)...............................................4-22 12V battery discharging due to additional electrical devices................................4-22 Door, Hood, Tailgate open indicator.......................................................................4-22 Sunroof open indicator.............................................................................................4-23 Low pressure.............................................................................................................4-23 Lights mode..............................................................................................................4-23 Wiper.........................................................................................................................4-23 Low washer fluid.......................................................................................................4-24 Low fuel.....................................................................................................................4-24 Engine has overheated.............................................................................................4-24 Check exhaust system..............................................................................................4-24 Check headlight........................................................................................................4-24 Check turn signal......................................................................................................4-24 Check brake light......................................................................................................4-24 Check fog light..........................................................................................................4-24 Check cornering lamp..............................................................................................4-25 Check headlamp LED...............................................................................................4-25 Check Active Air Flap system...................................................................................4-25 4. Instrument cluster Ready to start driving...............................................................................................4-25 Check regenerative brakes......................................................................................4-25 Stop vehicle and check brakes................................................................................4-25 Check Hybrid system................................................................................................4-25 Stop safely and check Hybrid system.....................................................................4-26 Check Hybrid system. Do not start engine.............................................................4-26 Stop safely and check power supply.......................................................................4-26 Check virtual engine sound system........................................................................4-26 Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery damage..............................................................4-26 Refill inverter coolant...............................................................................................4-26 Park with engine On to charge battery...................................................................4-26 Start engine to avoid battery discharge..................................................................4-26 LCD display........................................................................................................4-27 LCD display control..................................................................................................... 4-27 LCD display modes.....................................................................................................4-28 Trip computer mode.................................................................................................4-29 Turn By Turn (TBT) mode..........................................................................................4-29 Assist mode...............................................................................................................4-29 Master warning mode............................................................................................. 4-30 User settings mode................................................................................................... 4-31 Trip computer...................................................................................................4-40 Trip modes................................................................................................................ 4-40 Fuel economy........................................................................................................... 4-40 Accumulated Info display......................................................................................... 4-41 Drive Info display......................................................................................................4-42 Digital speedometer.................................................................................................4-42 Driving style..............................................................................................................4-42 Energy flow.............................................................................................................. 4-43 Engine coolant temperature................................................................................... 4-43 4 Instrument cluster INSTRUMENT CLUSTER „„ Type A „„ Type B The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more information, refer to “Gauges and meters” section in this chapter. OOSH049001L/OOSH049002L 1. Power gauge 2. Speedometer 3. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge 4-4 4. Fuel gauge 5. Warning and indicator lights 6. LCD display (including Trip computer) 04 Instrument cluster control Instrument panel illumination (if equipped) Gauges and meters Speedometer „„ km/h „„ MPH, km/h OOSH049005L OOSH049003L [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B When the vehicle’s position lights or headlamps are on, press the illumination control button to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination. When pressing the illumination control button, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted. OOSH049006L The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in kilometers per hour (km/h) and/or miles per hour (MPH). Power gauge WARNING Never adjust the instrument cluster while driving. This could result in loss of control and lead to an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or vehicle damage. OOSH049004L OOSH049007L The power gauge indicates whether the current driving condition is fuel efficient or not. • CHARGE : Shows that the energy made by the vehicle is being converted to electrical energy. (Regenerated energy) • ECO : Shows that the vehicle is being driven in an Eco-friendly manner. • POWER : Shows that the vehicle is exceeding the Eco-friendly range. • The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed. • If the brightness reaches to the maximum or minimum level, a chime will sound. 4-5 Instrument cluster WARNING Information Accordance to the power gauge area the “EV” indicator comes on or off. -- “EV” indicator ON : Vehicle is driven using the electric motor or the gasoline engine is stopped. -- “EV” indicator OFF : Vehicle is driven using the gasoline engine. NOTICE Fuel gauge „„ Type A Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the “0 or E (Empty)” level. Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter. „„ Type B Hybrid battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge „„ Type A OOSH049008L „„ Type B OOSH049009L This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Information • The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 2. • The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty. • On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank. 4-6 OOSH049010L OOSH049011L This gauge indicates the remaining hybrid battery power. If the SOC is near the “0 or L (Low)” level, the vehicle automatically operates the engine to charge the battery. However, if the Service Indicator ( ) and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ( ) turn on when the SOC gauge is near the “0 or L (Low)” level, we recommend the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 04 NOTICE Odometer Never try to start the vehicle if the fuel tank is empty. In this condition, the engine cannot charge the high voltage battery of the hybrid system. If you try to start the vehicle when the fuel is empty, the high voltage battery will become discharged and be damaged. Outside temperature gauge OOSH049013L The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed. Distance to empty OOSH049012L This gauge indicates the current outside air temperatures by 1°C (1°F). Note that the temperature indicated on the LCD display may not change as quickly as the outside temperature (there may be a slight delay before the temperature changes.) You can change the temperature unit from °C to °F ° or F to °C in the User Settings mode in the cluster: -- Go to User settings → Other → Temperature unit. For vehicles equipped with Automatic Climate Control, you can also: -- Press the AUTO button while pressing the OFF button on the climate control unit for 3 seconds OOSH049014L • The distance to empty is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel. • If the estimated distance is below 1 km (1 mi.), the trip computer will display “---” as distance to empty. Both the temperature unit on the cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change. 4-7 Instrument cluster Information • If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the distance to empty function may not operate correctly. • The distance to empty may differ from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available driving distance. • The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.5 gallon) of fuel are added to the vehicle. • The distance to empty may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle. Dual clutch transmission shift indicator OOSH049016L Dual clutch transmission shift indicator in Manual Shift mode (for Europe, if equipped) In the Manual Shift mode, this indicator informs which gear is recommended while driving, to save fuel. -- Shifting up :▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6 -- Shifting down :▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, ▼5 For example : Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is recommended (currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear). : Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is recommended (currently the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, or 6th gear). When the system is not working properly, the indicator is not displayed. OOSH049015L This indicator displays which shift lever position is selected. 4-8 04 Warning and indicator lights Information Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the engine. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention. Seat belt warning light OOSH049017L Shift indicator pop-up The pop-up indicates the current gear position displayed in the cluster for about 2 seconds when shifting into other positions (P/R/N/D). The shift indicator pop-up function can be activated or deactivated from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. This warning light informs the driver that the seat belt is not fastened. For more details, refer to “Seat Belts” section in chapter 3. Air bag warning light This warning light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. -- The air bag warning light illuminates for about 6 seconds and then turns off when all checks have been performed. • The air bag warning light will remain illuminated if there is a malfunction with the Safety Restraint System (SRS) air bag operation. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 4-9 Instrument cluster Parking brake & Brake fluid warning light (red) This warning light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. -- The parking brake light illuminates for about 3 seconds and will then turn off once the parking brake is released. • Whenever the parking brake is applied. • Whenever the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low. -- If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low. • Whenever the regenerative brake does not operate. If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle. 2. With the engine stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more details, refer to “Brake Fluid” section in chapter 8). After adding brake fluid, check all brake components for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or if the warning light remains on, or if the brakes do not operate properly, do not drive the vehicle. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 4-10 Dual-diagonal braking system Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking system. This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail. With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure is required to stop the vehicle. Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working. If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. WARNING Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 04 Regenerative brake warning light (yellow) This warning light illuminates: When the regenerative brake does not operate and the brake does not perform well. This causes the Brake Warning light (red) and Regenerative Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illuminate simultaneously. If this occurs, drive safely and we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The operation of the brake pedal may be more difficult than normal and the braking distance may increase. Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light This warning light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. -- The ABS warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off. • Whenever there is a malfunction with the ABS. Note that the hydraulic braking system will still be operational even if there is a malfunction with the ABS. Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) system warning light When the ABS warning and Parking Brake warning lights are on simultaneously, it may indicate a problem with the Electronic Brake Force Distribution system. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking. If this occurs, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. 4-11 Instrument cluster Information - Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) system warning light When the ABS warning light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS warning light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light This warning light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. -- The electric powering steering Warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off. • Whenever there is a malfunction with the EPS. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 4-12 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) This indicator light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. -- The malfunction indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off. • Whenever there is a malfunction with either the emission control system or the engine or the vehicle powertrain. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. NOTICE Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control system which could affect drivability and/or fuel economy. NOTICE If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. 04 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light Charging system warning light This warning light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. -- The EPB warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off. • Whenever there is a malfunction with the EPB. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. This warning light illuminates: When the battery is not being charged while the engine is running. Immediately turn OFF all electrical accessories. Try not to use electrically operated controls, such as the power windows. Keep the engine running. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. Information The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light may illuminate when the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly (This does not indicate malfunction of the EPB). Engine oil pressure warning light This warning light illuminates: When the engine oil pressure is low. If the engine oil pressure is low: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle. 2. Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level (For more details, refer to “Engine Oil” section in chapter 2). If the level is low, add oil as required. If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. 4-13 Instrument cluster NOTICE • If the engine does not stop immediately after the Engine Oil Pressure warning light is illuminated, severe damage could result. • If the warning light stays on while the engine is running, it indicates that there may be serious engine damage or malfunction. In this case: 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. 2. Turn off the engine and check the oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the engine oil to the proper level. 3. Start the engine again. If the warning light stays on after the engine is started, turn the engine off immediately. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Low fuel level warning light This warning light illuminates: When the fuel tank is nearly empty. Add fuel as soon as possible. NOTICE Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning light on or with the fuel level below “0 or E” can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter. 4-14 Service warning light This warning light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. -- The service warning light illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then turns off when all checks have been performed. • When there is a problem with the hybrid vehicle control system or hardware. When the warning light illuminates while driving, or does not go OFF after starting the vehicle, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 04 Exhaust system (GPF) warning light Master warning light • This warning light illuminates, wen accumulated soot reaches a certain amount. • When this warning light illuminates, it may turn off after driving the vehicle at more than 80 km/h (50 mph) for about 30 minutes (above 3rd gear with 1500 ~ 4000 engine rpm). If this warning light blinks in spite of the procedure (at this time LCD warning message will be displayed), we recommend that you have the GPF system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. This warning light illuminates: When there is a malfunction in operation in any of the following systems: -- LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped) -- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system malfunction (if equipped) -- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped) -- Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped) -- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped) -- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go malfunction (if equipped) -- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go radar blocked (if equipped) -- Lamp malfunction -- High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped) -- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display. NOTICE If you continue to drive with the GPF warning light blinking for a long time, the GPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can worsen. 4-15 Instrument cluster Low tire pressure warning light This warning light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. -- The low tire pressure warning light illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • When one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated. (The location of the underinflated tires are displayed on the LCD display.) For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in chapter 7. This warning light remains ON after blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second intervals: When there is a malfunction with the TPMS. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in chapter 7. 4-16 WARNING Safe Stopping • The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors. • If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) warning light (if equipped) This warning light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. -- The FCA warning light illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • Whenever there is a malfunction with the FCA. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. For more details, refer to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System” section in chapter 6. 04 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) indicator light This indicator light illuminates: • [Green] When the system operating conditions are satisfied. • [White] When the system operating conditions are not satisfied. • [Yellow] Whenever there is a malfunction with the lane keeping assist system. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. For more details, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System” section in chapter 6. LED headlight warning light (if equipped) This warning light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. -- The LED headlight warning light illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • Whenever there is a malfunction with the LED headlight. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. This warning light blinks: Whenever there is a malfunction with a LED headlight related part. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. NOTICE Continuous driving with the LED Headlight warning light on or blinking can reduce LED headlight life. Icy road warning light (if equipped) This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy. When the temperature on the outside temperature gauge is approximately below 4°C (40°F), the Icy Road warning light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time. You can activate or deactivate Icy Road Warning function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. Information If the Icy Road warning light appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc. 4-17 Instrument cluster Ready indicator This indicator illuminates: When the vehicle is ready to be driven. -- ON : Normal driving is possible. -- OFF : Normal driving is not possible, or a problem has occurred. -- Blinking : Emergency driving. When the ready indicator goes OFF or blinks, there is a problem with the system. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. EV mode indicator This indicator illuminates: When the vehicle is driven by the electric motor. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light This indicator light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. -- The Electronic Stability Control indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off. • Whenever there is a malfunction with the ESC system. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 4-18 This indicator light blinks: While the ESC is operating. For more details, refer to “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” section in chapter 6. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF indicator light This indicator light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. -- The ESC OFF indicator light illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button. For more details, refer to “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” section in chapter 6. Immobilizer indicator light (without smart key) (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: When the vehicle detects the immobilizer in the key with the ignition switch in the ON position. -- At this time, you can start the engine. -- The indicator light goes off after starting the engine. This indicator light blinks: When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 04 Immobilizer indicator light (with smart key) (if equipped) Turn signal indicator light This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds: When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON position. -- Once the smart key is detected, you can start the engine. -- The indicator light goes off after starting the engine. This indicator light blinks: When you operate the turn signal indicator stalk. This indicator light blinks for a few seconds: When the smart key is not in the vehicle. -- If the smart key is not detected, you cannot start the engine. This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off: If the smart key is in the vehicle and the Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the vehicle cannot detect the smart key. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. This indicator light blinks: When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If any of the following occur, there may be a malfunction with the turn signal system. -- The turn signal indicator light illuminates but does not blink -- The turn signal indicator light blinks rapidly -- The turn signal indicator light does not illuminate at all If any of these conditions occur, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. High beam indicator light This indicator light illuminates: • When the headlights are on and in the high beam position • When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position. 4-19 Instrument cluster Light ON indicator light AUTO HOLD indicator light This indicator light illuminates: When the tail lights or headlights are on. This indicator light illuminates: • [White] When you activate the auto hold system by pressing the AUTO HOLD switch. • [Green] When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal with the Auto Hold system activated. • [Yellow] Whenever there is a malfunction with the Auto Hold system. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. For more details, refer to “Auto Hold” section in chapter 6. Front fog indicator light (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: When the front fog lights are on. Rear fog indicator light This indicator light illuminates: When the rear fog lights are on. High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: • When the high-beam is on with the light switch in the AUTO light position. • If your vehicle detects oncoming or preceding vehicles, the High Beam Assist (HBA) system will switch the high beam to low beam automatically. For more details, refer to “High Beam Assist (HBA) system” section in chapter 5. 4-20 04 LCD display messages Shift to P to start engine (for smart key system) This message is displayed if you try to start the vehicle with the shift lever in any other position except the P (Park) position. Shift to P (for smart key system) This message is displayed if you try to turn off the vehicle without the shift lever in the P (Park) position. If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop button turns to the ACC position. Low key battery (for smart key system) This message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is discharged while changing the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position. Press START button while turning wheel (for smart key system) This message is displayed if the steering wheel does not unlock normally when the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed. You should press the Engine Start/Stop button while turning the steering wheel right and left. Check steering wheel lock system (for smart key system) This message is displayed if the steering wheel does not lock normally while the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the OFF position. Press brake pedal to start engine (for smart key system) This message is displayed if the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal. You can start the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal and then pressing the Engine Start/Stop button. Key not in vehicle (for smart key system) This message is displayed if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you press the Engine Start/ Stop button. When attempting to start the vehicle, always have the smart key with you. Key not detected (for smart key system) This message is displayed if the smart key is not detected when you press the Engine Start/Stop button. Press START button again (for smart key system) This message is displayed if you were unable to start the vehicle when the Engine Start/Stop button was pressed. If this occurs, attempt to start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button again. If the warning message appears each time you press the Engine Start/Stop button, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 4-21 Instrument cluster Press START button with key (for smart key system) Door, Hood, Tailgate open indicator This message is displayed if you press the Engine Start/Stop button while the warning message “Key not detected” is displayed. At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks. Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse (for smart key system) This message is displayed if the brake switch fuse is disconnected. You need to replace the fuse with a new one before starting the engine. If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC position. 12V battery discharging due to additional electrical devices This message is displayed if the 12V battery voltage is weak due to any non-factory electrical accessories (ex. dashboard camera) while parking. Be careful that the battery is not discharged. If the message appears after removing the non-factory electrical accessories, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 4-22 OOSH049018L This warning is displayed if any door or the hood or the tailgate is left open. The warning will indicate which door is open in the display. CAUTION Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ hood/tailgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/ hood/tailgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. 04 Sunroof open indicator (if equipped) Lights mode „„ Type A OOSH049019L This warning is displayed if you turn off the engine when the sunroof is open. Close the sunroof securely before leaving your vehicle. Low pressure „„ Type B OOSH049021L OOSH049022L This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the lighting control. You can activate or deactivate Wiper/ Lights Display function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. Wiper „„ Type A „„ Type B OOSH049020L This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated. For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in chapter 7. OOSH049023L OOSH049024L This indicator displays which wiper speed is selected using the wiper control. You can activate or deactivate Wiper/ Lights Display function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. 4-23 Instrument cluster Low washer fluid (if equipped) Check headlight (if equipped) This message is displayed if the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty. Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled. This message is displayed if the headlights are not operating properly. A headlight bulb may need to be replaced. Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating. Low fuel This message is displayed if the fuel tank is almost out of fuel. When this message is displayed, the low fuel level warning light in the cluster will come on. It is recommended to look for the nearest fueling station and refuel as soon as possible. Engine has overheated This message is displayed when the engine coolant temperature is above 120°C (248°F). This means that the engine is overheated and may be damaged. If your vehicle is overheated, refer to “Overheating” section in chapter 7. Check exhaust system (if equipped) This message is displayed if there is a problem with the GPF system. At this time, the GPF warning light will also blink. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the GPF system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. GPF : Gasoline Particulate Filter 4-24 Check turn signal (if equipped) This message is displayed if the turn signal lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced. Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating. Check brake light (if equipped) This message is displayed if the stop lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced. Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating. Check fog light (if equipped) This message is displayed if the fog lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced. Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating. 04 Check cornering lamp (if equipped) Ready to start driving This message is displayed if the cornering lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced. Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating. This message is displayed when the vehicle is ready to be driven. Check headlamp LED (if equipped) This message is displayed if there is a problem with the LED headlamp. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Check Active Air Flap system This message is displayed in the following situations: -- There is a malfunction with the actuator flap -- There is a malfunction with the actuator air flap controller -- The air flap does not open When all of the above conditions are fixed, the warning will disappear. Check regenerative brakes This message is displayed when the brake performance is low or the regenerative brake does not work properly due to a failure in the brake system. If this occurs, it may take longer for the brake pedal to operate and the braking distance may become longer. Stop vehicle and check brakes This message is displayed when a failure occurs in the brake system. If this occurs, park the vehicle in a safe location and we recommend that you tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle inspected. Check Hybrid system This message is displayed when there is a problem with the hybrid system. Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 4-25 Instrument cluster Stop safely and check Hybrid system This message is displayed when there is a problem with the hybrid system. The “ ” indicator will blink and a warning chime will sound until the problem is solved. Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Check Hybrid system. Do not start engine This message is displayed when the hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low. A warning chime will sound until the problem is solved. Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Stop safely and check power supply This message is displayed when a failure occurs in the power supply system. If this occurs, park the vehicle in a safe location and tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle inspected. Check virtual engine sound system This message is displayed when there is a problem with the Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS). If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 4-26 Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery damage This message is displayed when the fuel tank is nearly empty. You should refill the fuel tank to prevent hybrid battery damage. Refill inverter coolant This message is displayed when the inverter coolant is nearly empty. You should refill the inverter coolant. Park with engine On to charge battery This message is displayed when the hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low. If this occurs, park the vehicle in a safe location and wait until the hybrid battery is charged. Start engine to avoid battery discharge This message is displayed to inform the driver the 12V battery may be discharged if the ignition switch is in ON position indicator ON). (without the Set the vehicle to the ready ( ) mode to prevent the 12V battery from being discharged. 04 LCD DISPLAY LCD display control OOSH049025L [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons. 1. : MODE button for changing modes 2. , : MOVE switch for changing items 3. OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item 4-27 4-28 Up/ Down Service Interval Engine Coolant Temperature Reset Language Other Convenience Sound Energy Flow Tire Pressure Lights Intelligent Speed Limit Warning Digital Speedometer Driving Style Door Driver Attention Warning Drive Info Head-Up Display WDH-5007 User Settings Driver Assistance Lane Keeping Assist WVI-5002 Assist Menu Smart Cruise Control Destination Info Accumulated Info WVI-5004 Route Guidance TBT Fuel Economy WHD-5001 Trip Computer LCD display modes The Master Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or more systems is not operating normally. WVI-5006 Master warning Instrument cluster 04 Trip computer mode Assist mode OOSH049026L The trip computer mode displays information related to vehicle driving parameters including fuel economy, tripmeter information and vehicle speed. For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” section in this chapter. Turn By Turn (TBT) mode OOSH049028L SCC/LKA/DAW/ISLW This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise Control (SCC), Lane Keeping Assist (LKA), Driver Attention Warning (DAW) and Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW). For more details, refer to each system information section in chapter 6. OOSH049027L This mode displays the state of the navigation. OOSH049029L Tire pressure This mode displays information related to Tire Pressure. For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in chapter 7. 4-29 Instrument cluster Master warning mode The Master Warning Light illuminates if one or more of the above warning situations occur. At this time, the LCD Modes Icon will change from ( ) to ( ). If the warning situation is solved, the master warning light will be turned off and the LCD Modes Icon will be changed back to its previous icon ( ). OOSH049030L This warning light informs the driver the following situations. -- LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped) -- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system malfunction (if equipped) -- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped) -- Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped) -- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped) -- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go malfunction (if equipped) -- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go radar blocked (if equipped) -- Lamp malfunction -- High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped) -- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction 4-30 04 User settings mode OOSH049032L OOSH049031L In this mode, you can change the settings of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, etc. 1. Head-up display 2. Driver assistance 3. Door 4. Lights 5. Sound 6. Convenience 7. Service interval 8. Other features 9. Language 10. Reset The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. Shift to P to edit settings This warning message appears if you try to adjust the User Settings while driving. For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and shifting to P (Park). Quick guide help This mode provides quick guides for the systems in the User Settings mode. Select an item, press and hold the OK button. For more details, about each system, refer to this Owner’s Manual. 4-31 Instrument cluster 1. Head-up display Items Explanation Display height To adjust the height of the image displayed. Rotation To adjust the angle of the image displayed. Brightness To adjust the brightness of the image displayed. Content selection To select the content to be displayed. -- Turn by turn -- Traffic info -- Driving assist info -- Lane safety info -- Blind-spot safety info Speedometer size To select the speedometer size displayed. -- Small / Medium / Large Speedometer color To select the speedometer color displayed. -- White / Orange / Green For more information, refer to “Head-up display” section in chapter 5. Ãà The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 4-32 04 2. Driver assistance Items SCC response Explanation • Fast / Normal / Slow To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system. For more details, refer to ‘’Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go’’ section in chapter 6. • Leading vehicle departure alert To activate or deactivate the Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function. For more details, refer to the “Leading Vehicle Departure Alert” section in chapter 6. Driving assist • LFA (Lane Following Assist) To activate or deactivate the Lane Following Assist function. For more details, refer to the “Lane Following Assist (LFA) System” section in chapter 6. • SLW (Speed Limit Warning) To activate or deactivate the Speed Limit Warning function. For more details, refer to the “Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) System” section in chapter 6. DAW (Driver Attention Warning) • Swaying warning To activate or deactivate the Driver Attention Warning function. For more details, refer to the “Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System” section in chapter 6. Warning timing • Normal / Later To select when to provide a warning for driver assistance systems. 4-33 Instrument cluster Items Explanation Forward safety • Active assist: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when a collision is detected. • Warning only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected. • Off: Deactivates the system. For more details, refer to the “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist System” section in chapter 6. Lane safety • Active LKA (Lane Keeping Assist): If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane. • LKA (Lane Keeping Assist): If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane. • LDW (Lane Departure Warning): If selected, the system provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane. • Off: Deactivates the LKA system. For more details, refer to the “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System” section in chapter 6. Blind-spot safety • Warning only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected. • Off: Deactivates the system. For more details, refer to the “Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System” section in chapter 6. Parking safety • Rear cross-traffic safety To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function. For more details, refer to “Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System” section in chapter 6. Ãà The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 4-34 04 3. Door Items Explanation Auto lock • Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. • Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (9 mph). • Off: The auto door lock operation will be cancelled. Auto unlock • On shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission is shifted to the P (Park) position. • On key out : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the key ignition switch (if equipped with remote key). • Vehicle off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set to the OFF position (if equipped with smart key). • Off: The auto door unlock operation will be cancelled. Horn feedback To activate or deactivate the horn feedback. If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the remote key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key). Ãà The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 4-35 Instrument cluster 4. Lights Items Explanation One touch turn indicator • Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. • 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly. For more details, refer to “Lighting” section in chapter 5. Head lamp delay To activate or deactivate the headlamp delay function. For more details, refer to “Lighting” section in chapter 5. Ãà The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 5. Sound Items Explanation Volume for PDW (Parking Distance Warning) To adjust the volume of the Parking Distance Warning function. Ãà The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 4-36 04 6. Convenience Items Welcome mirror Explanation To activate or deactivate the welcome mirror function. When activated, the outside rearview mirrors are unfolded if approached with the smart key. For more details, refer to ‘’Outside Rearview Mirror’’ section in chapter 5. To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat. Wireless charging system For more details, refer to “Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System” section in chapter 5. Wiper/Lights display To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode. When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/ Light mode whenever you change the mode. Auto rear wiper (reverse) To activate or deactivate the rear wiper while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON. Gear position pop-up To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up. When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display. Coasting guidance • Coasting guidance: To activate or deactivate the Coasting Guide function. • Sound: To activate or deactivate the Coasting Guide function sound. For more details, refer to “Coasting Guide” section in chapter 6. Coasting timing • Late / Normal / Early To adjust the sensitivity of the Coasting Guide function. For more details, refer to “Coasting Guide” section in chapter 6. Icy road warning To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function. Ãà The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 4-37 Instrument cluster 7. Service interval Items Explanation Enable service interval To activate or deactivate the service interval function. Adjust Interval If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance. If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. -- Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. -- Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed. Information If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. -- The battery cable is disconnected. -- The fuse switch is turned off. -- The battery is discharged. 4-38 04 8. Other Explanation Items Fuel economy auto reset • Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling. • After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy will reset automatically. • After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 km/h (1 mph). For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in the following pages. Fuel economy unit • km/L / L/100km To select the fuel economy unit. Temperature unit • °C / °F To select the temperature unit. Tire pressure unit • psi / kPa / bar To select the tire pressure unit. 9. Language Explanation Items To select language. Language 10. Reset Items Reset Explanation You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval. Ãà The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 4-39 Instrument cluster TRIP COMPUTER The trip computer is a microcomputercontrolled driver information system that displays information related to driving. Information • Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected. • The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated. Trip modes OOSH049025L [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B To change the trip mode, toggle the “ ” switch on the steering wheel. , Fuel economy Fuel Economy •Average Fuel Economy •Instant Fuel Economy Accumulated Info •Tripmeter •Fuel Economy •Timer Drive Info •Tripmeter •Fuel Economy •Timer Digital Speedometer Driving Style Energy Flow Engine Coolant Temperature 4-40 OOSH049033L Average Fuel Economy (1) • The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset. • The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automatically. 04 Manual reset To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the OK button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy is displayed. Automatic reset To automatically reset the average fuel economy, select between “After Ignition” or “After Refueling” in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. -- After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy will reset automatically. -- After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h). Instant Fuel Economy (2) • The instantaneous fuel economy is displayed according to the bar graph in the LCD display while driving. Accumulated Info display „„ Type A „„ Type B OOSH049034L OOSH049035L This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is accumulated starting from the last reset. To reset the details, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously. The accumulated driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light). 4-41 Instrument cluster Drive Info display „„ Type A Digital speedometer „„ Type B OOSH049036L OOSH049037L This display shows the trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset. To reset the details, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Drive Info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously. The driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light). OOSH049038L This digital speedometer display shows the speed of the vehicle. Driving style OOSH049039L The driving style is displayed when you are driving in ECO mode. When you drive in SPORT mode, each driving category will be displayed with “--”. 4-42 04 NOTICE Energy flow When the gauge indicator gets out of the normal range, toward the “H(Hot)” position, it indicates overheating of the engine. It may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with the overheated engine. For more details, refer to “If the Engine Overheats” section in the chapter 7. OOSH049040L The hybrid system informs the drivers its energy flow in various operating modes. While driving, the current energy flow is specified in 11 modes. For more details, refer to HEV Energy Flow in the “Hybrid System Overview” section in chapter 1. Engine coolant temperature OOSH049041L This engine coolant temperature gauge display shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the engine is running. 4-43 5. Convenient features Accessing your vehicle...................................................................................... 5-5 Remote key....................................................................................................................5-5 Smart key.......................................................................................................................5-8 Immobilizer system......................................................................................................5-12 Door locks......................................................................................................... 5-13 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle.........................................................5-13 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle........................................................... 5-14 Automatic door lock and unlock features................................................................. 5-16 Child-protector rear door locks...................................................................................5-17 Theft-alarm system...........................................................................................5-18 Steering wheel..................................................................................................5-19 Electric Power Steering (EPS)..................................................................................... 5-19 Tilt steering / Telescopic steering..............................................................................5-20 Horn.............................................................................................................................5-20 Heated steering wheel.................................................................................................5-21 Mirrors............................................................................................................... 5-21 Inside rearview mirror..................................................................................................5-21 Outside rearview mirrors............................................................................................ 5-23 Windows............................................................................................................5-25 Power windows...........................................................................................................5-26 Sunroof............................................................................................................. 5-29 Sunroof opening and closing.....................................................................................5-30 Sliding the sunroof......................................................................................................5-30 Tilting the sunroof.......................................................................................................5-30 Sunshade......................................................................................................................5-31 Resetting the sunroof..................................................................................................5-31 Sunroof open warning................................................................................................ 5-32 Exterior features............................................................................................... 5-33 Hood.............................................................................................................................5-33 Tailgate.........................................................................................................................5-34 Fuel filler door.............................................................................................................5-36 Head-Up Display (HUD).................................................................................. 5-39 5 Lighting............................................................................................................. 5-42 Exterior lights..............................................................................................................5-42 Interior lights.............................................................................................................. 5-50 Wipers and washers......................................................................................... 5-52 Windshield wipers.......................................................................................................5-52 Windshield washers....................................................................................................5-53 Rear window wiper and washer.................................................................................5-54 Driver assist system......................................................................................... 5-55 Rear View Monitor.......................................................................................................5-55 Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) system...................................................5-56 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) system....................................5-59 Automatic climate control system.................................................................. 5-63 Automatic temperature control mode...................................................................... 5-64 Manual temperature control mode............................................................................5-65 System operation.........................................................................................................5-71 System maintenance.................................................................................................. 5-72 5 Windshield defrosting and defogging.............................................................5-74 To defog inside windshield......................................................................................... 5-74 To defrost inside windshield....................................................................................... 5-75 Defogging logic........................................................................................................... 5-75 Auto defogging system............................................................................................... 5-76 Rear window defroster............................................................................................... 5-77 Climate control additional features................................................................ 5-78 Automatic ventilation.................................................................................................. 5-78 Sunroof inside air recirculation.................................................................................. 5-78 Storage compartment......................................................................................5-79 Center console storage............................................................................................... 5-79 Glove box..................................................................................................................... 5-79 Sunglass holder.......................................................................................................... 5-80 Multi box..................................................................................................................... 5-80 5. Convenient features Interior features................................................................................................5-81 Cup holder................................................................................................................... 5-81 Sunvisor.......................................................................................................................5-82 Power outlet................................................................................................................5-82 USB charger.................................................................................................................5-83 Wireless cellular phone charging system................................................................. 5-84 Clock........................................................................................................................... 5-86 Coat hook.....................................................................................................................5-87 Floor mat anchor(s).....................................................................................................5-87 Luggage net holder.................................................................................................... 5-88 Cargo area cover........................................................................................................ 5-89 Luggage tray............................................................................................................... 5-89 Exterior features...............................................................................................5-90 Roof side rails............................................................................................................. 5-90 Infotainment system.........................................................................................5-91 USB Port....................................................................................................................... 5-91 Antenna........................................................................................................................ 5-91 Steering wheel remote controls.................................................................................5-92 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology................................................................................5-93 How vehicle radio works.............................................................................................5-93 Audio (without touch screen)..........................................................................5-96 System layout – control panel................................................................................... 5-96 System layout – steering wheel remote control...................................................... 5-98 Turning the system on or off.....................................................................................5-100 Turning the display on or off.....................................................................................5-100 Getting to know the basic operations.......................................................................5-101 Radio................................................................................................................5-102 Turning on the radio.................................................................................................. 5-102 Changing the radio mode......................................................................................... 5-103 Scanning for available radio stations....................................................................... 5-103 Searching for radio stations..................................................................................... 5-104 Saving radio stations................................................................................................. 5-104 Listening to saved radio stations............................................................................. 5-104 5 Media player....................................................................................................5-105 Using the media player............................................................................................. 5-105 Using the USB mode................................................................................................. 5-105 Using the iPod mode................................................................................................. 5-108 Bluetooth.......................................................................................................... 5-111 Connecting Bluetooth devices...................................................................................5-111 Using a Bluetooth audio device................................................................................ 5-114 Using a Bluetooth phone........................................................................................... 5-115 Setup................................................................................................................5-120 Display........................................................................................................................ 5-120 Sound......................................................................................................................... 5-120 Date/Time................................................................................................................... 5-121 Bluetooth.................................................................................................................... 5-121 System......................................................................................................................... 5-121 System status icons........................................................................................ 5-122 Infotainment system specifications.............................................................. 5-123 5 USB..............................................................................................................................5-123 Bluetooth................................................................................................................... 5-124 Trademarks...................................................................................................... 5-124 Declaration of conformity.............................................................................. 5-125 CE RED for EU.............................................................................................................5-125 RoHS for Taiwan.........................................................................................................5-125 NCC for Taiwan.......................................................................................................... 5-126 05 ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE Remote key (if equipped) WARNING Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could place the key in the ignition switch and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death. Unlocking your vehicle Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the rear tailgate. (1) Door Lock (2) Door Unlock (3) Tailgate Unlock To unlock your vehicle: 1. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key. 2. All doors will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two times. 3. After unlocking the doors, the doors will automatically relock after 30 seconds unless a door is opened. Locking your vehicle Opening the tailgate OOSH059001L To lock your vehicle: 1. Make sure all doors, the engine hood and the tailgate are closed. 2. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession. 3. If the Door Lock button (1) is pressed once more within four seconds, the horn will beep once and the hazard warning lights will blink. 4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle. To unlock the tailgate: 1. Press and hold the Tailgate Unlock button (3) on the remote key for more than one second. 2. The hazard warning lights will blink two times and the tailgate will be unlocked. 3. After the tailgate is opened and then closed, the tailgate will automatically relock after 30 seconds. 5-5 Convenient features Information The word “HOLD” is written on the button to inform you that you must press and hold the button for more than one second. Mechanical key If the Remote Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the door by using the mechanical key. Start-up For information, refer to the “Key Ignition Switch” section in chapter 6. NOTICE To prevent damaging the remote key: • Keep the remote key away from water or any liquid and fire. Internal circuits may malfunction if the inside of the remote key gets damp (from liquids or moisture) or if it is heated. This can exclude the remote key from being covered under warranty. • Avoid dropping or throwing the remote key. • Protect the remote key from extreme temperatures. 5-6 OOSH059002L If the remote key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the driver’s door by using the mechanical key. To unfold the mechanical key, press the release button on the remote. To return the key to its stored position, press the release button and fold the key back into the remote. 05 Remote key precautions The remote key will not work if any of the following occur: • The key is in the ignition switch. • You exceed the operating distance limit (about 30 m [90 feet]). • The remote key battery is weak. • Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal. • The weather is extremely cold. • The remote key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the remote key. If the remote key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the remote key, it is recommended that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If the remote key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone’s normal operational signals. This is specifically relevant when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. When possible, avoid placing the remote key and your mobile phone in the same location such as a pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices. NOTICE Keep the remote key away from electromagnetic materials that block electromagnetic waves to the key surface. Battery replacement OOSH059003L If the remote key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one. Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the cover. 2. Using a screw driver, remove the battery cover. 3. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct. 4. Reinstall the battery cover and key cover in the reverse order of removal. If you suspect your remote key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your remote key is not working correctly, it is recommended that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Information An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations. 5-7 Convenient features Smart key (if equipped) Locking your vehicle OOSH059004L OOSH059005L Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the rear tailgate. 1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Tailgate Unlock To lock your vehicle using the door handle button or the Smart Key: 1. Make sure all doors, the hood and the tailgate are closed. 2. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession. 3. Press either the button on the door handle or the Door Lock button (1) on the smart key. The hazard warning lights will blink. 4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle. Information The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside door handle. Note that you cannot lock your vehicle using the door handle button if any of the following occur: • The Smart Key is in the vehicle. • The Engine Start/Stop button is in ACC or ON position. • Any of the doors are open except for the tailgate. 5-8 05 WARNING Information Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the Engine Start/ Stop button and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death. Unlocking your vehicle The door handle buttons will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside door handle Opening the tailgate To unlock and open the tailgate: 1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession. 2. Press either the tailgate handle release button on the vehicle or press and hold the Tailgate Unlock button on the smart key for more than one second. The hazard warning lights will blink two times and the tailgate latch will unlock. NOTICE OOSH059005L To unlock your vehicle using the door handle button or the Smart Key: 1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession. 2. Press either the button on the door handle or the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart key. All doors will unlock and the hazard warning lights will blink two times. 3. After unlocking the doors, the doors will automatically relock after 30 seconds unless a door is opened. The tailgate must be operated manually to open the tailgate. Once the tailgate latch is unlocked, pull upward on the tailgate handle to fully open the tailgate. 3. After the tailgate is opened and then closed, the tailgate will automatically relock after 30 seconds. 5-9 Convenient features Information • The tailgate handle switch will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.) from the tailgate handle. • The Tailgate Unlock button (3) will only unlock the tailgate. It will not release the latch and open the tailgate automatically. If the tailgate Unlock button is used, someone must still press the tailgate handle switch to open the tailgate. Mechanical key If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the driver’s door by using the mechanical key. Start-up You can start the vehicle without inserting the key. For information, refer to the “Engine Start/Stop Button” section in chapter 6. NOTICE To prevent damaging the smart key: • Keep the smart key in a cool, dry place to avoid damage or malfunction. Exposure to moisture or high temperature may cause the internal circuit of the smart key to malfunction which may not be covered under warranty. • Avoid dropping or throwing the smart key. • Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures. 5-10 OOSH059006L To remove the mechanical key from the smart key FOB, slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow (1) and then pull the mechanical key (2) outward. To unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key. insert the mechanical key into the key hole in the driver door. To reinstall the mechanical key into the FOB, insert the key in the top of the key FOB and push inward until a click sound is heard. Loss of a smart key A maximum of two Smart Keys can be registered to a single vehicle. If you happen to lose your smart key, it is recommended that you should immediately take the vehicle and remaining keys to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if necessary. 05 Smart key precautions The smart key may not work if any of the following occur: • The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter. • The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone. • Another vehicle’s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle. If the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, it is recommended to contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone’s normal operational signals. This is specifically relevant when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. When possible, avoid keeping the smart key and your mobile phone in the same location such as a pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices. NOTICE Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface. NOTICE Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged. Battery replacement OOSH059007L If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one. Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Remove the mechanical key. 2. Use a slim tool to pry open the rear cover of the smart key. 3. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct. 4. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart key. If you suspect your smart key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not working correctly, it is recommended that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Information An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations. 5-11 Convenient features Immobilizer system (if equipped) The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the engine’s fuel system is disabled. When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, then turn the ignition switch to the ON position again. In some circumstances, the vehicle may not recognize your smart key if another smart key device is nearby or a metal object such as a key chain is causing interference with the smart key. If this occurs, your vehicle may not start. Remove any metal objects or additional keys near the smart key before attempting to start the vehicle again. 5-12 If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable. WARNING In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential. NOTICE The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur. 05 DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from outside the vehicle Remote key Mechanical key „„ Remote key „„ Smart key OOSH059009L [A] : Unlock, [B] : Lock OOSH059008L [A] : Lock, [B] : Unlock If you lock the driver’s door with a mechanical key, all vehicle doors will lock. If you unlock the driver’s door with a mechanical key, all vehicle doors will unlock. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely. To lock the doors, press the Door Lock button (1) on the remote key. To unlock the doors, press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely. 5-13 Convenient features Smart key Information • In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. • If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components. OOSH059005L Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button OOSH059010L Press the button on the driver’s outside door handle while carrying the Smart Key with you or press the Door Lock button (1) on the Smart Key, all the doors will lock. Press the button on the driver’s outside door handle while carrying the Smart Key with you or press the Unlock button (2) on the Smart Key, all the doors will unlock. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely. 5-14 OOSH059011L • To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark (2) on the door lock button will be visible. • To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Lock” position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not be visible. • To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward. 05 • For Key Start Vehicles (with Remote Key) The front doors cannot be locked if the remote key is in the ignition switch and either of the front doors are open. • For Push Button Start Vehicles (with Smart Key) The doors cannot be locked if the smart key fob is inside the vehicle and any of the doors are open. With the door handle Front door If the inner door handle is pulled when the door is locked, the door will unlock and open. Rear door If the inner door handle is pulled once when the door is locked, the door will unlock. If the inner door handle is pulled once more, the door will open. Information If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following techniques to exit: • Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle. • Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear. • Lower a front window and use the mechanical key to unlock the door from outside. With the central door lock switch OOSH059012L The driver side door armrest is equipped with a central door lock switch. The lock button is indicated by a ( ) symbol. The unlock button is indicated by a ( ) symbol. When the lock button (1) is pressed, all the vehicle doors will lock. When the unlock button (2) is pressed, all the vehicle doors will unlock. • For Key Start Vehicles (with remote key) If the key is in the ignition switch and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (1) is pressed. • For Push Button Start Vehicles (with Smart Key) If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (1) is pressed. 5-15 Convenient features WARNING • The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion. If the doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased. • Do not pull the inner door handle of the driver’s or passenger’s door while the vehicle is moving. WARNING Do not leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or serious injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle. WARNING Always secure your vehicle. Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases the potential risk to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle. To secure your vehicle, while depressing the brake, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position, engage the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you. 5-16 CAUTION Opening a door when something is approaching may cause damage or injury. Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door. WARNING If you stay in the vehicle for a long time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when someone is in the vehicle. Automatic door lock and unlock features Your vehicle is equipped with features that will automatically lock or unlock your vehicle based on settings you select in the cluster LCD display. Auto LOCK - Enable on speed When this feature is set in the cluster LCD display, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle exceeds 15 km/h (9 mph). Auto LOCK - Enable on shift When this feature is set in the cluster LCD display, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while the engine is running. 05 Auto UNLOCK - On Shift to P Child-protector rear door locks When this feature is set in the cluster LCD display, all the doors will be unlocked automatically when the vehicle is shifted back into P (Park). Auto UNLOCK- On key out (with Remote key) When this feature is set in the cluster LCD display, all the doors will be unlocked automatically when the key is removed from the ignition switch. OOSH059013L Auto UNLOCK - Vehicle off (with Smart key) When this feature is set in the cluster LCD display, all the doors will be unlocked automatically when the vehicle is turned off. For more details, on these features, refer to the LCD Display section in chapter 4. Additional unlock safety feature - air bag deployment As an additional safety feature, all doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy. The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open if the inner door handle is pulled. To lock the child safety lock, insert a small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the lock position as shown. To allow a rear door to be opened from inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety lock. WARNING If children accidently open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle. 5-17 Convenient features THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM This system helps to protect your vehicle and valuables. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously if any of the following occur: -- A door is opened without using the remote key or smart key. -- The tailgate is opened without using the remote key or smart key. -- The engine hood is opened. The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then the system resets. To turn off the alarm, unlock the doors with the remote key or smart key. The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors and the tailgate. For the system to activate, you must lock the doors and the tailgate from outside the vehicle with the remote key or smart key or by pressing the button on the outside of the door handle with the smart key in your possession. The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate the system is armed. Once the security system is set, opening any door, the tailgate, or the hood without using the remote key or smart key will cause the alarm to activate. The Theft Alarm System will not set if the hood, the tailgate, or any door is not fully closed. If the system will not set, check the hood, the tailgate, or the doors are fully closed. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. 5-18 Information • Do not lock the doors until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the remaining passenger leaves the vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated. • If the vehicle is not disarmed with the remote key or smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and place the ignition switch in the ON position (for remote key) or start the engine (for smart key) by directly pressing the ignition switch with the smart key. • If the system is disarmed by unlocking the vehicle, but neither a door or the tailgate is opened within 30 seconds, the doors will relock and the system will rearm automatically. Information OHI038181L Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm system will have a label attached to the vehicle with the following words: 1. WARNING 2. SECURITY SYSTEM 05 STEERING WHEEL Electric Power Steering (EPS) The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, you may still steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering effort. Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. CAUTION If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally, the warning light ( ) and the message “Check motor driven power steering” will illuminate on the instrument cluster. You may steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering efforts. We recommend that you take the vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked as soon as possible. Information The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation: • The steering effort may be high immediately after placing the ignition switch in the ON position. This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics are completed, the steering wheel effort will return to its normal condition. • A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is in the ON or LOCK/OFF position. • Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed. • When you operate the steering wheel in low temperatures, abnormal noise may occur. If the temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition. • When an error is detected from the EPS, the steering effort assist function will not be activated in order to prevent fatal accidents. Instrument cluster warning lights may be on or the steering effort may be high. If these symptoms occur, drive the vehicle to a safe area as soon as it is safe to do so. We recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. 5-19 Convenient features Tilt steering / Telescopic steering When adjusting the steering wheel to a comfortable position, adjust the steering wheel so that it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument cluster warning lights and gauges. After adjusting, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving. Information Sometimes the lock release lever may not engage completely. This may occur when the gears of the locking mechanism do not completely mesh. If this occurs, pull down on the lock-release lever, readjust the steering wheel again, and then pull back up on the release lever to lock the steering wheel in place. Horn WARNING NEVER adjust the steering wheel while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. OOSH059015L To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed. OOSH059014L To adjust the steering wheel angle and height: 1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1). 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle (2) and distance forward/back (3). 3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel in place. 5-20 NOTICE Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object. 05 MIRRORS Heated steering wheel (if equipped) Inside rearview mirror Before driving your vehicle, check to see that your inside rearview mirror is properly positioned. Adjust the rearview mirror so that the view through the rear window is properly centered. WARNING OOSH059016L When the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the engine is running, press the heated steering wheel button to warm the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate. To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button again. The indicator on the button will turn off. The heated steering wheel will automatically turn off after approximately 30 minutes. NOTICE Do not install any cover or accessory on the steering wheel. The cover or accessory could cause damage to the heated steering wheel system. Make sure your line of sight is not obstructed. Do not place objects in the rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with your vision through the rear window. WARNING To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror. WARNING NEVER adjust the mirror while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. NOTICE When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as this may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing. 5-21 Convenient features Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped) Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) (if equipped) OOSH059017L OOSH059018L [A] : Day, [B] : Night [A] : Indicator Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever towards you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position. Some vehicles come equipped with an electrochromic mirror that helps control glare while driving at night or under low light driving conditions. When the engine is running, the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror. The sensor detects the light level around the vehicle, and automatically adjusts to control the headlamp glare from vehicles behind you. Whenever the shift lever is placed in R (Reverse), the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the driver’s view behind the vehicle. 5-22 05 Outside rearview mirrors OOSH059019L Make sure to adjust the outside rearview mirrors to your desired position before you begin driving. Your vehicle is equipped with both lefthand and right-hand outside rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The outside rearview mirrors can be folded to help prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street. The right outside rearview mirror is convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear. Use the inside rear view mirror or look back directly to determine the actual distance of other vehicles prior to changing lanes. WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outside rearview mirrors while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. NOTICE • Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the surface of the glass. • If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water, or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt. • Do not clean the mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products. Adjusting the rearview mirrors OOSH059020L Adjusting the rearview mirrors: 1. Press either the L (Left side) or R (Right side) button (1) to select the rearview mirror you would like to adjust. 2. Use the mirror adjustment control switch to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. 3. After adjustment, put the button into neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment. 5-23 Convenient features NOTICE • The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, because this can damage the motor. • Do not attempt to adjust the rearview mirrors by hand, because this can damage the motor. Folding the rearview mirrors Center (AUTO): The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows: • With remote key system -- The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the remote key • With smart key system -- The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the smart key. -- The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle. -- The mirror will unfold when the vehicle is approached with the smart key and ‘Welcome mirror’ from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display is selected (if equipped). NOTICE OOSH059021L Manual type (if equipped) To fold the rearview mirrors, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it inwards. The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position. However, to prevent unnecessary battery discharge, do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode. NOTICE Do not fold the electric type outside rearview mirror by hand. It could cause motor failure. OOSH059022L Electric type (if equipped) The rearview mirrors can be folded or unfolded by pressing the switch as below. Left: The mirror will unfold. Right: The mirror will fold. 5-24 05 WINDOWS OOS047017 (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door (left) power window switch (4) Rear door (right) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window (7) Power window lock switch 5-25 Convenient features Power windows Auto down window (if equipped) The ignition switch must be in the ON position to be able to raise or lower the windows. Each door has a Power Window switch to control that door’s window. The driver has a Power Window Lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows. The power windows will operate for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or LOCK/OFF position. However, if the front doors are opened, the Power Windows will not operate even within the 30 second period. Pressing the power window switch down momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch. Window opening and closing Auto up/down window (if equipped) Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch. To reset the power windows OOSH059023L To open: Press the window switch down to the first detent position (5). Release the switch when you want the window to stop. To close: Pull the window switch up to the first detent position (5). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop. 5-26 If the power windows do not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows: 1. Place the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second. If the power windows do not operate properly after resetting, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 05 Automatic reverse (if equipped) Information The automatic reverse feature is only active when the “Auto Up” feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent. WARNING OOSH059024L If a window senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 30 cm (12 in.) to allow the object to be cleared. If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.). If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse will not operate. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. Objects less than 4 mm (0.16 inch) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direction. 5-27 Convenient features Power window lock switch WARNING Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver’s door power window lock switch in the LOCK position. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional window operation by a child. NOTICE OOSH059025L The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passenger doors by pressing the power window lock switch. When the power window lock switch is pressed: • The rear passenger control will not be able to operate the rear passenger power window • Note that the front passenger control is still able to operate the front passenger window, and that the driver master control can still operate all the power windows. 5-28 • To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse. • Never try to operate the main switch on the driver’s door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed. 05 SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED) If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control switch located on the overhead console. OOSH059026L The sunroof can only be opened, closed, or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position. The sunroof can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ACC or LOCK/ OFF position. However, if the front door is opened, the sunroof cannot be operated even within 30 seconds period. Information • In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to freezing conditions. • After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it. WARNING • Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while driving. This could result in loss of control and an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage. • Make sure heads, hands, arms or any other body parts or objects are out of the way before operating the sunroof. • Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the sunroof while driving, to avoid serious injury. • Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury. • Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause injury or vehicle damage. NOTICE • Do not continue to move the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to the motor or system components could occur. • Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is left open, rain or snow may wet the interior of the vehicle. Also, leaving the sunroof open when the vehicle is unattended may invite theft. 5-29 Convenient features Sunroof opening and closing WARNING Small objects that can get caught between the sunroof glass and the front glass channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse system. In this case, the sunroof glass will not detect the object and reverse direction. Sliding the sunroof OOSH059027L To open the sunroof: Press the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop. To close the sunroof: Press the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop. Automatic reverse (if equipped) Pressing the sunroof control lever backward or forward momentarily to the second detent position completely opens or closes the sunroof even when the switch is released. To stop the sunroof at the desired position while the sunroof is in operation, press the sunroof control lever backward or forward and release the switch. Information To minimize wind noise while driving, it is recommended that you drive with the sunroof slightly closed (stop the sunroof about 2 inch (5 cm) before the maximum slide open position). Tilting the sunroof OOSH049042L If the sunroof senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will reverse direction then stop to allow the object to be cleared. The auto reverse function does not work if a small obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash. You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it. 5-30 OOSH059028L Tilt the sunroof open: Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof moves to the desired position. To close the sunroof: Push the sunroof control lever forward until the sunroof moves to the desired position. 05 NOTICE Resetting the sunroof • Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the sunroof guide rail or between the sunroof and roof panel which can make a noise. • Do not try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, otherwise the motor could be damaged. In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly. Sunshade OOSH059029L The sunshade can be opened and closed manually. However, the sunshade will open automatically with the sunroof glass when both the sunroof and sunshade are closed and the sunroof control lever is operated. NOTICE Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open. In some circumstances resetting the sunroof operation may need to be performed. Some instances where resetting the sunroof may be required include: -- When the 12V battery in the engine room is either disconnected or discharged -- When the 12V battery fuse is replaced -- If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/ CLOSE operation is not functioning properly Sunroof resetting procedure: 1. It is recommended to perform the reset procedure with the vehicle engine running. Start the vehicle in P (Park). 2. Make sure the sunroof is in the fully closed position. If the sunroof is open, push the control lever forward until the sunroof is fully closed. 3. Release the control lever when the sunroof is fully closed. 4. Push the control lever forward about 10 seconds. -- When the sunroof is in the closed position: The glass will tilt and slightly move up and down. -- When the sunroof is in the tilt position: The glass will slightly move up and down. 5-31 Convenient features Do not release the lever until the operation is completed. If you release the lever during operation, start the procedure again from step 2. Sunroof open warning 5. Within 3 seconds, push and hold the control lever forward until the sunroof operates as follows: Tilt down → Slide Open → Slide Close. Do not release the lever until the operation is completed. If you release the lever during operation, start the procedure again from step 2. 6. Release the sunroof control lever after all steps have completed. The sunroof system has been reset. Information • If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may not operate normally. • For more detailed information, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 5-32 OOSH059030L • If the driver turns off the engine when the sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime will sound for approximately 3 seconds and the sunroof open warning will appear on the LCD display. • If the driver turns off the engine and opens the door when the sunroof is not fully closed, the open sunroof warning will appear on the LCD display until the door is closed or the sunroof is fully closed. Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle. 05 EXTERIOR FEATURES Hood Opening the hood OOSH059033L OOSH059031L 1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake. 2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly. 4. Pull out the support rod and hold the hood open with the support rod (1). WARNING • When handling the support rod, grasp the rod in the area wrapped with rubber only. In some cases where the engine has been running the support rod may be hot. Caution should be taken to avoid getting burned by the support rod. • The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from becoming dislodged and falling and causing potential injury. OOSH059032L 3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push up the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood center and lift the hood (2). 5-33 Convenient features Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check in and around the engine compartment to ensure the following: -- Any tools or other loose objects are removed from the engine room area or hood opening area -- All glove, rags, or other combustible material is removed from the engine compartment -- All filler caps are tightly and correctly installed 2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approximately 30 cm (12 in.) from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure. If the hood can be raised slightly, it is not securely locked. Open it again and close it with more force. WARNING • Before closing the hood, ensure all obstructions are removed from around the hood opening. • Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident. • Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed, which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall or be damaged. 5-34 Tailgate Opening the tailgate OOSH059034L Before attempting to open the tailgate, make sure the vehicle is in P (Park). To open the tailgate, perform one the following: 1. Unlock all doors with the Door Unlock button on your smart key. From outside press the tailgate handle switch and open the tailgate. 2. Press and hold the Tailgate Unlock button on the smart key. From outside press the tailgate handle switch and open the tailgate. 3. With the Smart Key in your possession, press the tailgate handle switch and open the tailgate. 05 Closing the tailgate WARNING OOSH059035L Lower the tailgate lid and press down until it locks. To be sure the tailgate lid is securely fastened, always check by trying to pull it up again without pressing the tailgate handle button. Information OOSH059204L Do not hold on to or try to pull on the tailgate strut. Be aware that the deformation of the tailgate strut may cause vehicle damage and risk of injury. Emergency tailgate safety release In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. WARNING The tailgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate. NOTICE Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the tailgate struts and mounting hinges if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving. OOSH059036L Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency tailgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the tailgate inside the vehicle. 5-35 Convenient features To unlock and open the tailgate manually from inside the luggage compartment, perform the following steps: 1. Insert the mechanical key from the key fob or a small screwdriver into the slot at the bottom of the tailgate inside the luggage compartment. 2. Slide the key or screwdriver to the right to engage the safety release lever. 3. Push the tailgate outward and upward. WARNING • Be aware of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever in your vehicle and know how to open the tailgate using the safety release lever. • No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash. • Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion. Fuel filler door Opening the fuel filler door OOSH059037L The fuel filler door is opened from inside the vehicle using the fuel filler door release lever. 1. Turn the engine off. Locate the fuel filler door release lever on the floor on the left side of the driver seat. 2. Pull up on the release lever. OOSH059038L 3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to access the fuel tank cap. 4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes. 5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door. 5-36 05 Information If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved deicer fluid (do not use radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt. Closing the fuel filler door 1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it clockwise until it “clicks” one time. 2. Close the fuel filler door until it is latched securely. WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: • Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station. • Before refueling, note the location of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas station. • Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the potential buildup of static electricity by touching a metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source, with your bare hand. • Do not use cellular phones while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors and cause a fire. • Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling. You can generate a buildup of static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source, with your bare hand. • When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refueling has begun, contact between your bare hand and the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete. • Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline. 5-37 Convenient features • When refueling, always move the shift lever to the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/ OFF position. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. • Do not use matches or a lighter and do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station, especially during refueling. • Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle tank, which can cause gasoline spillage. • If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide. • If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before completely removing the cap. • Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident. 5-38 Information Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the “Fuel Requirements” suggested in chapter 1. NOTICE • Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint. • If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system. 05 HEAD-UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED) When it is difficult to read the head up display information, adjust the image height or brightness level from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display mode. For more details, refer to “LCD Display Modes” section in chapter 4. WARNING OOSH059039L The Head-Up Display is an optional feature that allows the driver to view information projected onto a transparent screen while still keeping your eyes safely on the road ahead while driving. Precautions while using the head up display It may sometimes be difficult to read information on the head up display in the following situations. -- The driver is improperly positioned in the driver’s seat. -- The driver wears polarizing-filter sunglasses. -- An object is located above the head up display cover -- The vehicle is driven on a wet road. -- Any improper lighting accessory is installed inside the vehicle, or there is incoming light from outside of the vehicle. -- The driver wears glasses. -- The driver wears contact lenses. • Do not attach any stickers or accessories on the head-up display or crash pad. • Do not attempt to adjust or try to move the combiner screen or the mechanical door on top of the dash manually by hand. • The image may be invisible due to finger prints. Also, excessive force applied during operation may damage the display. • Do not place any objects near the head-up display. Interference with such objects during activation may influence the operation or damage the display. • Do not put any drinks near the headup display. If liquid flows in the display, the unit could be damaged. • Do not place any objects on or around the head-up display. Do not apply any decals or stickers on the combiner screen. Doing so may obstruct the image display. 5-39 Convenient features • Avoid prolonged exposure of direct sunlight onto the combiner screen. • Do not place any objects on, inside, or near the combiner screen when the head-up display is either opened or closed. Use caution to prevent any objects from falling inside the mechanical door. • Use only a soft cloth to clean the combiner screen. Do not use any organic solvents, detergents, or polishing materials. Doing so could damage the display. • For your safety, make sure to stop the vehicle before adjusting the settings. NOTICE • When you open or close the head-up display, noise may occur from the motor and gear. • When you adjust the image height of the head-up display, noise may occur from the motor and gear. 5-40 Head-up display ON/OFF OOSH059040L [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B Use the head-up display ON/OFF button to activate or deactivate the head-up display when the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. The head-up display will retract automatically when the vehicle is turned OFF and the doors are locked with the Smart Key or when pressing the button on the outside door handle. Note that if the vehicle is turned OFF and the doors are not locked, the head-up display will automatically retract after approximately five minutes. 05 Head-up display information OOSH059041L 1. Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information (if equipped) 2. Road signs (if equipped) 3. Speedometer 4. Cruise setting speed (if equipped) 5. Smart Cruise Control (SCC) information (if equipped) 6. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system information (if equipped) 7. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system information (if equipped) Head-up display setting OOSH059042L On the LCD display, you can change the head-up display settings as follows. • Display height • Rotation • Brightness • Content selection • Speedometer size • Speedometer color For more details, refer to “LCD Display Modes” section in chapter 4. Information If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information as head-up display contents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information will not be displayed on the LCD Display. 5-41 Convenient features LIGHTING Exterior lights Lighting control To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions: OOSH059044L OOSH059043L 1. 2. 3. 4. OFF position AUTO headlamp position Position lamp position Headlamp position Daytime Running Light (DRL) The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before sunset. The DRL system will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when : • The headlamps or front fog lamps are ON. • The position lamps are ON. • The vehicle is turned off. 5-42 AUTO headlamp position (if equipped) The position lamp and headlamp will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of daylight as measured by the ambient light sensor on the center dash. Even with the AUTO headlamp feature in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the headlamps when driving at night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities. NOTICE • Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located in front of the instrument panel. • Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation. • If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the AUTO headlamp system may not work properly. 05 High beam operation OOSH059045L Position lamp position ( ) The position lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON. OOSH059047L To turn on the high beam headlamp, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position. The high beam indicator will light when the headlamp high beams are switched on. To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on. OOSH059046L Headlamp position ( ) The headlamp, position lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON. Information The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlamp. OOSH059048L To flash the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you. 5-43 Convenient features High Beam Assist (HBA) (if equipped) OOSH059049L The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a system that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high beam and low beam) depending on the brightness of detected vehicles and certain road conditions. Operating condition 1. Place the headlamp switch in the AUTO position. 2. Turn on the high beam by pushing the lever away from you. The High Beam Assist (HBA) ( ) indicator will illuminate. 3. The High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn on when vehicle speed is above 40 km/h (25 mph). • If the headlamp switch is pushed away when the High Beam Assist (HBA) is operating, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the high beam will be on continuously. 5-44 • If the headlamp switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will turn on without the High Beam Assist (HBA) canceled. When you let go of the light switch, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will turn off. • If the headlamp switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is on by the High Beam Assist (HBA), the low beam will be on and the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off. • If the headlamp switch is placed to the headlamp ON position, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the low beam will be on continuously. When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is on, the high beam switches to low beam if any of the following conditions occur: -- When the headlamp of an oncoming vehicle is detected. -- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in front is detected. -- When the headlamp or tail lamp of a motorcycle or a bicycle is detected. -- When the surrounding ambient light is bright enough that high beams are not required. -- When streetlights or other lights are detected. -- When the headlamp switch is not in the AUTO position. -- When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is off. -- When vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (20 mph). 05 OOSH059050L Warning light and message When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is not working properly, the Check High Beam Assist warning message will come on for a few second. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. We recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked. WARNING The High Beam Assist system may not work properly in the following situations. • When the light from an on-coming or front vehicle is dim. Such examples may include: -- Light from a vehicle is not detected because of lamp damage, or because it is hidden from sight, etc. -- Headlamp of a vehicle is covered with dust, snow or water. -- A vehicle’s headlamps are off but the fog lamps are on and etc. • When the system is affected by external conditions. Such examples may include: -- There is a lamp that has a similar shape as a vehicle’s lamp. -- Headlamps have been damaged or not repaired properly. -- Headlamps are not aimed properly. -- Driving on a narrow curved road, rough road, uphill or downhill. -- Vehicle in front is partially visible on a crossroad or curved road. -- There is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror ahead. -- There is a temporary reflector or flash ahead (construction area). -- The road conditions are bad such as being wet, iced or covered with snow. -- A vehicle suddenly appears from a curve. -- The vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or being towed. -- The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system indicator (yellow) light illuminates. • When front visibility is poor. Such examples may include: -- Light from a vehicle is not detected because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc. -- The front windshield is covered with foreign substance. 5-45 Convenient features NOTICE • Do not attempt to disassemble the front view camera without the assistance of an authorized HYUNDAI dealer technician. If camera is removed for any reason, the system may need to be recalibrated. We recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If the windshield of your vehicle is replaced, most likely the front view camera will need to be recalibrated. If this occurs, we recommend that the vehicle be inspected and have the system recalibrated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Be careful that water doesn’t get into the High Beam Assist (HBA) unit and do not remove or damage related parts of the High Beam Assist (HBA) system. • Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflect light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may not be able to function properly if sunlight is reflected. • At times, the High Beam Assist (HBA) may not work properly. The system is for convenience only. It is the responsibility of the driver for safe driving practices and always check the road conditions for your safety. • When the system does not operate normally, change the headlamp position manually between the high beam and low beam. 5-46 Turn signals and lane change signals OOSH059051L To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a left turn or up for a right turn in position (A). If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement. One touch turn indicator function To activate the One Touch Turn Indicator function, push the turn signal lever up or down to position (B) and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times. You can activate or deactivate the One Touch Turn Indicator function or choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings mode in the LCD display. For more details, refer to the “LCD Display Modes” section in chapter 4. 05 Front fog lamp (if equipped) OOSH059052L Fog lamps are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. Use the switch next to the headlamp switch to turn the fog lamps ON and OFF. 1. Turn on the position lamp. 2. Turn the headlamp switch (1) to the front fog lamp position. 3. To turn off the front fog lamp, turn the headlamp switch to the front fog lamp position again or turn off the position lamp. NOTICE When in operation, the fog lamps consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power. Only use the fog lamps when visibility is poor. Rear fog lamp OOSH059053L Vehicle with front fog lamps To turn on the rear fog lamp: Position the headlamp switch in the position lamp position, turn the headlamp switch (1) to the front fog lamps position, and then turn the headlamp switch (1) to the rear fog lamp position. To turn the rear fog lamps off, do one of the following: • Turn off the headlamp switch. • Turn the headlamp switch (1) to the rear fog lamp position again. • When the headlamp switch is in the position lamp position, if you turn off the front fog lamps, the rear fog lamp will also turn off. 5-47 Convenient features Headlamp delay function OOSH059054L Vehicle without front fog lamps To turn on the rear fog lamp: Position the headlamp switch in the headlamp position, and then turn the headlamp switch (1) to the rear fog lamp position. To turn the rear fog lamps off, do one of the following: • Turn off the headlamp switch. • Turn the headlamp switch (1) to the rear fog lamp position again. Battery saver function The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically turns off the position lamp when the driver turns the vehicle off and opens the driver-side door. With this feature, the position lamps will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night. If necessary, to keep the lamps on when the vehicle is turned off, perform the following: (1) Open the driver-side door. (2) Turn the position lamps OFF and ON again using the headlamp switch on the steering column. 5-48 If the key is removed from the ignition switch or placed in the ACC position or the LOCK/OFF position with the headlamps ON, the headlamps (and/ or position lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, if the driver’s door is opened and closed, the headlamps are turned off after 15 seconds. Also, with the vehicle off if the driver’s door is opened and closed, the headlamps (and/ or position lamps) are turned off after 15 seconds. The headlamps (and/or position lamps) can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the remote key or smart key twice or turning the headlamp switch to the OFF or AUTO position. You can activate or deactivate the Headlamp Delay function from the User Settings mode in the LCD display. For more details, refer to the “LCD Display Modes” section in chapter 4. NOTICE If the driver exits the vehicle through another door besides the driver door, the battery saver function does not operate and the headlamp delay function does not turn OFF automatically. This may cause the battery to discharge. To avoid battery discharge, turn OFF the headlamps manually from the headlamp switch before exiting the vehicle. 05 Low beam assist-static light (if equipped) While driving a corner, for greater visibility and safety, either the left or right side Low Beam Assist-Static light will turn on automatically. Headlight leveling device OOSH059055L Manual type (if equipped) To adjust the headlight beam level according to the number of the passengers and loading weight in the luggage area, turn the beam leveling switch. The higher the number of the switch position, the lower the headlight beam level. Always keep the headlight beam at the proper leveling position, or headlights may dazzle other road users. Listed below are examples of appropriate switch settings for varying loads. For loading conditions other than those listed, adjust the switch position to the most similar situation. Loading condition Switch position Driver only 0 Driver + Front passenger 0 Full passengers (including driver) 1 Full passengers (including driver)+ Maximum permissible loading 2 Driver + Maximum permissible loading 3 Automatic type (if equipped) It automatically adjusts the headlamp beam level according to the number of passengers and loading weight in the luggage area. It also adjusts to the appropriate headlamp beam level for various situations. WARNING If the function does not work properly, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Do not attempt to inspect or replace the wiring yourself. 5-49 Convenient features Interior lights Front lamps „„ Type A WARNING Do not use the interior lights when driving in the dark. The interior lights may obscure your view and cause an accident. NOTICE Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the vehicle is turned off or the battery will discharge. OOSH059056L „„ Type B Interior lamp AUTO cut The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the vehicle is turned off and the doors are closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the vehicle is turned off. If the doors are locked by the remote key or smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later. OOSH059057L Front map lamp (1): Press either lenses to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger. ): Front door lamp (2) ( The front or rear room lamps come on when the front or rear doors are opened. When doors are unlocked by the remote key or smart key, the front and rear lamps come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The front and rear room lamps go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds when the door is closed. However, if the ignition switch is in the ON position or all doors are locked, the front and rear lamps will turn off. If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC position or the OFF position, the front and rear lamps stay on for about 20 minutes. 5-50 05 Front room lamp (3): • Press the button to turn ON the room lamp for the front/rear seats. • Luggage compartment lamp (4): Press the button to turn OFF the room lamp for the front/rear seats regardless of front or rear door open position. Rear lamp OOSH059205L „„ Type A The luggage compartment lamp comes on when the tailgate is opened. Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped) OOSH059058L „„ Type B OOSH059060L Push the switch to turn the light on or off. : The lamp will turn on if this • button is pressed. : The lamp will turn off if this • button is pressed. OOSH059059L Rear room lamp ( ): Press this switch to turn the rear room lamp on and off. 5-51 Convenient features WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wipers „„ Front windshield wiper/washer OOSH059061L „„ Rear window wiper/washer OOSH059062L A. Wiper speed control • V – Single wipe • O – Off • --- – Intermittent wipe AUTO* – Auto control wipe • 1 – Low wiper speed • 2 – High wiper speed B. Intermittent control wipe time adjustment C. Wash with brief wipes (pull lever towards you) D. Rear wiper/washer control • 2 – High wiper speed • 1 – Low wiper speed • O – Off E. Wash with brief wipes (rear) (push lever away from you) * : if equipped 5-52 Operates as follows when the ignition switch is in the ON position. V (MIST) : For a single wiping cycle, push the lever downward and release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position. O (OFF) : Wiper is not in operation. --- (INT) : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. To vary the speed setting, move the speed control lever. The top most setting will run the wipers most frequently (for more rain). The bottom setting will run the wipers the least frequently (for less rain). AUTO : The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the wiper operates. When the rain stops, the wiper stops. To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (B). 1 (LO) : The wiper runs at a lower speed. 2 (HI) : The wiper runs at a higher speed. Information If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation. If you do not remove the snow and/or ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system. 05 NOTICE AUTO (Automatic) control (if equipped) OOSH059063L The rain sensor (A) located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The wiper operation time will be automatically controlled depends on rainfall. When the rain stops, the wiper stops. To vary the sensitivity setting, turn the sensitivity control knob (1). If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is in the ON position, the wiper will operate once to perform a self-check of the system. Set the wiper to the O (OFF) position when the wiper is not in use. WARNING To avoid personal injury from the windshield wipers, when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode: • Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor. • Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth. • Do not put pressure on the windshield glass. • When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the O (OFF) position to stop the auto wiper operation. The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle. • Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to system components could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty. • Because of using a photo sensor, temporary malfunction could occur according to sudden ambient light change made by stone and dust while driving. Windshield washers OOSH059064L In the O (OFF) position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, you may need to add washer fluid to the washer fluid reservoir. 5-53 Convenient features WARNING Rear window wiper and washer When the outside temperature is below freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield using the defroster to help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death. NOTICE • To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty. • To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry. • To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually. • To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use antifreezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather. OOSH059065L The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer. 2 (HI) – High wiper speed 1 (LO) – Low wiper speed O (OFF) – Off OOSH059066L Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. Auto rear wiper The rear wiper will operate while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON by selecting the function from the User Settings mode in the LCD display. Go to ‘User settings → Convenience → Auto rear wiper (reverse)’. 5-54 05 DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM Rear View Monitor (if equipped) The Rear View Monitor system is a supplemental system that shows the area behind the vehicle on the audio or navigation system screen to assist you when parking or driving. WARNING The Rear View Monitor is not a safety device. It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehicle. WARNING OOSH059067L • Never rely solely on the Rear View Monitor when backing up. • ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision. • Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. NOTICE OOSH059068L The Rear View Monitor will activate when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. To assist in parking, the rear view is shown (the parking guide line disappears) on the screen when the shift lever is moved from R (Reverse) to D (Drive) with vehicle speed below 10 km/h (6 mph). • Do not spray the camera or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally. • Do not use any cleanser containing acid or alkaline detergents when cleaning the lens. Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. • Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with dirt, water or snow. 5-55 Convenient features Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) system (if equipped) OOSH059069L [A] : Sensor The Reverse Parking Distance Warning system assists the driver during reverse movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within approximately 120 cm (48 inches) behind the vehicle. This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. 5-56 WARNING • ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are not any objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision. • Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. • Be aware that some objects may not be visible on the screen or be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. Operation of the Reverse Parking Distance Warning system Operating condition • This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch in the ON position. However, if the vehicle speed exceeds 5 km/h (3 mph), the system may not detect objects. • If the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph), the system will not warn you even though objects are detected. • When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first. 05 Types of warning sound and indicator Types of warning sound Indicator When an object is 120 to 60 cm (47 to 24 in.) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps intermittently. When an object is 60 to 30 cm (24 to 12 in.) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps more frequently. NOTICE When you shift the gear to R (Reverse) and if one or more of the below occurs you may have a malfunction with the Parking Distance Warning system. • The audible warning does not sound. • The buzzer sounds intermittently. • A message “Parking sensor error or blockage” appears on the instrument cluster LCD display. When an object is within 30 cm (12 in.) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps continuously Information The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects or sensors status. If the indicator blinks, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OOSH059071L If one of the above occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 5-57 Convenient features To turn off the Reverse Parking Distance Warning system (if equipped) OOSH059070L Push the button to turn off the Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. The indicator light on the button will turn on. Non-operational conditions of Reverse Parking Distance Warning system The Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may not operate normally when: • Moisture is frozen to the sensor. • The sensor is covered with dirt or debris such as snow or ice, or the sensor cover is blocked. 5-58 There is a possibility of the Reverse Parking Distance Warning system malfunction when: • Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient. • Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor. • Heavy rain or water spray is present. • Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are present near the sensor. • The sensor is covered with snow. • Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified. Detecting range may decrease when: • Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold. • Undetectable objects smaller than 100 cm (40 in.) and narrower than 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter. The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor: • Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles. • Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow. 05 Rear Parking Distance Warning system precautions • The Rear Parking Distance Warning system may not operate consistently in some circumstances depending on the speed of the vehicle and the shapes of the objects detected. • The Rear Parking Distance Warning system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance. • The sensor may not recognize objects less than 30 cm (12 in.) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution. • When the sensor is blocked with snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the rear parking assist system may be inoperative until the snow or ice melts, or the debris is removed. Use a soft cloth to wipe debris away from the sensor. • Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur. • Do not spray the sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Doing so may cause the sensors to fail to operate normally. WARNING Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants related to a Rear Parking Distance Warning system. Always drive safely and cautiously. Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) system (if equipped) OOSH059072L OOSH059073L [A] : Front Sensor, [B] : Rear Sensor The Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system assists the driver during movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within the distance of 100 cm (39 in) in front and 120 cm (47 in) behind the vehicle. This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. 5-59 Convenient features WARNING • ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision. • Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. • Be aware that some objects may not be visible on the screen or be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. • Do not tamper with the location or size of the license plate discretionally. Operation of the Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system OOSH059206L Operating condition • This system will activate when the Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system button is pressed with the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode. 5-60 • The Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system button turns on automatically and activates the Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system when the shift lever is in R (Reverse) position. However, if vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph), the system will not warn you even though objects are detected, and if vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h (12 mph), the system will turn off automatically. To turn on the system, press the Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system button. • When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first. 05 Types of warning sound and indicator cm (in) Explanation Distance from object 60 ~ 100 (24 ~39) Front 60 ~ 120 (24 ~47) Rear 30 ~ 60 (12 ~24) 30 (12) When driving forward - Front Rear - Front Rear When driving rearward - Warning sound Buzzer beeps intermittently Buzzer beeps intermittently Buzzer beeps intermittently Buzzer beeps intermittently Information The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects or sensors status. If the indicator blinks, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. NOTICE When you shift the gear to R (Reverse) and if one or more of the below occurs you may have a malfunction with the Parking Distance Warning system. • The audible warning does not sound. • The buzzer sounds intermittently. • A message “Parking sensor error or blockage” appears on the instrument cluster LCD display. OOSH059074L If one of the above occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 5-61 Convenient features Non-operational conditions of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may not operate normally when: • Moisture is frozen to the sensor. • Sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked. There is a possibility of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system malfunction when: • Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient. • Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor. • Heavy rain or water spray is present. • Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are present near the sensor. • The sensor is covered with snow. • Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified. Detecting range may decrease when: • Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold. • Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m (40 in.) and narrower than 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter. The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor: • Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles. • Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow. 5-62 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system precautions • The Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may not sound consistently depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected. • The Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance. • The sensor may not recognize objects less than 30 cm (12 in.) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution. • When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth. • Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor. Sensor damage could occur. • Do not spray the sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally. WARNING Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants related to a Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. Always drive safely and cautiously. 05 AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM OOSH059115L 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Temperature control knob Fan speed control knob AUTO (automatic control) button Air conditioning button OFF button Driver only button 7. 8. 9. 10. Mode selection button Front windshield defroster button Rear window defroster button Air intake control button (Recirculation mode/Fresh mode) 11. Climate control information screen 5-63 Convenient features Automatic temperature control mode The Automatic Climate Control System is controlled by setting the desired temperature. OOSH059101L 1. Press the AUTO button. The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by the temperature setting you select. 2. Turn the temperature control knob (1) to the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the lowest setting (Lo), the air conditioning system will operate continuously. After the interior has cooled sufficiently, adjust the knob to a higher temperature set point whenever possible. 5-64 To turn the automatic operation off, select any function of the following: -- Mode selection button -- Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The ‘AUTO’ sign will illuminate on the climate information screen once again.) -- Fan speed control knob The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically. For your convenience and to improve the efficiency of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 22°C (72°F). To change the temperature unit from °C to °F or °F to °C: Press the AUTO button for 3 seconds while pressing the OFF button. 05 Manual temperature control mode Information OOSH059075L Never place anything near the ambient light/solar sensor to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system. The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected. When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically. 1. Start the vehicle. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following: -- Heating: -- Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to Fresh mode. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. 7. Press the AUTO button to convert to full automatic control of the system. The climate control system settings will be maintained, even when the vehicle is turned OFF. However, the climate control system settings will be initialized when the battery has been discharged, or when the cables have been disconnected. In this case, adjust the climate control system settings again. 5-65 Convenient features Mode selection OOSH059114L/OOSH059102L The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. 5-66 05 The air flow outlet direction is cycled as follows: Face-Level (B, D) Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet. Bi-Level (B, C, D, E) Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor. OOSH059104L Defrost-Level (A, D) Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters. Instrument panel vents Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E) Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters. Floor-Level (A, C, D, E) Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters. OOSH059103L The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever. The air flow can also be CLOSED using the vent adjustment lever. The instrument panel air vents are the “clickto-close” type. To CLOSE the instrument panel vents perform the following: -- For the driver side vents, slide the vent adjustment lever to the left until it clicks. -- For the passenger side vents, slide the vent adjustment lever to the right until it clicks. 5-67 Convenient features Recirculation mode When Recirculation mode is selected, air from the passenger compartment will be recirculated through the system and heated or cooled according to the function selected. Temperature control Fresh mode OOSH059113L Turn the knob to the right to increase the temperature. Turn the knob to the left to decrease temperature. The temperature will increase or decrease by 0.5°C (1°F) for each incremental location. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously. Air intake control OOSH059105L The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air). 5-68 When Fresh mode is selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected. Information Operating the system primarily in Fresh mode is recommended. Use Recirculation mode temporarily only when needed. Prolonged operation of the heater in Recirculation mode and without the air conditioning ON can cause fogging of the windshield. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning ON in Recirculation mode may result in excessively dry, dehumidified air in the cabin and may promote formation of musty vent odor due to stagnant air. 05 WARNING • Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode for a prolonged period of time may cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This may lead to loss of vehicle control which may lead to an accident. • Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode with the air conditioning OFF may allow humidity to increase inside the cabin. This may cause condensation to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility. • Do not sleep in your vehicle or remain parked in your vehicle with the windows up and either the heater or the air conditioning ON for prolonged periods of time. Doing so may increase the levels of carbon dioxide in the cabin which may lead to serious injury or death. Fan speed control OOSH059107L The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by turning the fan speed control knob. More air is delivered with higher fan speeds. Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan. Information For better sound quality, fan speed may automatically slow down for a couple of minutes when you activate voice recognition or hands free. NOTICE Operating the fan when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. 5-69 Convenient features Driver only Air conditioning OOSH059108L OOSH059106L If you press the DRIVER ONLY button, the indicator light will illuminate. In this mode the climate control system blows air primarily through the two left-most vents (nearest the driver). The purpose of the DRIVER ONLY option helps to reduce energy consumption from the climate control system when only the driver is in the vehicle. Note that the DRIVER ONLY function will be disabled when: 1. The DRIVER ONLY button is deselected (indicator light OFF) 2. Whenever the FRONT Defroster button is selected. The DRIVER ONLY indicator light will remain illuminated, but air will flow through all upper vents towards the windshield glass for as long as the FRONT defrost button is activated. Push the A/C button to manually turn the system on (indicator light will illuminate) and off. 5-70 OFF mode OOSH059109L Push the OFF button to turn the climate control system off. You can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position. 05 System operation Cooling / Ventilation 1. Select the Face Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh mode. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. Heating 1. Select the Floor Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh mode. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON with the temperature control knob set to heat in order to dehumidify the air before it enters into the cabin. If the windshield fogs up, select the Floor mode or press the Front & Defrost Defrost mode. Operation Tips • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculation mode. Return the control to the to Fresh mode when the unpleasant air outside has diminished. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. • To help prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to fresh mode and the fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to the desired temperature. Air conditioning Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning system is filled with R-134a or R-1234yf refrigerant. 1. Start the vehicle. 2. Press the air conditioning button. 3. Set the mode to the Face Level mode. 4. Set the air intake control to Recirculation mode temporarily to allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the air intake control back to Fresh mode. 5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort. When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the lowest position, then set the fan speed control to the highest setting. NOTICE When using the air conditioning system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation when climbing a steep grade or in high outside ambient temperatures can cause engine overheating. Continue to use the fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating. 5-71 Convenient features Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape. • After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from recirculation mode to fresh mode. • To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the windows and sunroof closed. • Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance. • If you operate air conditioner excessively, the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob position and fan or button to the speed control to the lower speed. 5-72 System maintenance Cabin air filter OHI048581L [A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system. We recommend that the cabin air filter be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent cabin air filter inspections and changes are required. If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, we recommend that the system be inspected at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 05 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant We recommend the air conditioning system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Air Conditioning refrigerant label (if equipped) „„ Type A WARNING Vehicles equipped with R-134a Because the refrigerant is at very high pressure, the air conditioning system OOSH059076L „„ Type B should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehicle and personal injury. WARNING Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf Because the refrigerant is at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehicle and personal injury. OOSH059077L The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. Each symbols and specification on air conditioning refrigerant label means as below: 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of Compressor lubricant Refer to chapter 2 for more detail location of the air conditioning refrigerant label. 5-73 Convenient features WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING WARNING Windshield heating or position Do not use the during cooling operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility could cause an accident resulting in serious injury or death. In this case, set the mode position selection button to the and fan speed control knob to a lower speed. • For maximum defrost performance, set the temperature control knob to the highest temperature setting (rotated all the way to the right) and the fan speed control to the highest setting. • If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position. • Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, side view mirrors, and all side windows. • Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield. 5-74 NOTICE If the engine temperature is still cold after starting, then a brief engine warm up period may be required for the vented air flow to become warm or hot. To defog inside windshield OOSH059110L 1. 2. 3. 4. Select the desired fan speed. Select the desired temperature. Press the defroster button ( ). Fresh mode will be selected automatically. Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control indicator light is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (indicator light OFF). position is selected, the fan If the speed is automatically increased. 05 To defrost inside windshield OOSH059111L 1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position. 2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically. Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control indicator light is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (indicator light OFF). position is selected, lower fan If the speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed. Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain or positions. conditions such as To cancel or reset the defogging logic, do the following. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. While pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The air intake control button indicator will blink 3 times to indicate that the defogging logic has been disabled. Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status. 5-75 Convenient features To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging System Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the Auto Defogging System is canceled, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times and ADS OFF will be displayed on the climate control information screen. When the Auto Defogging System is reset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 times without a signal. Auto defogging system OOSH059078L Auto defogging helps reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture on inside the windshield. The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on. Information The auto defogging system may not operate normally, when the outside temperature is below -10 °C (14 °F). When the Auto Defogging System operates, the indicator will illuminate. If a high amount of humidity is detected in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging System will be enabled. The following steps will be performed automatically: Step 1) The A/C button will turn ON. Step 2) The air intake control will change to Fresh mode. Step 3) The mode will be changed to defrost to direct airflow to the windshield. Step 4) The fan speed will be set to MAX. If the air conditioning is off or recirculation mode is manually selected while Auto Defogging System is ON, the Auto Defogging System Indicator will blink 3 times to signal that the manual operation has been canceled. 5-76 Information • When the air conditioning is turned on by Auto defogging system, if you try to turn off the air conditioning, the indicator will blink 3 times and the air conditioning will not be turned off. • To maintain the effectiveness and efficiency of the Auto Defogging System, do not select Recirculation mode while the system is operating. • When the Auto Defogging System is operating, the fan speed adjustment knob, the temperature adjustment knob, and the air intake control button are all disabled. NOTICE Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty. 05 Rear window defroster Information NOTICE To prevent damage to the rear window defroster conducting elements bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window. • If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster. • The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF position. Outside rearview mirror defroster If your vehicle is equipped with the rearview mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster. OOSH059112L The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window, while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. • To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the center control panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON. • To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again. 5-77 Convenient features CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES Automatic ventilation (if equipped) Sunroof inside air recirculation (if equipped) To increase cabin air quality and reduce windshield misting, recirculation mode switches off automatically after about 5 to 30 minutes, depending on the outside temperature, and the air intake will change to fresh mode. To cancel or set the automatic ventilation mode feature, select Face level and press the air intake control button for 3 seconds. When the automatic ventilation is set, the air intake control button indicator will blink 6 times. When canceled, the indicator will blink 3 times. When the is sunroof opened, fresh mode will be automatically selected. At this time, if you press the air intake control button, recirculation mode will be selected but will change back to fresh mode after 3 minutes. When the sunroof is closed, the air intake position will return to the original position that was selected. 5-78 05 STORAGE COMPARTMENT WARNING Center console storage Never store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods. WARNING ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger. OOSH059079L To open: Grab and hold the latch (1) on the armrest then lift the lid. Glove box NOTICE To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments. OOSH059080L To open: Pull the lever (1). WARNING ALWAYS close the glove box door after use. An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt. 5-79 Convenient features Sunglass holder (if equipped) Multi box OOSH059081L To open: Push and release the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out. To close: Push back into position. Make sure the sunglass holder is closed while driving. WARNING • Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle. • Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder. • Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder. It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder. 5-80 OOSH059082L Small things may be placed in the multi box. WARNING Do not keep objects that can be thrown from the multi box and severely injure passengers in the vehicle in the event of a sudden stop or an accident. 05 INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder WARNING Front OOSH059083L Cups or small beverages cups may be placed in the cup holders. Rear • Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. • Do not place uncovered or unsecured cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup holder containing hot liquid while the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may result in the event of a sudden stop or collision. • Only use soft cups in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in an accident. WARNING Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may explode. NOTICE OOSH059084L Pull the armrest down to use the cup holders. • Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle’s electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts. • When cleaning spilled liquids do not use hot air to blow out or dry the cup holder. This may damage the interior. 5-81 Convenient features Sunvisor Power outlet OOSH059085L OOSH059086L To use the sunvisor, pull it downward. To use the sunvisor to block the sun from the side window, pull it downward, release it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2) towards the window. To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3). Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4) as needed (if equipped). Use the ticket holder (5) to hold tickets. Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use. The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180 W with vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. WARNING For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvisor. NOTICE The tab (5) adjacent to the vanity mirror on the sunvisor can be used for toll road tickets or self parking tickets. Use caution when inserting tickets into the ticket holder to avoid damage. Refrain from putting several tickets in the ticket holder as this could also damage the retaining tab. 5-82 WARNING Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a power outlet or touch the power outlet with a wet hand. 05 NOTICE To prevent damage to the Power Outlets: • Use the power outlet only when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge. • Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W in electric capacity. • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet. • Close the cover when not in use. • Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle. • Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open. • Plug in battery equipped electrical/ electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle’s electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction. USB charger (if equipped) OOSH059087L The USB charger is designed to recharge batteries of small size electrical devices using a USB cable. The electrical devices can be recharged when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON (or START) position. The battery charging state may be monitored on the electrical device. Disconnect the USB cable from the USB port after use. • A smart phone or a tablet PC may get warmer during the re-charging process. It does not indicate any malfunction with the charging system. • A smart phone or a tablet PC, which adopts a different re-charging method, may not be properly recharged. In this case, use an exclusive charger of your device. • The charging terminal is only to recharge a device. Do not use the charging terminal either to turn ON an audio or to play media on the AVN. 5-83 Convenient features Wireless cellular phone charging system (if equipped) OOSH059088L [A] : Indicator light, [B] : Charging pad On certain models, the vehicle comes equipped with a wireless cellular phone charger. The system is available when all doors are closed, and when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON (or START) position. To charge a cellular phone The wireless cellular phone charging system charges only the Qi-enabled cellular phones ( ). Read the label on the cellular phone accessory cover or visit your cellular phone manufacturer’s website to check whether your cellular phone supports the Qi technology. The wireless charging process starts when you put a Qi-enabled cellular phone on the wireless charging unit. 1. Remove other items, including the smart key, from the wireless charging unit. If not, the wireless charging process may be interrupted. Place the cellular phone on the center of the charging pad. 2. The indicator light is orange when the cellular phone is charging. The indicator light turns green when phone charging is complete. 3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless charging function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. For more details, refer to “LCD Display Modes” section in chapter 4. If your cellular phone is not charging: -- Slightly change the position of the cellular phone on the charging pad. -- Make sure the indicator light is orange. 5-84 05 The indicator light will blink orange for 10 seconds if there is a malfunction in the wireless charging system. In this case, temporarily stop the charging process, and re-attempt to charge your cellular phone again. The system warns you with a message on the LCD display if the cellular phone is still on the wireless charging unit after the vehicle is turned OFF and the front door is opened. For some manufacturer’s cellular phones, the system may not warn you even though the cellular phone is left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the cellular phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging. NOTICE • The wireless cellular phone charging system may not support certain cellular phones, which are not verified for the Qi specification ( ). • When placing your cellular phone on the charging pad, position the phone in the middle of the mat for optimal charging performance. If your cell phone is off to the side, the charging rate may be less and in some cases the cell phone may experience higher heat conduction. • In some cases, the wireless charging may stop temporarily when the Smart Key is used, either when starting the vehicle or locking/ unlocking the doors, etc. • When charging certain cellular phones, the charging indicator may not change to green when the cell phone is fully charged. • The wireless charging process may temporarily stop, when temperature abnormally increases inside the wireless cellular phone charging system. The wireless charging process restarts, when temperature falls to a certain level. • The wireless charging process may temporarily stop when there is any metallic item, such as a coin, between the wireless cellular phone charging system and cellular the phone. 5-85 Convenient features • When charging some cellular phones with a self-protection feature, the wireless charging speed may decrease and the wireless charging may stop. • If the cellular phone has a thick cover, the wireless charging may not be possible. • If the cellular phone is not completely contacting the charging pad, wireless charging may not operate properly. • Some magnetic items like credit cards, phone cards or rail tickets may be damaged if left with the cellular phone during the charging process. • When any cellular phone without a wireless charging function or a metallic object is placed on the charging pad, a small noise may sound. This small sound is due to the vehicle discerning compatibility of the object placed on the charging pad. It does not affect your vehicle or the cellular phone in any way. Information If the ignition switch is OFF, the charging also stops. 5-86 Clock WARNING Do not attempt to adjust the clock while driving. Doing so may result in distracted driving which may lead to an accident involving personal injury or death. Vehicles with Audio system Select the [SETUP] button on the audio system → Select [Date/Time]. • Set time: Set the time displayed on the audio screen. • Time format: Choose between 12-hour and 24-hour time formats. Vehicles with Navigation system Select the Settings menu on the Navigation system → Select [Date/Time]. • GPS time: Displays time according to the received GNSS time. • 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24 hour. 05 Coat hook Floor mat anchor(s) OOSH059089L These hooks are not designed to hold large or heavy items. WARNING OOSH059091L ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward. WARNING Do not overlay additional mats or liners over the floor mats. If using All Weather mats, remove the carpeted floor mats before installing them. Only use floor mats designed to connect to the anchors. OOSH059090L Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury. 5-87 Convenient features WARNING The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle. • Ensure to remove a protective film attached on the carpet before attaching a floor mat on the front floor carpet. Otherwise, the floor mat may move freely on the protective film and it could result in unintentional braking or accelerating. • Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle’s floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle. • Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle’s floor mat anchors. • Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position. IMPORTANT Your vehicle was manufactured with driver’s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, HYUNDAI recommends that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed. 5-88 Luggage net holder (if equipped) OOSH059092L To keep items from shifting in the luggage compartment, you can use the 4 holders located in the luggage board to attach the luggage net. Make sure the luggage net is securely attached to the holders in the luggage board. If necessary, we recommend that you contact your authorized HYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage net. WARNING Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net’s recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage. Use the luggage net to keep only light items from shifting in the luggage compartment. 05 Cargo area cover Luggage tray (if equipped) OOSH059093L Use the cover to hide items stored in the cargo area. The cargo area cover will lift when the liftgate is opened. Disconnect the strap (1) from the holder if you want to return the cover to the original position. To remove the cargo area cover completely, lift the cover to a 50-degree angle and pull it out (2). OOSH059094L You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle (front tray), tools, etc. in the box for easy access. • Grasp the handle on the top of the cover and lift it. NOTICE Since the cargo area cover may be damaged or deformed, do not put luggage on it when it is being used. WARNING • Do not place objects on the cargo area cover while driving. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when braking. • Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is designed for luggage only. • Maintain balance of the vehicle and locate the weight as far forward as possible. 5-89 Convenient features EXTERIOR FEATURES Roof side rails (if equipped) WARNING • The following specification is the maximum weight that can be loaded onto the roof side rails. Distribute the load as evenly as possible onto the roof side rails and secure the load firmly. Loading cargo or luggage in excess of the specified weight limit on the roof side rails may damage your vehicle. OOSH059095L If your vehicle comes with roof side rails, then roof side rails crossbars can be installed on top of your vehicle. The roof side rails crossbars are an accessory and are available at your local HYUNDAI dealer. NOTICE If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, be sure not to position cargo onto the roof side rails in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation. NOTICE • When carrying cargo on the roof side rails, take the necessary precautions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle. • When carrying large objects on the roof side rails, make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width. 5-90 ROOF SIDE RAILS 80 kg (176 lbs.) EVENLY DISTRIBUTED • The vehicle center of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof side rails. Avoid sudden starts, braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident. • Always drive slowly and turn corners carefully when carrying items on the roof side rails. Severe wind updrafts, caused by passing vehicles or natural causes, can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof side rails. This is especially true when carrying large, flat items such as wood panels or mattresses. This could cause the items to fall off the roof side rails and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you. • To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving, check frequently before or while driving to make sure the items on the roof side rails are securely fastened. 05 INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM NOTICE Antenna • If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and electronic devices may not function properly. • Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. Pole antenna (if equipped) USB Port OOSH059097L Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to receive AM or/and FM broadcast signals. This antenna pole is removable. To remove the roof antenna pole, turn it counterclockwise. To install the roof antenna pole, turn it clockwise. NOTICE OOSH059096L You can use an USB cable to connect audio devices to the vehicle USB port. Information When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the portable audio device’s power source. Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash, remove the antenna pole by rotating it counterclockwise. If not, the antenna may be damaged. When reinstalling your roof antenna, it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper reception. When cargo is loaded on the roof rack, do not place the cargo near the antenna pole to ensure proper reception. 5-91 Convenient features Shark fin antenna (if equipped) VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1) • Rotate the VOLUME scroll up to increase volume. • Rotate the VOLUME scroll down to decrease volume. SEEK/PRESET ( OOSH059098L The shark fin antenna will receive AM, FM broadcast signals and transmit data. Steering wheel remote controls „„ Type A / ) (2) If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down and held for 0.8 second or more, it will function in the following modes: • RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button. It will SEEK until you release the button. • MEDIA mode It will function as the FF/RW button. If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down, it will function in the following modes: • RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION UP/DOWN button. • MEDIA mode It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN button. OOSH059200L „„ Type B MODE ( ) (3) Press the MODE button to toggle through Radio or AUX modes. MUTE ( ) (4) • Press the MUTE button to mute the sound. • Press the MUTE button again to activate the sound. OOSH059201L NOTICE Do not operate multiple audio remote control buttons simultaneously. 5-92 Detailed information are described in the following pages or in a separately supplied manual. 05 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology How vehicle radio works FM reception OOSH059202L OJF045308L OOSH059203L (1) Call / Answer button (2) Call end button (3) Microphone (Right-hand drive vehicle : Right side) Detailed information are described in the following pages or in a separately supplied manual. AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers. When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle, the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction. However, in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear. This can be due to factors, such as the distance from the radio station, closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large obstructions in the area. CAUTION To avoid driver distractions, do not excessively operate the device while driving the vehicle which may lead to an accident. 5-93 Convenient features AM (MW, LW) reception The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble: ♬♩♪ OJF045309L AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long, low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmosphere. In addition, they curve around obstructions so that they can provide better signal coverage. FM radio station JBM004 • Fading - As your vehicle moves away from the radio station, the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade. When this occurs, we suggest that you select another stronger station. • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur. Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears. OJF045310L FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth’s surface. Because of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station. Also, FM signals are easily affected by buildings, mountains, or other obstructions. These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio. 5-94 OJF045311L • Station Swapping - As a FM signal weakens, another more powerful signal near the same frequency may begin to play. This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal. If this occurs, select another station with a stronger signal. 05 • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering. This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station, or by signals from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select another station until the condition has passed. Using a cellular phone or a twoway radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle, noise may be produced from the audio system. This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment. In such a case, use the cellular phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment. iPod® iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by HYUNDAI is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. A Bluetooth® Wireless Technology enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth® Wireless Technology. NOTICE When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted. When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone, it may interfere with the vehicle’s electrical system and adversely affect safe operation of the vehicle. WARNING Do not use a cellular phone while driving. Stop at a safe location to use a cellular phone. 5-95 Convenient features AUDIO (WITHOUT TOUCH SCREEN) System layout – control panel (With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology) CMG4K0000EE (1) SEEK/TRACK button • Change the station/track/file. • While listening to the radio, press and hold to search for a station. • While playing media, press and hold to rewind or fast forward (except for the Bluetooth audio mode). (2) RADIO button • Press to turn on the radio. While listening to the radio, press to change the radio mode. (3) MEDIA button • Press to play content from a media storage device. Press repeatedly to switch modes between USB (iPod) and Bluetooth audio. • If you have multiple media storage devices, select one from the media selection window. 5-96 (4) PHONE button • Press to start connecting a mobile phone via Bluetooth. • After a Bluetooth phone connection is made, press to access the Bluetooth phone menu. (5) POWER button/VOL knob • Press to turn the system on or off. • Turn to the left or right to adjust the system sound volume. (6) Reset button Ãà The system’s actual appearance and layout may differ depending on the vehicle model and specification. 05 (With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology) CMG4K0001EE (7) PRESET button • While listening to the radio, press to move to previous or next page of the preset list. (8) SETUP button/CLOCK button • Press to access the setup screen. • Press and hold to access the time setup screen. (9) MENU button • Press to access the menu screen for the current mode. (10) BACK button • Press to return to the previous screen. (11) TUNE knob/FILE knob/ENTER button • While listening to the radio, turn to adjust the frequency. • While playing media, turn to search for a track/file (except for the Bluetooth audio mode). • During a search, press to select the current track/file. (12) Number buttons (1–6) • While listening to the radio, press to listen to a saved radio station. • While listening to the radio, press and hold to save the current radio station to the preset. • Press the corresponding number button to select an item. Ãà The system’s actual appearance and layout may differ depending on the vehicle model and specification. 5-97 Convenient features System layout – steering wheel remote control CMG4K0002EE (Bluetooth® equipped model) Ãà The system’s actual appearance and layout may differ depending on the vehicle model and specification. (1) MUTE button • Press to mute or unmute the system. • During a call, press to mute or unmute the microphone. • While playing media, press to pause or resume playback (except for the iPod mode). (2) MODE button • Press to switch between radio and media modes. (3) Volume lever • Push up or down to adjust the volume. 5-98 (4) Up/Down lever • Change the station/track/file. • While listening to the radio, push to listen to the previous/next saved radio station. • While listening to the radio, push and hold to search for a station. • While playing media, push and hold to rewind or fast forward (except for the Bluetooth audio mode). (5) Call/Answer button • Press to start connecting a mobile phone via Bluetooth. • After a Bluetooth phone connection is made, access the Bluetooth phone screen. Press and hold to dial the most recent phone number. When a call comes in, press to answer the call. • During a call, press to switch between the active call and the held call. Press and hold to switch the call between the system and the mobile phone. (6) Call end button WARNING - About driving • Do not operate the system while driving. Driving while distracted may result in a loss of vehicle control, potentially leading to an accident, severe personal injury, or death. The driver’s primary responsibility is the safe and legal operation of a vehicle, and any handheld devices, equipment, or vehicle systems which divert the driver’s attention from this responsibility should never be used during operation of the vehicle. 05 • Avoid watching the screen while driving. Driving while distracted may lead to a traffic accident. Stop your vehicle in a safe location before using functions that require multiple operations. • Stop your vehicle first before using your mobile phone. Using a mobile phone while driving may lead to a traffic accident. If necessary, use the Bluetooth Handsfree feature to make calls and keep the call as short as possible. • Keep the volume low enough to hear external sounds. Driving without the ability to hear external sounds may lead to a traffic accident. Listening to a loud volume for a long time may cause hearing damage. WARNING - About handling the system • Do not disassemble or modify the system. Doing so may result in an accident, fire, or electric shock. • Do not allow liquids or foreign substances to enter the system. Liquids or foreign substances may cause noxious fumes, a fire, or a system malfunction. • Stop using the system if it malfunctions, such as no audio output or display. If you continue using the system when it is malfunctioning, it may lead to a fire, electric shock, or system failure. • Do not touch the antenna during thunder or lightning because such an act may cause electric shock. Information - About operating the system • Use the system with the engine running. Using the system for a long time when the engine is stopped may discharge the battery. • Do not install unapproved products. Using unapproved products may cause an error while using the system. System errors caused by installing unapproved products are not covered under the warranty. Information - About handling the system • Do not apply excessive force to the system. Excessive pressure on the screen may damage the LCD panel or the touch panel. • When cleaning the screen or button panel, make sure to stop the engine and use a soft, dry cloth. Wiping the screen or buttons with a rough cloth or using solvents (alcohol, benzene, paint thinner, etc.) may scratch or chemically damage the surface. • If you attach a liquid-type air freshener to the fan louvre, the surface of the louvre may become deformed due to the flowing air. • If you want to change the position of the installed device, please inquire with your place of purchase or service maintenance centre. Technical expertise is required to install or disassemble the device. 5-99 Convenient features NOTICE • If you experience any problems with the system, contact your place of purchase or dealer. • Placing the infotainment system within an electromagnetic environment may result in noise interference. NOTICE Manufacturer: HYUNDAI MOBIS Co., Ltd. 203, Teheran-ro, Gangnam-gu, Seoul, 06141, Korea Tel: +82-31-260-2707 Turning the system on or off To turn on the system, start the engine. • If you do not want to use the system while driving, you can turn off the system by pressing the [POWER] button on the control panel. To use the system again, press the [POWER] button again. After you have turned off the engine, the system will automatically turn off after a while or as soon as you open the driver’s door. • Depending on the vehicle model or specifications, the system may turn off as soon as you turn off the engine. • When you turn back on the system, the previous mode and settings will remain intact. 5-100 WARNING • Some functions may be disabled for safety reasons while the vehicle is moving. They work only when the vehicle stops. Park your vehicle in a safe location before using any of them. • Stop using the system if it malfunctions, such as no audio output or display. If you continue using the system when it is malfunctioning, it may lead to a fire, electric shock, or system failure. Information You can turn on the system when the key ignition switch is placed in the “ACC” or “ON” position. Using the system for an extended period without the engine running drains the battery. If you plan on using the system for a long time, start the engine. Turning the display on or off To prevent glare, you can turn off the screen. The screen can be turned off only while the system is on. 1. On the control panel, press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button. 2. On the control panel, press the [6] button to select Display Off. • To turn the screen back on, press any of the control panel buttons. 05 Getting to know the basic operations You can select an item or adjust the settings by using the number buttons and the [TUNE] knob on the control panel. Adjusting the settings Turn the [TUNE] knob to adjust the value, and then press the knob to save changes. Turn the [TUNE] knob to the right to increase the value and turn the [TUNE] knob to the left to decrease the value. Selecting an item Numbered items Press the corresponding number button. CMG4K005EE/CMG4K006EE CMG4K001EE/CMG4K002EE Numberless items Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired item, and then press the knob. CMG4K003EE/CMG4K004EE 5-101 Convenient features RADIO FM/AM Mode (With RDS) Turning on the radio On the control panel, press the [RADIO] button. FM/AM Mode CMG4K008EE CMG4K007EE (1) Current radio mode (2) Radio station information (3) Preset list Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to access the following menu options: • List: Display all available radio stations. • Scan: The system searches for radio stations with strong radio signals and plays each radio station for about five seconds. • Sound Settings: Customise the system sound settings. 5-102 (1) Current radio mode (2) Radio station information (3) Preset list Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to access the following menu options: • List: Display all available radio stations. • Traffic Announcement (TA) (if equipped): Activate or deactivate traffic announcements. Announcements and programmes will be received automatically if available. • Scan: The system searches for radio stations with strong radio signals and plays each radio station for about five seconds. • Sound Settings: Customise the system sound settings. 05 DAB/FM Mode (With DAB) Changing the radio mode Alternatively, press the [RADIO] button on the control panel or the [MODE] button on the steering wheel. Each time you press the button, the radio mode switches. Scanning for available radio stations CMG4K009EE (1) Current radio mode (2) Radio station information (3) Preset list Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to access the following menu options: • List: Display all available radio stations. • Traffic Announcement (TA): Activate or deactivate traffic announcements. Announcements and programmes will be received automatically if available. • Region: Enable or disable automatic switching between regional stations. • Sound Settings: Customise the system sound settings. • Scan: The system searches for radio stations with strong radio signals and plays each radio station for about five seconds. • Manual tune FM: Tune the radio frequency manually. You can listen to each radio station for a few seconds to test the reception and select the one you want. 1. From the radio screen, press the [MENU] button on the control panel. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select Scan, and then press the knob. • The system searches for radio stations with strong radio signals and plays each radio station for about five seconds. 3. When you find the radio station you want to listen to, press the [TUNE] knob. • You can continue listening to the selected station. 5-103 Convenient features Searching for radio stations Listening to saved radio stations To search for the previous or next available radio station, press the [˅ SEEK/TRACK ˄] button on the control panel. • You can also press and hold the [˅ SEEK/TRACK ˄] button to search for frequencies quickly. When you release the button, a radio station with a strong signal is selected automatically. (if equipped) 1. Confirm the preset number for the radio station you want to listen to. 2. On the control panel, press the desired number button. • Alternatively, push the Up/Down lever on the steering wheel to change the station. If you know the exact frequency of the radio station you want to listen to, turn the [TUNE] knob on the control panel to change the frequency. Saving radio stations You can save your favourite radio stations and listen to them by selecting them from the preset list. While listening to the radio, press the number button for an empty preset slot on the radio screen. • The radio station you are listening to will be added to the selected number. NOTICE • You can save up to 36 radio stations. • If the preset list is full, you can replace one of your favourite stations with the station you are listening to. On the control panel, press and hold the desired number button. 5-104 05 MEDIA PLAYER Using the media player You can play music stored in various media storage devices, such as USB storage devices, smartphones, and iPods. 1. Connect a device to the USB port in your vehicle. • Playback may start immediately depending on the device that you connect to the system. 2. On the control panel, press the [MEDIA] button. • If you have multiple media storage devices, press the [MEDIA] button again and press the corresponding number button to select the desired mode. NOTICE • When you connect an Apple device, playback does not start automatically. To start the media player in the iPod mode, press the [MEDIA] button on the control panel. • You can also change the mode by press the [MODE] button repeatedly on the steering wheel. • Make sure to connect or disconnect external USB devices with the system power turned off. • Depending on vehicle models and specifications, available buttons or the appearance and layout of the USB ports in your vehicle may vary. • Do not connect a smartphone or an MP3 device to the system via multiple methods such as USB and Bluetooth, simultaneously. Doing so may cause a distorted noise or a system malfunction. • When the equaliser function of the connected device and Equaliser settings of the system are both activated, the effects may interfere with each other and may lead to sound degradation or distortion. Deactivate the device’s equaliser function if possible. • Noise may occur when an Apple device is connected. When such devices are not being used, disconnect the device for storage. • When the Apple device power is connected to the power jack, playing the external device may result in noise. In such cases, disconnect the power connection before use. Using the USB mode You can play media files stored in portable devices, such as USB storage devices and MP3 players. Check compatible USB storage devices and file specifications before using the USB mode. Connect your USB device to the USB port in the vehicle. • Playback starts immediately. • If a USB device is already connected to the system, press the [MEDIA] button and press the [1] button to select USB from the media selection window. 5-105 Convenient features Playing the previous or next song CMG4K010EE (1) Repeat play mode (2) Current file number and total number of files (3) Information about the song currently playing (4) Playback time and playback position Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to access the following menu options: • Information: Display information about the song currently playing. • Sound Settings: Customise the system sound settings. Rewinding/Fast forwarding On the control panel, press and hold the [˅ SEEK/TRACK ˄] button. • You can also push and hold the Up/ Down lever on the steering wheel. Restarting the current playback On the control panel after the song has played for 2 seconds, press the [˅ SEEK/ TRACK] button. • You can also push the Up/Down lever on the steering wheel. 5-106 To play the previous song on the control panel within the first 2 seconds of the current song, press the [˅ SEEK/TRACK] button. To play the next song, press the [SEEK/TRACK ˄] button on the control panel. • If more than 2 seconds of playback have elapsed, press the [˅ SEEK/ TRACK] button on the control panel twice to play the previous song. • You can also push the Up/Down lever on the steering wheel. NOTICE • On the control panel, turn the [FILE] knob to find the desired song and press the knob within five seconds to play the file. • If no control is detected within five seconds, the search is cancelled and the screen displays information about the song currently playing. Playing repeatedly On the control panel, press the [1] button. The repeat play mode changes each time you press it. The corresponding mode icon will be displayed on the screen. Playing in random order On the control panel, press the [2] button. The shuffle play mode is activated or deactivated each time you press it. When you activate the shuffle mode, the corresponding mode icon will be displayed on the screen. 05 Searching for music files on a file list 1. On the control panel, press the [3] button to select List. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired category and file, and then press the knob to play the music file. Information • Start the engine of your vehicle before connecting a USB device to your system. Starting the engine with a USB device connected to the system may damage the USB device. • Be careful of static electricity when connecting or disconnecting a USB device. A static discharge may cause a system malfunction. • Be careful not to let your body or external objects contact the USB port. Doing so may cause an accident or a system malfunction. • Do not connect and disconnect a USB connector repeatedly in a short time. Doing so may cause an error in the device or a system malfunction. • Do not use a USB device for purposes other than playing files. Using USB accessories for charging or heating may cause poor performance or a system malfunction. NOTICE • When connecting a USB storage device, do not use an extension cable. Connect it directly to the USB port. If you use a USB hub or an extension cable, the device may not be recognized. • Fully insert a USB connector into the USB port. Failure to do so may cause a communication error. • When you disconnect a USB storage device, a distorted noise may occur. • The system can play only files encoded in a standard format. • The following types of USB devices may not be recognised or work correctly: -- Encrypted MP3 players -- USB devices not recognised as removable disks • A USB device may not be recognised depending on its condition. • Some USB devices may be incompatible with your system. • Depending on the USB device’s type, capacity, or the format of files, USB recognition time may be longer. • Image and video playback are not supported. 5-107 Convenient features Using the iPod mode Rewinding/Fast forwarding You can listen to music stored on your Apple devices, such as an iPod or an iPhone. 1. Connect your Apple device to the USB port in your vehicle using the cable supplied with the Apple device. • When connected, the device will begin charging. Music playback will not start automatically. 2. On the control panel, press the [MEDIA] button. • If multiple devices are connected to the system, press the [MEDIA] button and press the [1] button to select iPod from the media selection window. On the control panel, press and hold the [˅ SEEK/TRACK ˄] button. • You can also push and hold the Up/ Down lever on the steering wheel. CMG4K011EE (1) Repeat play mode (2) Current file number and total number of files (3) Information about the song currently playing (4) Playback time and playback position Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to access the following menu options: • Information: Display information about the song currently playing. • Sound Settings: Customise the system sound settings. 5-108 Restarting the current playback On the control panel after the song has played for 2 seconds, press the [˅ SEEK/ TRACK] button. • You can also push the Up/Down lever on the steering wheel. Playing the previous or next song To play the previous song on the control panel within the first 2 seconds of the current song, press the [˅ SEEK/TRACK] button. To play the next song, press the [SEEK/TRACK ˄] button on the control panel. • If more than 2 seconds of playback have elapsed, press the [˅ SEEK/ TRACK] button on the control panel twice to play the previous song. • You can also push the Up/Down lever on the steering wheel. NOTICE • On the control panel, turn the [FILE] knob to find the desired song and press the knob within five seconds to play the file. • If no control is detected within five seconds, the search is cancelled and the screen displays information about the song currently playing. 05 Playing repeatedly On the control panel, press the [1] button. The repeat play mode changes each time you press it. The corresponding mode icon will be displayed on the screen. Playing in random order On the control panel, press the [2] button. The shuffle play mode is activated or deactivated each time you press it. When you activate the shuffle mode, the corresponding mode icon will be displayed on the screen. Searching for music files on a file list 1. On the control panel, press the [3] button to select List. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired category and file, and then press the knob to play the music file. Information • Be sure to start the engine before you connect devices to the system. The device may be damaged if the engine is started while the device connected. • Do not connect and disconnect a USB connector repeatedly in a short time. Doing so may cause an error in the device or a system malfunction. Notes on connecting Apple devices • Ensure that the iOS and firmware of your device is up-to-date before connecting it to your system. Outdated devices may cause a system error. • If your device’s battery is low, the device may not be recognised. Check the battery level and, if necessary, charge the battery before connecting the device to your system. • Use an Apple-approved cable. Using an unapproved cable may cause a distorted noise or an error during playback. • Use a cable shorter than 1 metre in length, such as the one originally supplied with a new Apple device. Longer cables may lead to the infotainment system not recognising the Apple device. • Fully insert a USB connector into the USB port. Failure to do so may cause a communication error. • If you connect your device to the system while playback is in progress on the device, you may hear a high pitch sound just after the connection. Connect the device after stopping or pausing playback. • Connecting your device during a download or synchronizing with iTunes may cause an error. Connect the device after the download or synchronization is complete. • If you connect an iPod nano (except for the 6th generation) or an iPod classic, the brand logo will be displayed on the device screen. For an iPhone and an iPod touch, the logo will not be displayed. 5-109 Convenient features Notes on playing Apple devices • Depending on the model, your device may not be recognised due to unsupported communication protocols. • The order of the songs displayed or played on the system may differ from the order of the songs stored in your device. • Depending on the music player application you are using, information displayed on the system may differ. • In an iPhone, the audio streaming function and iPod mode control may conflict. If an error occurs, disconnect and reconnect the USB cable. • When using an iPhone or an iPod touch, do not control the device while it is connected to your system. An error may occur. • If you make or receive a call during playback via an iPhone, the music may remain paused after you end the call. If you do not hear the music after ending a call, check the device to see if the music is paused. • Do not duplicate a song in multiple folders. One song saved in multiple folders may cause an error with search and playback functions. 5-110 • If you perform a media control function, such as stop or repeat, just before a song ends, the song information displayed on the screen may not match the song currently playing. This is not a system error. Restart the iPod mode on the system or pause and resume playback on your device. • Skipping or improper operations may occur depending on the characteristics of your Apple device. • If the Apple device malfunctions due to an Apple device defect, reset the Apple device and try again. (To learn more, refer to your Apple device manual.) 05 BLUETOOTH Connecting Bluetooth devices Bluetooth is a short-range wireless networking technology. Via Bluetooth, you can connect nearby mobile devices wirelessly to send and receive data between connected devices. This enables you to use your devices effectively. To use Bluetooth, you must first connect a Bluetooth-enabled device to your system, such as a mobile phone or an MP3 player. Ensure that the device you want to connect supports Bluetooth. WARNING Park your vehicle in a safe location before connecting Bluetooth devices. Distracted driving can cause a traffic accident and lead to personal injury or death. NOTICE • On your system, you can use only Bluetooth Handsfree and Audio features. Connect a mobile device that supports both features. • Some Bluetooth devices may cause malfunctions to the infotainment system or make interference noises. In this case, storing the device in a different location may resolve the problem. • Depending on the connected Bluetooth device or mobile phone, some functions may not be supported. • If the system is not stable due to a vehicle-Bluetooth device communication error, delete the paired devices and connect the Bluetooth devices again. • If Bluetooth connection is not stable, follow these steps to try again. 1. Deactivate Bluetooth and reactivate it on the device. Then, reconnect the device. 2. Turn the device off and on. Then, reconnect it. 3. Remove the battery from the device and reinstall it. Then, turn the device on and reconnect it. 4. Unregister the Bluetooth pairing on both the system and the device and then re-register and connect them. Pairing devices with your system For Bluetooth connections, first pair your device with your system to add it to the system’s list of Bluetooth devices. You can register up to five devices. 1. From the control panel, press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button, and then select Bluetooth ► Connections. • If you are pairing a device with your system for the first time, you can also press the [PHONE] button on the control panel or the Call/Answer button on the steering wheel. 2. On the Bluetooth device you want to connect, activate Bluetooth, search for your vehicle’s system, and then select it. • Check the system’s Bluetooth name, which is displayed in the new registration pop-up window on the system screen. 5-111 Convenient features NOTICE CMG4K012EE 3. Enter or confirm the passkey to confirm the connection. • If the passkey input screen is displayed on the Bluetooth device screen, enter the passkey ‘0000’ which is displayed on the system screen. • If the 6-digit passkey is displayed on the Bluetooth device screen, ensure that the Bluetooth passkey displayed on the Bluetooth device is the same as the passkey on the system screen and confirm the connection from the device. 4. Choose whether or not to connect the Bluetooth device to your system prior to other devices. • If you grant priority to the Bluetooth device, it will be connected automatically to the system when you turn on the system. 5-112 • The screen image in this manual is an example. Check your system screen for the exact vehicle name and Bluetooth device name. • The default passkey is ‘0000’. • It may take a while for the system to connect with the device after you permit the system to access the device. When a connection is made, the Bluetooth status icon appears at the top of the screen. • You can change the permission settings via the mobile phone’s Bluetooth settings menu. For more information, refer to your mobile phone’s user guide. • To register a new device, repeat steps 1 to 4. • When a device is connected to the system via Bluetooth, you cannot pair another device. • If you use the automatic Bluetooth connection function, a call may be switched to the vehicle’s Handsfree when you are taking on the phone near the vehicle while the vehicle’s engine is on. If you do not want the system to connect with the device automatically, deactivate Bluetooth on your device. • When a device is connected to the system via Bluetooth, the device’s 05 Connecting a paired device Disconnecting a device To use a Bluetooth device on your system, connect the paired device to the system. Your system can connect with only one device at a time. 1. From the control panel, press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button, and then select Bluetooth ► Connections. • If there is no connected device, press the [PHONE] button on the control panel or the Call/Answer button on the steering wheel. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the device to connect, and then press the knob. • If another device is already connected to your system, disconnect it. Select the connected device to disconnect. 3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select Connect, and then press the knob. If you want to stop using a Bluetooth device or connect another device, disconnect your currently connected device. 1. From the control panel, press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button, and then select Bluetooth ► Connections. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the device to disconnect, and then press the knob. 3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select Disconnect, and then press the knob. NOTICE • If a connection ends because a device is out of the connection range or a device error occurs, the connection will be restored automatically when the device enters the connection range or when the error is cleared. • The Bluetooth connection is unavailable when the device’s Bluetooth function is turned off. Be sure to turn on the device’s Bluetooth function. • Depending on auto connection priority, connection to a device may take time. Deleting paired devices If you no longer want a Bluetooth device paired or if you want to connect a new device when the Bluetooth device list is full, delete paired devices. 1. From the control panel, press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button, and then select Bluetooth ► Connections. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the device to delete, and then press the knob. 3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select Delete, and then press the knob. NOTICE • When you delete a paired device, the Call history and Contacts stored in the system are also deleted. • To re-use a deleted device, you must pair the device again. 5-113 Convenient features Using a Bluetooth audio device Playing repeatedly You can listen to music stored in the connected Bluetooth audio device via your vehicle’s speakers. On the control panel, press the [1] button. The repeat play mode changes each time you press it. The corresponding mode icon will be displayed on the screen. On the control panel, press the [MEDIA] button. • If you have multiple media storage devices, press the [MEDIA] button and press the [2] button to select BT Audio from the media selection window. Playing in random order On the control panel, press the [2] button. The shuffle play mode is activated or deactivated each time you press it. When you activate the shuffle mode, the corresponding mode icon will be displayed on the screen. NOTICE CMG4K013EE (1) Repeat play mode (2) Information about the song currently playing Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to access the following menu options: • Connections: Set up the Bluetooth connection. • Sound Settings: Customise the system sound settings. Pausing/Resuming playback To pause playback, press the [3] button on the control panel. To resume playback, press the [3] button again. 5-114 • Depending on the connected Bluetooth device, mobile phone, or the music player you are using, playback controls may differ. • Depending on the music player you are using, streaming may not be supported. • Depending on the connected Bluetooth device or mobile phone, some functions may not be supported. • If you connect a Bluetooth device or mobile phone to your system via USB and Bluetooth simultaneously the Bluetooth mode is deactivated and music plays in the USB or iPod mode. To listen to music streamed via Bluetooth, remove the USB device. • If a Bluetooth enabled phone is being used to play music and it receives or makes a phone call, the music will stop. 05 • Receiving an incoming call or making an outgoing call while playing Bluetooth audio may result in audio interference. • If you use the Bluetooth phone mode while using Bluetooth audio, playback may not automatically resume after you end the call depending on the connected mobile phone. • Moving the track up/down while playing Bluetooth audio mode may result in pop noises with some mobile phones. • The Rewinding/Fast forwarding function is not supported in the Bluetooth audio mode. • The playlist feature is not supported in the Bluetooth audio mode. • If the Bluetooth device is disconnected, Bluetooth audio mode will end. Using a Bluetooth phone You can use Bluetooth to talk on the phone hands free. View call information on the system screen, and make or receive calls safely and conveniently via the vehicle’s built-in microphone and speakers. WARNING • Park your vehicle in a safe location before connecting Bluetooth devices. Distracted driving can cause a traffic accident and lead to personal injury or death. • Never dial a phone number or pick up your mobile phone while driving. Use of a mobile phone may distract your attention, making it difficult to recognize external conditions and reducing the ability to cope with unexpected situations, which may lead to an accident. If necessary, use the Bluetooth Handsfree feature to make calls and keep the call as short as possible. NOTICE • You cannot access the Phone screen if there is no connected mobile phone. To use the Bluetooth phone function, connect a mobile phone to the system. • The Bluetooth Handsfree function may not work when you are passing out of the cellular service coverage area, such as when you are in a tunnel, underground, or in a mountainous area. • Call quality may be degraded in the following environments: -- The reception of the mobile phone is poor -- The inside of the vehicle is noisy -- The mobile phone is placed near metallic objects, such as a beverage can • Depending on the connected mobile phone, the volume and sound quality of the Bluetooth Handsfree may vary. 5-115 Convenient features Making a call If your mobile phone is connected to the system, you can make a call by selecting a name from your call history or contacts list. 1. On the control panel, press the [PHONE] button. • Alternatively, press the Call/Answer button on the steering wheel. 2. If you have multiple paired mobile devices, select a mobile phone from your list of paired devices. Using the favourites list 1. From the Phone screen, press the [1] button to select Favourites. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired contact, and then press the knob to make a phone call. CMG4K015EE Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to access the following a menu option: • Delete: Delete favourites items. CMG4K014EE 3. Select a phone number. • To select a phone number from your favourites list, select Favourites. • To select a phone number from your call history, select Call history. • To select a phone number from your contacts list that downloaded from the connected mobile phone, select Contacts. 4. To end the call, press the [2] button on the control panel to select End. • Alternatively, press the Call end button on the steering wheel. 5-116 NOTICE • You can register up to 20 favourites for each device. • You must first download the contacts to the system to register favourites. • The favourites list saved on the mobile phone is not downloaded to the system. • Even if the contact information on the mobile phone is edited, the favourites on the system are not automatically edited. Delete and add the item to favourites again. • When you connect a new mobile phone, your favourites set for the previous mobile phone will not be displayed, but they will remain in your system until you delete the previous phone from the device list. 05 Using your call history 1. From the Phone screen, press the [2] button to select Call history. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired entry, and then press the knob to make a phone call. CMG4K016EE Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to access the following menu options: • All calls: View all call records. • Missed calls: View only missed calls. • Dialled calls: View only dialled calls. • Received calls: View only received calls. • Download: Download your call history. NOTICE • Some mobile phones may not support the download function. • The call history is accessed only when the mobile phone is connected to the system. • Calls from restricted IDs are not saved on the call history list. • Up to 50 call records will be downloaded per individual list. • Call duration and time information will not be displayed on the system screen. • Permission is required to download your call history from the mobile phone. When you attempt to download data, you may need to permit the download on the mobile phone. If the download fails, check the mobile phone screen for any notification or the mobile phone’s permission setting. • When you download your call history, any old data will be deleted. 5-117 Convenient features Using the contacts list 1. From the Phone screen, press the [3] button to select Contacts. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired group of alphanumeric characters, and then press the knob. 3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired contact, and then press the knob to make a phone call. CMG4K017EE Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to access the following a menu option: • Download: Download your mobile phone contacts. NOTICE • Contacts can be downloaded only from the currently connected Bluetooth device. • Contacts can be viewed only when the Bluetooth device is connected. • Only contacts in the supported format can be downloaded and displayed from the Bluetooth device. Contacts from some applications will not be included. • Up to 2,000 contacts can be downloaded from your device. 5-118 • Some mobile phones may not support the download function. • Depending on the system’s specifications, some of the downloaded contacts may be lost. • Contacts stored both in the phone and in the SIM card are downloaded. With some mobile phones, contacts in the SIM card may not be downloaded. • Special characters and figures used in the contact name may not be displayed properly. • Permission is required to download contacts from the mobile phone. When you attempt to download data, you may need to permit the download on the mobile phone. If the download fails, check the mobile phone screen for any notification or the mobile phone’s permission setting. • Depending on the mobile phone type or status, downloading may take longer. • When you download your contacts, any old data will be deleted. • You cannot edit or delete your contacts on the system. • When you connect a new mobile phone, your contacts downloaded from the previous mobile phone will not be displayed, but they will remain in your system until you delete the previous phone from the device list. 05 Answering calls Using options during a call When a call comes in, a notification popup window of the incoming call appears on the system screen. During a call, you will see the call screen shown below. Press a button to perform the function you want. CMG4K018EE To answer the call, press the [1] button on the control panel to select Accept. • Alternatively, press the Call/Answer button on the steering wheel. To reject the call, press the [2] button on the control panel to select Reject. • Alternatively, press the Call end button on the steering wheel. NOTICE • Depending on the mobile phone type, call rejection may not be supported. • Once your mobile phone is connected to the system, the call sound may be output through the vehicle’s speakers even after you exit the vehicle if the phone is within the connection range. To end the connection, disconnect the device from the system or deactivate Bluetooth on the device. CMG4K019EE To switch the call to your mobile phone, press the [1] button on the control panel to select Private. • Alternatively, press and hold the Call/ Answer button on the steering wheel. To end the call, press the [2] button on the control panel to select End. • Alternatively, press the Call end button on the steering wheel. Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to access the following a menu option: • Microphone Volume: Adjust the microphone volume or turn off the microphone so the other party cannot hear you. 5-119 Convenient features SETUP NOTICE • If the caller information is saved in your contacts list, the caller’s name and phone number will be displayed. If the caller information is not saved in your contacts list, only the caller’s phone number will be displayed. • You cannot switch to any other screen, such as the audio screen or the settings screen, during a Bluetooth call. • Depending on the mobile phone type, call quality may vary. On some phones, your voice may be less audible to the other party. • Depending on the mobile phone type, the phone number may not be displayed. • Depending on the mobile phone type, the call switching function may not be supported. Display You can change the settings related to the system display. On the control panel, press the [SETUP/ CLOCK] ► [1] buttons to select Display. • Dimming mode: Set the screen brightness to be adjusted automatically according to the headlight use or set the screen to stay bright or dark continuously. • Brightness: Adjust the brightness for the day or night mode according to your setting in the Dimming mode option. • Screensaver: Select a screen saver option to be displayed when the system is turned off. • Text Scroll: Set to scroll text when information text is too long to display all on the screen. NOTICE The text scroll function is only available in the following situation: • When displaying main screen in the USB/iPod/Bluetooth audio and radio/DAB modes When displaying list screen in the USB/iPod/Bluetooth audio, radio/DAB and phone modes Sound You can change the settings related to sounds, such as location where sound will be concentrated and the output level for each range. On the control panel, press the [SETUP/ CLOCK] ► [2] buttons to select Sound. • Position: Select a location where sound will be concentrated in the vehicle. Select Fade or Balance, turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired position, and then press the knob. To set sound to be centred in the vehicle, select Centre. 5-120 05 • Equaliser: Adjust the output level for each sound tone mode. • Speed dependent volume control: Set the volume to be adjusted automatically according to your driving speed. • Rear parking sensors prioritised: Set to decrease the audio volume to hear a reverse warning prior to other sounds while reversing your vehicle. NOTICE • Depending on vehicle models or specifications, available options may vary. • Depending on the system or amplifier specifications applied to your vehicle, available options may vary. Date/Time You can change the date and time that are shown on the system display. On the control panel, press the [SETUP/ CLOCK] ► [3] buttons to select Date/ Time. • Set date: Set date to display on the system display. • Set time: Set time to display on the system display. • Time format: Select to display time in the 12 hour format or the 24 hour format. Bluetooth You can change the settings for Bluetooth connections. On the control panel, press the [SETUP/ CLOCK] ► [4] buttons to select Bluetooth. • Connections: Pair new Bluetooth devices with your system, or connect or disconnect a paired device. You can also delete paired devices. • Auto connection priority: Select a paired device to connect to your system automatically when it turns on. • Update contacts: Download the contacts list from the connected mobile phone. • Bluetooth voice guidance: Turn on or off the voice guidance for Bluetooth pairing, connection, and errors. NOTICE • If no Bluetooth device is connected, the Update contatcts menu is disabled. • If the system language is selected to Slovakian or Hungarian, Bluetooth voice guidance menu is disabled. System You can change the display language or initialise system settings. On the control panel, press the [SETUP/ CLOCK] ► [5] buttons to select System. • Language: Change the display language. • Default: Reset your system settings to the default values. All user data stored in the system will also be deleted. 5-121 Convenient features SYSTEM STATUS ICONS Status icons appear at the top of the screen to display the current system status. Familiarise yourself with the status icons that appear when you perform certain actions or functions and their meanings. Signal strength Icon Description Signal strength of the mobile phone connected via Bluetooth NOTICE CMG4K019EE Mute Icon Description Audio muted Bluetooth Icon Description Battery level of connected Bluetooth device Mobile phone connected via Bluetooth Audio device connected via Bluetooth Mobile phone and audio device connected via Bluetooth Bluetooth call in progress Microphone turned off during Bluetooth call Downloading call history from a mobile phone connected via Bluetooth to the system Downloading contacts from a mobile phone connected via Bluetooth to the system 5-122 • The battery level displayed on the screen may differ from the battery level displayed on the connected device. • The signal strength displayed on the screen may differ from the signal strength displayed on the connected mobile phone. • Depending on vehicle models and specifications, some status icons may not be displayed. 05 INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS USB Supported audio formats • Audio file specification -- WAVeform audio format -- MPEG1/2/2.5 Audio Layer3 -- Windows Media Audio Ver 7.X/8.X • Bit rates -- MPEG1 (Layer3): 32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/ 160/192/224/256/320 kbps -- MPEG2 (Layer3): 8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/ 112/128/144/160 kbps -- MPEG2.5 (Layer3): 8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/ 112/128/144/160 kbps -- WMA (High Range): 48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps • Bits Per Sample -- WAV (PCM(Stereo)): 24 bit -- WAV (IMA ADPCM): 4 bit -- WAV (MS ADPCM): 4 bit • Sampling frequency -- MPEG1: 44100/48000/32000 Hz -- MPEG2: 22050/24000/16000 Hz -- MPEG2.5: 11025/12000/8000 Hz -- WMA: 32000/44100/48000 Hz -- WAV: 44100/48000 Hz • Maximum number of directory layers: No limitation • Maximum length of folder names (Based on Unicode): 31 English or Korean characters • Maximum length of file names (Based on Unicode): 63 English or Korean characters • The scroll feature can be used to display file and folder names that are too long to display on the screen. • Supported characters for folder/ file names (Unicode support): 2,604 Korean characters, 94 alphanumeric characters, 4,888 Chinese characters in common use, 986 special characters • Maximum number of folders: 2,000 • Maximum number of files: 6,000 NOTICE • Files that are not in a supported format may not be recognised or played, or information about them, such as the file name, may not be displayed properly. • Only files with .mp3/.wma/.wav extensions can be recognised by the system. If the file is not in supported format, change the file format by using the latest encoding software. • The device will not support files locked by DRM (Digital Rights Management). • For MP3/WMA compression files and WAV file, differences in sound quality will occur depending on the bitrate. (Music files with a higher bitrate have a better sound quality.) • Japanese or Simplified Chinese characters in folder or file names may not be displayed properly. 5-123 Convenient features TRADEMARKS Supported USB storage devices • Byte/Sector: 64 kbyte or less • Format system: FAT12/16/32 (recommended) • Maximum device size: 32 GB NOTICE • Operation is guaranteed only for a metal cover type USB storage device with a plug type connector. -- USB storage devices with a plastic plug may not be recognised. -- USB storage devices in memory card types, such as CF card or SD cards, may not be recognised. • USB hard disk drives may not be recognised. • When you use a large capacity USB storage device with multiple logical drives, only files stored on the first drive will be recognised. • If an application program is loaded on a USB storage device, the corresponding media files may not play. • Use USB 2.0 devices for better compatibility. Bluetooth • • • • Bluetooth Power Class 2: -6 to 4 dBm Aerial power: Max 3 mW Frequency range: 2400 to 2483.5 MHz Bluetooth patch RAM software version: 1 5-124 Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. • The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by HYUNDAI is under licence. • Apple®, iPad®, iPad mini™, iPhone®, iPod®, iPod classic®, iPod nano®, iPod touch®, and iTunes® are a registered trademark of Apple Inc. CE RED for EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY RoHS for Taiwan 05 5-125 Convenient features NCC for Taiwan According to NCC low-power radio frequency devices technical regulations: Article 12 Without permission, any company, firm or user shall not alter the frequency, increase the power, or change the characteristics and functions of the original design of the certified lower power frequency electric machinery. Article 14 The application of low power frequency electric machineries shall not affect the navigation safety nor interfere a legal communication, if an interference is found, the service will be suspended until improvement is made and the interference no longer exists. 5-126 6. Driving your vehicle Before driving..................................................................................................... 6-5 Before entering the vehicle..........................................................................................6-5 Before starting...............................................................................................................6-5 Ignition switch....................................................................................................6-6 Key ignition switch....................................................................................................... 6-6 Engine Start/Stop button............................................................................................. 6-9 Dual clutch transmission..................................................................................6-13 Dual clutch transmission operation........................................................................... 6-13 Paddle shifter.............................................................................................................. 6-20 Parking........................................................................................................................ 6-20 Good driving practices................................................................................................ 6-21 Coasting guide................................................................................................. 6-22 Braking system................................................................................................. 6-23 Power brakes...............................................................................................................6-23 Disc brakes wear indicator.........................................................................................6-24 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...................................................................................6-24 Auto Hold.....................................................................................................................6-29 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS).....................................................................................6-32 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)..............................................................................6-34 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)....................................................................... 6-36 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)................................................................................... 6-38 Emergency Stop Signal (ESS).................................................................................... 6-38 Good braking practices...............................................................................................6-39 Forward Collision – Avoidance Assist (FCA) system......................................6-40 System setting and activation................................................................................... 6-40 FCA warning message and brake control................................................................. 6-42 FCA sensor.................................................................................................................. 6-45 System malfunction....................................................................................................6-47 Limitations of the system.......................................................................................... 6-49 Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system................................................. 6-55 System description.....................................................................................................6-55 System setting and operation................................................................................... 6-56 Warning message and system control.......................................................................6-57 6 Rear Cross – Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system................................6-65 System description.................................................................................................... 6-65 System setting and operation................................................................................... 6-66 Warning message and system control.......................................................................6-67 Detecting sensor........................................................................................................ 6-69 Declaration of conformity............................................................................... 6-74 Lane Following Assist (LFA) system................................................................ 6-78 LFA operation............................................................................................................. 6-80 Warning message........................................................................................................ 6-81 Limitations of the system.......................................................................................... 6-82 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system..................................................................6-84 LKA operation............................................................................................................. 6-86 Warning light and message....................................................................................... 6-89 Limitations of the system.......................................................................................... 6-90 LKA system function change...................................................................................... 6-91 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system........................................................ 6-92 System setting and operation................................................................................... 6-92 Resetting the system................................................................................................. 6-94 System standby.......................................................................................................... 6-95 System malfunction................................................................................................... 6-95 6 Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW)......................................................... 6-97 System setting and operation................................................................................... 6-98 Display......................................................................................................................... 6-98 Limitations of the system..........................................................................................6-101 Speed limit control.........................................................................................6-103 Speed limit control operation................................................................................... 6-103 Cruise control..................................................................................................6-105 Cruise control operation........................................................................................... 6-105 Smart cruise control with stop & go.............................................................. 6-110 Smart cruise control switch........................................................................................6-111 To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control..................................................... 6-112 To convert to Cruise Control mode........................................................................... 6-112 Smart Cruise Control speed...................................................................................... 6-113 Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance.................................................. 6-117 Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead...................................................... 6-120 Limitations of the system......................................................................................... 6-122 6. Driving your vehicle Leading vehicle departure alert..................................................................... 6-127 System setting and activation...................................................................................6-127 Special driving conditions..............................................................................6-128 Hazardous driving conditions.................................................................................. 6-128 Rocking the vehicle................................................................................................... 6-128 Smooth cornering..................................................................................................... 6-129 Driving at night.......................................................................................................... 6-129 Driving in the rain...................................................................................................... 6-129 Driving in flooded areas............................................................................................ 6-130 Highway driving........................................................................................................ 6-130 Winter driving.................................................................................................. 6-131 Snow or icy conditions............................................................................................... 6-131 Winter Precautions.................................................................................................... 6-133 Trailer towing (for europe)..............................................................................6-135 If you decide to pull a trailer?................................................................................... 6-135 Trailer towing equipment......................................................................................... 6-138 Driving with a trailer.................................................................................................. 6-139 Maintenance when towing a trailer......................................................................... 6-142 Vehicle weight.................................................................................................6-143 Overloading............................................................................................................... 6-143 6 Driving your vehicle WARNING Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled. Do not inhale engine exhaust. If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation. Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, we recommend that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Do not run the engine in an enclosed area. Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage. Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle. If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at “Fresh” and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior. Keep the air intakes clear. To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions. If you must drive with the tailgate open: Close all windows. Open instrument panel air vents. Set the air intake control at “Fresh”, the air flow control at “Floor” or “Face”, and the fan control set to high. 6-4 06 BEFORE DRIVING Before entering the vehicle • Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed. • Remove frost, snow, or ice. • Visually check the tires for uneven wear and damage. • Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks. • Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up. Before starting • Make sure the hood, the tailgate, and the doors are securely closed and locked. • Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel. • Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors. • Verify all the lights work. • Fasten your seat belt. Check that all passengers have fastened their seat belts. • Check the gauges and indicators in the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display when the ignition switch is in the ON position. • Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely. WARNING To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: • ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. For more information, refer to “Seat Belts” section in chapter 3. • Always drive defensively. Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and make mistakes. • Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents. • Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you. WARNING NEVER drink or take drugs and drive. Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH. Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each additional drink. Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving under the influence of alcohol. You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi. 6-5 Driving your vehicle IGNITION SWITCH WARNING To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: • NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the ignition switch or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur. • NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the ignition switch, or any other control, while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Key ignition switch (if equipped) OOSH069001L Whenever the front door is opened, the ignition switch will illuminate, provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position. The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed (if equipped). 6-6 OOSH069002L [A] : LOCK, [B] : ACC, [C] : ON, [D] : START WARNING • NEVER turn the ignition switch to the LOCK or ACC position while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident. • Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed. NOTICE Never use aftermarket keyhole covers. This may generate start-up failure due to communication failure. 06 Key ignition switch positions Switch Position Action Notes LOCK To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, push the key in at the ACC position and turn the key towards the LOCK position. The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position. The steering wheel locks to protect the vehicle from theft (if equipped). ACC Some of the electrical accessories are If difficulty is experienced turning the usable. ignition switch to the ACC position, The steering wheel unlocks. turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release. ON This is the normal key position when the vehicle has started. All features and accessories are usable. The warning lights can be checked when you turn the ignition switch from ACC to ON. Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON position when the vehicle is not in ) mode to prevent the the ready ( battery from discharging. START To start the vehicle, turn the ignition switch to the START position. The switch returns to the ON position when you let go of the key. The engine will crank until you release the key. 6-7 Driving your vehicle Starting the vehicle WARNING • Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals. • Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move which can lead to an accident. • Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake pedal is released when the rpm is high. 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park). 3. Depress the brake pedal. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the “ ” comes on and release it. 6-8 Information • Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.) • Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not race the engine while warming it up. NOTICE To prevent damage to the vehicle: • Do not hold the ignition key in the START position for more than 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before trying again. • Do not turn the ignition switch to the START position with the engine running. It may damage the starter. • If the “ ” indicator turns off while you are in motion, do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the vehicle. • Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the vehicle. 06 Engine Start/Stop button (if equipped) OOSH069003L Whenever the front door is opened, the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed (if equipped). WARNING • NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the vehicle turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident. • Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position, and take the Smart Key with you. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed. WARNING To turn the vehicle off in an emergency: Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop button for more than two seconds OR Rapidly press and release the Engine Start/ Stop button three times (within three seconds). If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the vehicle without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. 6-9 Driving your vehicle Engine Stop/Start button positions Button Position Action OFF To turn off the vehicle, press the Engine Start/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park). When you press the Engine Start/ Stop button without the shift lever in P (Park), the Engine Start/Stop button does not turn to the OFF position, but turns to the ACC position. The steering wheel locks to protect the vehicle from theft (if equipped). ACC Press the Engine Start/Stop button • If you leave the Engine Start/Stop when the button is in the OFF button in the ACC position for position without depressing the more than one hour, the battery brake pedal. power will turn off automatically Some of the electrical accessories to prevent the battery from are usable. discharging. The steering wheel unlocks. • If the steering wheel doesn’t unlock properly, the Engine Start/ Stop button will not work. Press the Engine Start/Stop button while turning the steering wheel right and left to release. ON Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal. The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started. Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position when the ) vehicle is not in the ready ( mode to prevent the battery from discharging. To start the vehicle, depress the brake pedal and press the Engine Start/ Stop button with the shift lever in neutral. If you press the Engine Start/Stop button without depressing the brake pedal, the vehicle does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows: OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC START 6-10 Notes If the steering wheel is not locked properly when you open the driver’s door, the warning chime will sound. 06 Starting the vehicle WARNING • Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals. • Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move which can lead to an accident. Information • The vehicle will start by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle. • Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, and when it is far away from the driver, the hybrid system may not start. • When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position, any door is open, the system checks for the smart key. When the smart key is not ” indicator in the vehicle, the “ will blink and the warning “Key not in vehicle” will come on. When all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when in the ACC position or if the hybrid system is ON. 1. Always carry the smart key with you. 2. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 3. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park). 4. Depress the brake pedal. 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button. If the vehicle starts, the “ ” indicator will come on. Information • Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided. • Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not race the engine while warming it up. • If ambient temperature is low, the “ ” indicator may remain illuminated longer than the normal amount of time. 6-11 Driving your vehicle NOTICE To prevent damage to the vehicle: • If the “ ” indicator turns off while you are in motion, do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. • Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the vehicle. NOTICE To prevent damage to the vehicle: Do not press the Engine Start/Stop button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown. When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you cannot normally start the hybrid system. Replace the fuse with a new one. If you are not able to replace the fuse, you can start the vehicle by pressing and holding the Engine Start/ Stop button for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position. For your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the vehicle. 6-12 OOSH069004L Information If the smart key battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the vehicle by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key in the direction of the picture above. 06 DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION „„ Left-hand drive „„ Right-hand drive OOSH069005L OOSH069005R [A] : Shift lever, [B] : Manual shift mode Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button while moving the shift lever. Press the shift button while moving the shift lever. The shift lever can freely operate. Ãà To move the shift lever from/to P (Parking) or between R (Reverse) and D (Drive), you must depress the brake pedal for the vehicle to stand still. Dual clutch transmission operation The dual clutch transmission has six forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position. • The dual clutch transmission can be thought of as an automatically shifting manual transmission. It gives the driving feel of a manual transmission, yet provides the ease of a fully automatic transmission. • When D (Drive) is selected, the transmission will automatically shift through the gears similar to a conventional automatic transmission. Unlike a traditional automatic transmission, the gear shifting can sometimes be felt and heard as the actuators engage the clutches and the gears are selected. 6-13 Driving your vehicle • The dual clutch transmission incorporates a dry-type dual clutch mechanism, which allows for better acceleration performance and increased fuel efficiency while driving. But it differs from a conventional automatic transmission because it does not incorporate a torque converter. Instead, the transition from one gear to the next is managed by clutch slip, especially at lower speeds. As a result, shifts are sometimes more noticeable, and a light vibration can be felt as the transmission shaft speed is matched with the engine shaft speed. This is a normal condition of the dual clutch transmission. • The dry-type clutch transfers torque more directly and provides a directdrive feeling which may feel different from a conventional automatic transmission. This may be more noticeable when launching the vehicle from a stop or when traveling at low, stop-and-go vehicle speeds. • When rapidly accelerating from a lower vehicle speed, the engine rpm may increase dramatically as a result of clutch slip as the dual clutch transmission selects the correct gear. This is a normal condition. 6-14 • When accelerating from a stop on an incline, press the accelerator smoothly and gradually to avoid any shudder feeling or jerkiness. • When traveling at a lower vehicle speed, if you release the accelerator pedal quickly, you may feel engine braking before the transmission changes gears. This engine braking feeling is similar to operating a manual transmission at low speed. • When driving downhill, you may wish to move the gear shift lever to Manual Shift mode and downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. • When you turn the vehicle on and off, you may hear clicking sounds as the system goes through a self-test. This is a normal sound for the dual clutch transmission. • During the first 1,500 km (1000 miles), you may feel that the vehicle may not be smooth when accelerating at low speed. During this break-in period, the shift quality and performance of your new vehicle is continuously optimized. 06 WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death: • ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). • Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed. • Do not use the engine brake (shifting from a high gear to lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident. NOTICE • Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). • Do not put the shift lever in N (Neutral) while driving. WARNING If the transmission cannot shift into Drive or Reverse, the position indicator D or R) on the cluster will blink. We recommend that you contact an authorized Hyundai dealer to have the system checked. DCT warning messages This warning message is displayed when vehicle is driven slowly on a grade and the vehicle detects that the brake pedal is not applied. OOSH069010L Steep grade Driving up hills or on steep grades: • To hold the vehicle on an incline use the foot brake or the parking brake. • When in stop-and-go traffic on an incline, allow a gap to form ahead of you before moving the vehicle forward. Then hold the vehicle on the incline with the foot brake. • If the vehicle is held on a hill by applying the accelerator pedal or by creeping with the brake pedal disengaged, the clutch and transmission may overheat which can result in damage. At this time, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. • If the LCD warning is active, the foot brake must be applied. • Ignoring the warnings can lead to damage to the transmission. 6-15 Driving your vehicle OOSH069012L Transmission high temperature • Under certain conditions, such as repeated stop-and-go launches on steep grades, sudden take off or acceleration, or other harsh driving conditions, the transmission clutch temperatures will increase excessively. • When the clutch is overheated, the safe protection mode engages and the gear position indicator on the cluster blinks with a chime. At this time, "Transmission temperature is high! Stop safely" warning message will appear on the LCD display and driving may not be smooth. • If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park) with engine on, and allow the transmission to cool. • If you ignore this warning, the driving condition may become worse. You may experience abrupt shifts, frequent shifts, or jerkiness. To return to the normal driving condition, stop the vehicle and apply the foot brake or shift into P (Park). Then allow the transmission to cool for a few minutes with engine on, before driving off. • When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly. 6-16 OOSH069007L OOSH069013L OOSH069014L Transmission overheated • If the vehicle continues to be driven and the clutch temperatures reach the maximum temperature limit, the "Transmission hot! Park with engine on" warning will be displayed. When this occurs the clutch is disabled until the clutch cools to normal temperatures. 06 • The warning will display a time to wait for the transmission to cool. • If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park) with engine on, and allow the transmission to cool. • When the message "Transmission cooled down. Resume driving." appears you can continue to drive your vehicle. • When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly. If any of the warning messages in the LCD display continue to blink, for your safety, we recommend you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked. Transmission ranges The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position. P (Park) Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park). To shift from P (Park), you must depress firmly on the brake pedal and make sure your foot is off the accelerator pedal. If you have done all of the above and still cannot shift the lever out of P (Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" section in this chapter. The shift lever must be in P (Park) before turning the vehicle off. WARNING • Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle. • After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the shift lever is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the vehicle off. • Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake. • When parking on an incline, place the shift lever in P (Park) and apply the parking brake to prevent the vehicle from rolling down. • For safety, always engage the parking brake with the shift lever in the P (Park) position except for the case of emergency parking. R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehicle backward. NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion. N (Neutral) The wheels and transmission are not engaged. Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear. WARNING Do not shift into gear unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into gear when the engine is running at high speed can cause the vehicle to move very rapidly. You could lose control of the vehicle and hit people or objects. 6-17 Driving your vehicle D (Drive) This is the normal driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through a 6-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power. For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill, depress the accelerator fully. The transmission will automatically downshift to the next lower gear (or gears, as appropriate). If you drive the vehicle with the shift lever in D (Drive), the vehicle will automatically change to ECO mode. indicator will illuminate on the The instrument cluster. When driving in ECO mode, the vehicle improves fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving. OOSH069016L [A] : + (Up), [B}: - (Down) Manual shift mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion, manual shift mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the main gate In manual shift mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. Up (+): Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear. Down (-): Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear. OOSH069015L SPORT mode SPORT mode is selected by pushing the shifter lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. The indicator will illuminate on the instrument cluster. When driving in SPORT mode, the vehicle provides sporty but firm riding. Information In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease. 6-18 06 Information • Only the six forward gears can be selected in Manual Shift Mode. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required. • Downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected. • When the engine rpm approaches the red zone the transmission will upshift automatically. • If the driver presses the lever to + (Up) or - (Down) position, the transmission may not make the requested gear change if the next gear is outside of the allowable engine rpm range. The driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the engine rpms below the red zone. • When driving in manual shift mode, slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged if the engine rpms are outside of the allowable range. Shift-lock system For your safety, the dual clutch transmission has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is depressed. To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse): 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the vehicle or place the ignition switch in the ON position. 3. Move the shift lever. Shift-lock release If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, and then do the following: OOSH069017L 1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position. 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering the shift-lock access hole. 4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and press down on the tool. 5. Move the shift lever while holding down the screwdriver. 6. Remove the tool from the shift-lock release access hole then install the cap. If you need to use the shift-lock release, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immediately. Ignition key interlock system (if equipped) The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) position. 6-19 Driving your vehicle Paddle shifter (if equipped) Parking Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle. WARNING OOSH069018L The paddle shifter is functional when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) or S (Sport) position, or the manual shift mode. The paddle shifter will operate when the vehicle speed is more than 5 km/h (3 mph). Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic mode to manual mode. • The system changes from manual mode to automatic mode when -- the vehicle speed is lower than 5 km/h (3 mph), -- you depress the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds, -- you pull the [+] paddle shifter for more than 1 second, or -- you move the shift lever from D (Drive) to S (Sport) or manual shift mode (+, -) and then back to D (Drive). Information If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled at the same time, gear shift may not occur. 6-20 When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. The engine or exhaust system may overheat and start a fire. The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep away from the exhaust system components. Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry grass, paper or leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire. 06 Good driving practices • Never move the shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed. • Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). • Do not move the shift lever to N (Neutral) when driving. If the shift lever is moved to N (Neutral) while driving, the vehicle loses the ability to provide engine braking. Doing so may increase the risk of an accident. Also, moving the shift lever back to D (Drive) while the vehicle is moving may severely damage the transmission. • Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure. • Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving. • Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident • Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator. WARNING To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: • ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant. • Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning. • Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns. • The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds. • Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway. • In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits. 6-21 Driving your vehicle COASTING GUIDE (IF EQUIPPED) Operation conditions OOSH069019L The coasting guide function informs the driver when to take the foot off from the accelerator by anticipating a decelerating event* based on the analysis of driving routes and road conditions of the navigation. It encourages the driver to remove foot from the pedal and allow coasting down the road with EV motor only. This helps prevent unnecessary fuel consumption and increases fuel efficiency. Information Example of a deceleration event is making a right/left turn, driving through a rotary, entering or exiting a highway (freeway), etc. Setting Coasting Guide function Coasting Guide can be selected from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display by following the procedure below. 1. Set the ignition switch in the ON position. 2. Select ‘User settings → Convenience → Coasting guidance’ in the cluster LCD display. 6-22 After selecting the function from the User Settings mode, the system enters the ready status by following the procedure below. 1. Enter your destination information in the navigation system and select the driving route. 2. Check that the vehicle is in ECO mode by driving the vehicle in D (Drive). 3. Drive the vehicle between 40 km/h (25 mph) ~ 160 km/h (100 mph). Information The operating speed may vary due to difference between instrument cluster and navigation effected by tire inflation level. Information Coasting guide is only a supplemental function to assist with fuel-efficient driving. Thus, the operating conditions may be different in accordance with traffic/road conditions (i.e. driving in a traffic jam, driving on a slope, driving on a curve). Take the actual driving conditions into consideration, such as distances from the vehicles ahead/behind, while referring to the coasting guide function as guidance. 06 BRAKING SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage. If the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode or the vehicle is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. You can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than with power brakes. When the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted. WARNING Take the following precautions: • Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances. • When descending down a long or steep hill, move the shift lever to Manual Shift mode and manually downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the brakes continuously will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance. • Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way. Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water. To dry the brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to heat up the brakes while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal. Avoid driving at high speeds until the brakes function correctly. NOTICE • Do not continue depressing the brake pedal if the " " indicator is OFF. The battery may be discharged. • Noise and vibration generated during braking is normal. • Under normal operation, electric brake pump noise and motor vibration may occur temporarily in below cases. -- When the pedal is depressed suddenly. -- When the pedal is repeatedly depressed in short intervals. -- When the ABS function is activated while braking. 6-23 Driving your vehicle Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Note that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes. NOTICE To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads. Information Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Applying the parking brake OOSH069020L To apply EPB (Electronic Parking Brake): 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Pull up the EPB switch. Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light comes on. WARNING To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the EPB while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident. 6-24 06 Releasing the parking brake OOSH069022L To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake): • Place the ignition switch in the ON position. • Depress the brake pedal. • Press the EPB switch. Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light goes off. To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) automatically: • Shift lever in P (Park) With the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode, depress the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). • Shift lever in N (Neutral) With the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode, depress the brake pedal and shift out of N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). • Satisfy the following conditions 1. Ensure seat belts are fastened and the doors, hood and tailgate are closed. 2. With the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode, depress the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual shift mode. 3. Depress the accelerator pedal. Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light goes off. Information • For your safety, you can engage EPB even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position (only if battery power is available), but you cannot release it. • For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle. NOTICE • If the parking brake warning light is still on even though the EPB has been released, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Do not drive your vehicle with EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear. EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be automatically applied when: • Requested by other systems • The driver turns the vehicle off while Auto Hold is operating. 6-25 Driving your vehicle Warning messages • NEVER allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the EPB switch. If EPB is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur. • Only release EPB when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal. NOTICE OOSH069023L To release EPB, close the doors, hood and tailgate and fasten seatbelt • If you try to drive with EPB applied, a warning will sound and a message will appear. • If the driver's seat belt is unfastened and the engine hood or tailgate is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear. • If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear. If the situation occurs, depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch. WARNING • Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, press the EPB switch, and set the ignition switch to the OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle. Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park) with the parking brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others. 6-26 • Do not apply the accelerator pedal while the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with EPB engaged, a warning will sound and a message will appear. Damage to the parking brake may occur. • Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure EPB is released and the Parking Brake Warning Light is off before driving. Information • A clicking sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB. These conditions are normal and indicate that EPB is functioning properly. • When leaving your keys with a parking attendant or assistant, make sure to inform him/her how to operate EPB. 06 EPB malfunction indicator „„ Type A OOSH069024L Deactivating AUTO HOLD... Press brake pedal When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear. „„ Type A „„ Type B OOSH069025L OOSH069026L „„ Type B OOSH069027L OOSH069028L This warning light illuminates if the ignition switch is set to the ON position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally. If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on, comes on while driving, or does not come on when the ignition switch is set to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESC indicator comes on to indicate that ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of EPB. Parking brake automatically applied If EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated, a warning will sound and a message will appear. 6-27 Driving your vehicle NOTICE • If the EPB warning light is still on, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, EPB may not be applied. • If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warning light is on, press the switch, and then pull it up. Repeat this one more time. If the EPB warning does not go off, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Parking brake warning light Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by setting the ignition switch to the ON indicator off). position ( This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is OFF. If the Parking Brake Warning Light remains on after the parking brake is released while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary. If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location. 6-28 Emergency braking If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch. Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch. However, braking distance will be longer than normal. WARNING Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to a severe accident. Information During emergency braking, the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating. NOTICE If you continuously notice a noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) does not release If the EPB does not release normally, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer by loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked. 06 Auto Hold The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not depressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal. To apply: OOSH069030L OOSH069029L 1. With the driver's door and engine hood closed, depress the brake pedal and then press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on and the system will be in the standby position. 2. When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the brake pressure to hold the vehicle stationary. The indicator changes from white to green. 3. The vehicle will remain stationary even if you release the brake pedal. 4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released. To release: • If you depress the accelerator pedal with the shift lever in D (Drive) or Manual shift mode, the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white. • If the vehicle is restarted using the cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and cruise control is operating, the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white. 6-29 Driving your vehicle WARNING Information When the AUTO HOLD is automatically released by depressing the accelerator pedal, always take a look around your vehicle. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth start. To cancel: OOSH069031L 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off. WARNING To prevent, unexpected and sudden vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your foot on the brake pedal to cancel the Auto Hold before you: -- Drive downhill. -- Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse). -- Park the vehicle. 6-30 • The Auto Hold does not operate when: -- The driver's door is opened -- The engine hood is opened -- The shift lever is in P (Park) or R (Reverse) -- EPB is applied • For your safety, the Auto Hold automatically switches to EPB when: -- The driver's door is opened -- The engine hood is opened -- The vehicle is in a standstill for more than 10 minutes -- The vehicle is standing on a steep slope -- The vehicle moved several times In these cases, the parking brake warning light comes on, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white, and a warning sound and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving off again, depress the brake pedal, check the surrounding area near your vehicle and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch. • While operating Auto Hold, you may hear mechanical noise. However, it is normal operating noise. NOTICE If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes to yellow, the Auto Hold is not working properly. We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 06 WARNING • Depress the accelerator pedal slowly when you start the vehicle. • For your safety, cancel the Auto Hold when you drive downhill, back up the vehicle or park the vehicle. NOTICE If there is a malfunction with the driver's door or engine hood open detection system, the Auto Hold may not work properly. We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Warning messages „„ Type A „„ Type B OOSH069025L OOSH069024L Deactivating AUTO HOLD... Press brake pedal When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear. When this message is displayed, the Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. For your safety, depress the brake pedal. OOSH069026L Parking brake automatically applied When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold, a warning will sound and a message will appear. OOSH069032L Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO HOLD If you did not apply the brake pedal when you release the Auto Hold by pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a warning will sound and a message will appear. 6-31 Driving your vehicle Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) WARNING OOSH069033L AUTO HOLD conditions not met. Close door and hood. When you press the [AUTO HOLD] switch, if the driver's door and engine hood are not closed, a warning will sound and a message will appear on the cluster LCD display. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch after closing the driver's door and hood. An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for vehicles equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions. Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions: • Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads. • On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height. • Tire chains are installed on your vehicle. The safety features of an ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others. ABS is an electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time. 6-32 06 Using ABS To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible. When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active. ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. ABS will not prevent a skid that results from sudden changes in direction, such as trying to take a corner too fast or making a sudden lane change. Always drive at a safe speed for the road and weather conditions. ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road. On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system. ) will stay on The ABS warning light ( for several seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. WARNING If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. NOTICE When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS ) may illuminate. Pull warning light ( your vehicle over to a safe place and turn the vehicle off. Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal. Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system. We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. 6-33 Driving your vehicle WARNING Information When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning ) may turn on at the same light ( time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Never drive too fast for the road conditions when cornering. The ESC system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents. ESC operation ESC ON condition When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the ESC and the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds. After both lights go off, the ESC is enabled. When operating When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light blinks: OOSH069034L [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers. ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions. 6-34 • When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active. • When the ESC activates, the engine may not respond to the accelerator as it does under routine conditions. • If the Cruise Control was in use when the ESC activates, the Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Cruise Control can be reengaged when the road conditions allow. See “Cruise Control System” later in this chapter (if equipped). 06 • When moving out of the mud or driving on a slippery road, the engine rpm (revolutions per minute) may not increase even if you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and does not indicate a problem. Indicator lights ■ ESC indicator light (blinks) ■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on) ESC OFF condition To cancel ESC operation: • State 1 Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and/or message “Traction Control disabled” will illuminate. In this state, the traction control function of ESC (engine management) is disabled, but the brake control function of ESC (braking management) still operates. • State 2 Press and hold the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light and/or message “Traction & Stability Control disabled” illuminates and a warning chime sounds. In this state, both the traction control function of ESC (engine management) and the brake control function of ESC (braking management) are disabled. If the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle, ESC will automatically turn on again. When the ignition switch is set to the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally. The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating. If the ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates we recommend that the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when ESC is turned off. WARNING When ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active: Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident. 6-35 Driving your vehicle NOTICE Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized wheels and tires installed. ESC OFF usage When Driving The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud, by temporarily stopping operation of ESC, to maintain wheel torque. To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface. NOTICE To prevent damage to the transmission: • Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are displayed. • When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, make sure the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated). Information Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system operation. 6-36 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps the vehicle stay stable when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven. WARNING Take the following precautions when using the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM): • ALWAYS check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead. The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices. • Never drive too fast for the road conditions. The VSM system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad weather, on slippery and uneven roads can result in severe accidents. 06 VSM operation VSM ON condition The VSM operates when: • The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is on. • Vehicle speed is approximately above 15 km/h (9 mph) on curve roads. • Vehicle speed is approximately above 20 km/h (12 mph) when the vehicle is braking on rough roads. When operating When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active. Information The VSM does not operate when: • Driving on a banked road such as gradient or incline. • Driving in reverse. • The ESC OFF indicator light is on. • The EPS (Electric power steering) warning light ( ) is on or blinks. VSM OFF condition To cancel VSM operation, press the ESC OFF button. ESC OFF indicator light ( ) will illuminate. To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF button again. The ESC OFF indicator light will go out. WARNING If the ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) stays illuminated or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates we recommend that the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. NOTICE Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the VSM system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed. 6-37 Driving your vehicle Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 5 seconds and releases the brake after 5 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed. WARNING Always be ready to depress the accelerator pedal when starting off an incline. The HAC activates only for approximately 5 seconds. Information • HAC does not operate when the shift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral). • HAC activates even when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off. However, it does not activate, when ESC does not operate normally. Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) (if equipped) The Emergency Stop Signal system alerts the driver behind by blinking the stop lights, while sharply and severely braking. The system is activated when: • The vehicle suddenly stops. (The deceleration power exceeds 7 m/ s2, and the driving speed exceeds 55 km/h (34 mph).) • The ABS is activated. The hazard warning flasher automatically turns ON after blinking the stop lights: • When the driving speed is under 40 km/h (25 mph), • When the ABS is deactivated, and • When the sudden braking situation is over. The hazard warning flasher turns OFF: • When the vehicle drives at a low speed for a certain period of time. The driver can manually turn OFF the hazard warning flasher by pressing the button. Information The Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) system will not activate, when the hazard warning flashers are already on. 6-38 06 Good braking practices WARNING Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, then apply the parking brake, and set the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Vehicles parked with the parking brake not applied or not fully engaged may roll inadvertently and may cause injury to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply the parking brake before exiting the vehicle. Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side. To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and we recommend that you call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure. If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe location. Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped to prevent the vehicle from rolling forward. 6-39 Driving your vehicle FORWARD COLLISION – AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM SENSOR FUSION TYPE (FRONT RADAR + FRONT CAMERA) (IF EQUIPPED) The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian or cyclists (if equipped) in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking. System setting and activation System setting WARNING Take the following precautions when using the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system: • This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended to, nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times. • Drive at posted speed limits and accordance to road conditions. • Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. FCA does not stop the vehicle completely and is not a collision avoidance system. 6-40 OOSH069035L • Setting Forward Safety function The driver can activate the FCA by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting: ‘User settings → Driver assistance → Forward safety’ -- If you select ‘Active assist’, the FCA system activates. FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Braking assist will be applied in accordance with the collision risk. -- If you select ‘Warning only’, the FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Braking assist will not be applied in this setting. -- If you select ‘Off’, the FCA system deactivates. 06 The warning light illuminates on the instrument cluster, when you cancel the FCA system. The driver can monitor the FCA ON/ OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is turned off. If the warning light remains ON when FCA is activated, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • OOSH069036L • Selecting Warning Timing The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting ‘User settings → Driver assistance → Warning timing → Normal/Later’. The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning includes the following: -- Normal: When this option is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated sensitively. If you feel the warning activates too early, set the Forward Collision Warning to ‘Later’. Even though, ‘Normal’ is selected if the front vehicle suddenly stops the initial warning activation time may not seem fast. -- Later: When this option is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This setting reduces the amount of distance between the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) ahead before the initial warning occurs. Select ‘Later’ when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow. When you accelerate suddenly to the vehicle ahead, the warning may seem to activate earlier even if ‘Later’ is selected. Information If you change the warning timing, the warning timing of other systems may change. 6-41 Driving your vehicle Prerequisite for activation FCA gets ready to be activated, when ‘Active assist’ or ‘Warning only’ under Forward Safety is selected in the cluster LCD display, and when the following prerequisites are satisfied. -- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is on. -- Vehicle speed is over 10km/h (6mph). (The FCA is only activated within a certain speed range.) -- The system detects a pedestrian, cyclist (if equipped) or a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. However, FCA may not be activated or may only sound a warning alarm depending on the driving or vehicle conditions. FCA may not operate properly according to the frontal situation, the direction of pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) and speed. WARNING • To avoid driver distractions, do not attempt to set or cancel the FCA while driving the vehicle. Always completely stop the vehicle at a safe place before setting or canceling the system. • The FCA automatically activates upon placing the ignition switch to the ON position. The driver can deactivate the FCA by canceling the system setting on the cluster LCD display. • The FCA automatically deactivates upon canceling ESC (Electronic Stability Control). When ESC is canceled, FCA cannot be activated in the LCD display. In this situation, the FCA warning light will illuminate which is normal. 6-42 FCA warning message and brake control FCA produces warning messages, warning alarms, and emergency braking based on the level of risk of a frontal collision, such as when a vehicle ahead suddenly brakes, or the system detects that a collision with a pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) is imminent. Collision warning (First warning) OOSH069037L This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle. 06 • Your vehicle speed may decelerate moderately. • If FCA detects a vehicle in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 10 km/h (6 mph) and 180 km/h (110 mph). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and surroundings. • If FCA detects a pedestrian or cyclist in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 10 km/h (6 mph) and 65 km/h (40 mph). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the pedestrian or cyclist ahead and surroundings. • If you select ‘Warning only’ for the system setting, the FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system will not control the brake. Emergency braking (Second warning) OOSH069038L This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle. • The FCA system limitedly controls the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision. The brake control is maximized just before a collision. • If FCA detects a vehicle in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is above 10 km/h (6 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph) or under. Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and surroundings. 6-43 Driving your vehicle • If FCA detects a pedestrian or cyclist in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 10 km/h (6 mph) or above and under 65 km/h (40 mph). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the pedestrian or cyclist ahead and surroundings. • If you select ‘Warning only’ for the system setting, the FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system will not control the brake. Brake operation • In an urgent situation, the braking system enters into the ready status for prompt reaction against the driver’s depressing the brake pedal. • The FCA provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal. • The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel. • The FCA brake control is automatically canceled, when risk factors disappear. 6-44 CAUTION • The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not there is a warning message or alarm from the FCA system. • After the brake control is activated, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check the surroundings. The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds. • If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) system warning may not sound. • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system warning sounds. 06 WARNING The braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle. FCA sensor „„ Front radar WARNING The FCA system logic operates within certain parameters, such as the distance from the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the driver’s vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions may affect the operation of the FCA system. OOSH069039L „„ Front camera WARNING Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system. OOSH069040L In order for the FCA system to operate properly, always make sure the sensor cover or sensor is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the sensor cover or sensor may adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor. 6-45 Driving your vehicle NOTICE • Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar. • Always keep the radar sensor and cover clean and free of dirt and debris. • Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover. • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the FCA system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the FCA system may not operate properly. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Use only genuine parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover. 6-46 NOTICE • NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, or tint the front windshield. • NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may prevent the system from functioning properly. • Pay extreme caution to keep the camera dry. • NEVER disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the camera assembly. Information We recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when: • The windshield glass is replaced. • The radar sensor or cover gets damaged or replaced. 06 Warning message and warning light OOSH069041L FCA disabled (Forward Collision Avoidance Assist). Radar blocked When the sensor cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA system may not detect other vehicles. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. The system will operate normally when such dirt, snow or debris is removed. FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected after turning ON the vehicle. Also, even though a warning message does not appear on the LCD display, FCA may not properly operate. WARNING System malfunction OOSH069042L Check FCA (Forward Collision Avoidance Asst.) • When FCA is not working properly, FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light. Both FCA warning light and warning message will disappear once the ESC warning light issue is resolved. The FCA system may not activate according to the road conditions, inclement weather, driving conditions or traffic conditions. 6-47 Driving your vehicle WARNING • FCA is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed or to stop the vehicle. • In certain instances and under certain driving conditions, the FCA system may activate unintentionally. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Also due to sensing limitations, in certain situations, the front radar sensor or camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) ahead. The FCA system may not activate and the warning message may not be displayed. • Even if there is any problem with the brake control function of the FCA system, the vehicle’s basic braking performance will operate normally. However, brake control function for avoiding collision will not activate. 6-48 • If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you. • The FCA system may activate during braking and the vehicle may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects secured. • The FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid collision. • The brake control may be insufficient, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. Always pay extreme caution. • Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated FCA system. Pay extreme caution. • The FCA system operates only when the system detect vehicles, pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) in front of the vehicle. 06 WARNING • The FCA system does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse. • The FCA system is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals. • The FCA system does not detect vehicles in the opposite lane. • The FCA system does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching. • The FCA system cannot detect vehicles that are stopped vertically to your vehicle at a intersection or dead end street. • The FCA system cannot detect the cross traffic cyclist that are approaching. In these cases, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance or to stop the vehicle. Limitations of the system The Forward Collision avoidance assist (FCA) system is designed to monitor the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking. In certain situations, the radar sensor or the camera may not be able to detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) ahead. In these cases, the FCA system may not operate normally. The driver must pay careful attention in the following situations where the FCA operation may be limited. Detecting vehicles The sensor may be limited when: • The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started or the camera is initialized • The radar sensor or camera is covered with a foreign object or debris • The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass • Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera • There is interference by electromagnetic waves • There is severe irregular reflection from the radar sensor • The radar/camera sensor recognition is limited • The vehicle in front is too small to be detected (for example a motorcycle etc.) • The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.) • The camera’s field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view) • The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights or their rear lights does not turned ON or their rear lights are located unusually • The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel • Light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road 6-49 Driving your vehicle • The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare or head light of oncoming vehicle • The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed • The vehicle in front is driving erratically • The vehicle is on unpaved or uneven rough surfaces, or road with sudden gradient changes • The vehicle is driven near areas containing metal substances as a construction zone, railroad, etc. • The vehicle drives inside a building, such as a basement parking lot • The camera does not recognize the entire vehicle in front • The camera is damaged • The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel • The shadow is on the road by a median strip, trees, etc. 6-50 • The vehicle drives through a tollgate • The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed • The rear part of the vehicle in front is not normally visible (the vehicle turns in other direction or the vehicle is overturned.) • The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving • The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump • The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction • The vehicle in front is stopped vertically • The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing • You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles 06 OOSH069043L • Driving on a curve The performance of Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system may be limited when driving on a curved road. The front camera or radar sensor recognition system may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist traveling in front on a curved road. This may result in no alarm and braking when necessary. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. OOSH069044L Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may recognize a vehicle or pedestrian or cyclist in the next lane or outside the lane when driving on a curved road. If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply the brake. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may recognize a vehicle or pedestrian or cyclist in the next lane or outside the lane when driving on a curved road. If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply the brake. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. 6-51 Driving your vehicle OOSH069045L • Driving on a slope The performance of Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system may be decreased while driving upward or downward on a slope. The front camera or front radar sensor recognition may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in front. This may result in unnecessary alarm and braking or no alarm and braking when necessary. When the system suddenly recognizes the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration. Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance. OOSH069046L • Changing lanes When a vehicle changes lanes in front of you, the FCA system may not immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. OOSH069047L When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the FCA system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. 6-52 06 Detecting pedestrians or cyclists (if equipped) OOSH069048L • Detecting the vehicle in front of you If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required. The FCA system may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance. The sensor may be limited when: • The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully detected by the camera recognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright • The pedestrian or cyclist is moving very quickly or appears abruptly in the camera detection area • The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be detected by the camera recognition system • The outside lighting is too bright (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. when driving on a dark rural road at night) • It is difficult to detect and distinguish the pedestrian or cyclist from other objects in the surroundings, for example, when there is a group of pedestrians, cyclists or a large crowd • There is an item similar to a person’s body structure • The pedestrian or cyclist is small • The pedestrian has impaired mobility • The sensor recognition is limited 6-53 Driving your vehicle • The radar sensor or camera is blocked with a foreign object or debris • Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera • When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road • The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare • The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed • The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving • The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump • You are on a roundabout • The pedestrian or cyclist suddenly interrupts in front of the vehicle • The cyclist in front is riding intersected with the driving direction • There is any other electromagnetic interference • The construction area, rail or other metal object is near the cyclist • The bicycle material is not reflected well on the radar WARNING • Do not use the Forward Collision avoidance Assist (FCA) system when towing a vehicle. Application of the FCA system while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle. • Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance. • The FCA system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition. It is not designed to detect bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers. • Never try to test the operation of the FCA system. Doing so may cause severe injury or death. • If the front bumper, front glass, radar or camera have been replaced or repaired, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Information In some instances, the FCA system may be cancelled when subjected to electromagnetic interference. 6-54 06 BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) System description 2. Closing at high speed Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning System (BCW) uses radar sensors in the rear bumper to monitor and warn the driver when it detects an approaching vehicle in the driver’s blind spot area. 1. Blind-Spot Area OOSH069050L OOSH069049L The blind spot detection range varies relative to vehicle speed. Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles around you, the warning will not occur. The Lane Change Assist feature will alert you when it detects a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent lane at a high rate of speed. If the driver activates the turn signal when the system detects an oncoming vehicle, the system sounds an audible alert. WARNING • Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Blind-Spot Collision Warning System is operating. • The Blind-Spot Collision Warning System (BCW) is supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety. • The Blind-Spot Collision Warning System (BCW) is not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when changing lanes or backing up the vehicle. The Blind-Spot Collision Warning System (BCW) may not detect every object alongside the vehicle. 6-55 Driving your vehicle System setting and operation System setting OOSH069052L [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B OOSH069051L • Setting Blind-Spot Safety function The driver can activate the system by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting ‘User settings → Driver assistance → Blindspot safety’ in the cluster LCD display. -- BCW turns on and gets ready to be operated when ‘Warning only’ is selected. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver’s blind spot area, a warning sounds. -- The system is deactivated and the indicator on the BCW button turns off when ‘Off’ is selected. 6-56 • If you press the BCW button while ‘Warning only’ is selected, the indicator on the button turns off and the system deactivates. • If you press the BCW button while the system is cancelled, the indicator on the button illuminates and the system activates. When the system is initially turned on and when the vehicle is turned off then on again while the system is in activation, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outside rearview mirror. • If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting. 06 Operating Conditions The system enters the ready status, when ‘Warning only’ is selected in the cluster LCD display and vehicle speed is above approximately 30 km/h (20 mph). Warning message and system control Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system OOSH069036L • Selecting Warning Timing The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting ‘User settings → Driver assistance → Warning timing → Normal/Later’. The options for the initial BlindSpot Collision Warning includes the following: -- Normal: When this option is selected, the initial Blind-Spot Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels too sensitive change the option to ‘later’. The warning activation time may feel late if the side/rear vehicle abruptly accelerates. -- Later: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving at low speeds. „„ Left side „„ Right side OOSH069054L First stage alert If a vehicle is detected within the boundary of the system, a warning light will illuminate on the outside rearview mirror and the head up display (if equipped). If the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle. Information If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. 6-57 Driving your vehicle „„ Left side OOSH069055L „„ Right side When this alert is activated, the warning light on the outside rearview mirror and the head up display (if equipped) will also blink. And a warning chime will sound. If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert will be deactivated. If the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle. WARNING OOSH069056L [A] : Warning sound Second stage alert A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when: 1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system AND. 2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detected). 6-58 • The warning light on the outside rearview mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system. To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surroundings of the vehicle. • Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Blind-Spot Collision Warning System (BCW). Do not solely rely on the system but check your surroundings before changing lanes or backing the vehicle up. • The system may not alert the driver in some situations due to system limitations so always check your surroundings while driving. 06 NOTICE CAUTION • Always pay attention to road and traffic conditions while driving, whether or not the warning light on the outside rearview mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm. • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the BlindSpot Collision Warning System warning sounds. • The warning of the Blind-Spot Collision Warning System may not sound while other system’s warning sounds. Detecting sensor OOSH069057L The rear radars are located inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear areas. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system. • The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired. • The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of the road. When the road is narrow, the system may detect other vehicles in the next lane. • The system may turn off if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves. • Always keep the sensors clean. • NEVER disassemble the sensor component or apply any impact on the sensor component. • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. We recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor. 6-59 Driving your vehicle Warning message OOSH069058L BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) system disabled. Radar blocked • This warning message may appear when: -- One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object. -- Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. -- When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain. -- A trailer or carrier is installed. If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW button and the system will turn off automatically. When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors. After any dirt or debris is removed, the system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle. If the system still does not operate normally, we recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Information Turn off the BCW and RCCW system (if equipped) when a trailer or carrier is installed. -- Press the BCW button (the indicator on the button will turn off) -- Deactivate the RCCW system by deselecting ‘User settings → Driver assistance → Parking safety → Rear cross-traffic safety’ OOSH069059L Check BCW (Blind-spot Collision Warning) system If there is a problem with the BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the button will turn off. The system will turn off automatically. We recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 6-60 06 Limitations of the system The driver must be cautious in the below situations because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances: • When a trailer or carrier is installed. • The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow. • The sensor is covered with rain, snow, mud, etc. • The rear bumper where the sensor is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc. • The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position. • The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc. • When the temperature of the rear bumper is high. • When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars. • The vehicle is driven on a curved road. • The vehicle is driven through a tollgate. • The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction). • There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail. • While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different. • Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown. • Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle or structure for an extended period of time. • Driving on a wet road. • Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure. • A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck. • When the other vehicle approaches very close. • When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed. • While changing lanes. • If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated. • When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you. • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. 6-61 Driving your vehicle • A flat trailer is near. • If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller. • If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car. • The brake pedal is depressed. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is activated. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) malfunctions. • The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged. • The brake is reworked. • The vehicle abruptly changes driving direction. • The vehicle makes sharp lane changes. • The vehicle sharply stops. • Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle. • The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over a bumpy road, uneven/ bumpy road, or concrete patch. • The vehicle is driven on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice. OOSH069060L • Driving on a curve The BCW system may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. OOSH069061L The BCW system may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances the system may recognize a vehicle in the same lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. 6-62 06 OOSH069063L • Driving where the road is merging/ dividing The BCW system may not operate properly when driving where the road is merging/dividing. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. OOSH069064L • Driving on a slope The system may not operate properly when driving on a slope. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Also, in certain instances the system may wrongly recognize the ground or structures. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. 6-63 Driving your vehicle OOSH069062L • Driving where the heights of the lanes are different The system may not operate properly when driving where the heights of the lanes are different. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle on a road with different lane heights (underpass joining section, grade separated intersections, etc.). Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. 6-64 OOSH069065L [A] : Noise, [B] : Guardrail • Driving where there is a structure beside the road The system may not operate properly when driving where there is structure beside the road. In certain instances, the system may wrongly recognize the structures (noise barriers, guardrail, double guardrail, median strip, bollard, street light, road sign, tunnel wall, etc.) beside the road. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. 06 REAR CROSS – TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) System description Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system OOSH069066L The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System uses radar sensors to monitor the approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse. The blind spot detection range varies relative to the approaching vehicle speed. WARNING • Always be aware of road and traffic conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning System is operating. • The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System is supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety. • The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System is not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when backing up the vehicle. 6-65 Driving your vehicle System setting and operation System setting OOSH069036L OOSH069067L • Setting Parking Safety function The driver can activate the systems by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting ‘User settings → Driver assistance → Parking safety’. The system turns on and is ready to be operated when ‘Rear cross-traffic safety’ is selected. • When the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system will be ready to be operated. • When the system is initially turned on and when the vehicle is turned off then on again, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outside rearview mirror. • Selecting Warning Timing The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting ‘User settings → Driver assistance → Warning timing → Normal/Later’. The options for the initial Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning includes the following: -- Normal: When this option is selected, the initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels too sensitive change the option to ‘late’. The warning activation time may feel late if the side/rear vehicle abruptly accelerates. -- Later: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving at low speeds. Information If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. 6-66 06 Operating conditions To operate: 1. Go to the ‘User settings → Driver assistance → Parking safety → Rear cross-traffic safety’ in the LCD display. The system will turn on and standby to operate. 2. The system will operate when vehicle speed is below 10 km/h (7 mph) and with the shift lever in R (Reverse). Ãà The system will not operate when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (7 mph). The system will activate again when the speed is below 8 km/h (5 mph). The system’s detecting range is approximately 0.5 m ~ 20 m (1 ft ~ 65 ft). An approaching vehicle will be detected if their vehicle speed is within 8 km/h ~ 36 km/h (5 ~ 22.5 mph). Note that the detecting range and operating speed may vary under certain conditions. As always, use caution and pay close attention to your surroundings when backing up your vehicle. Warning message and system control Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system „„ Left „„ Right OOSH069068L OOSH069069L If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches from the rear left/right side of your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning light on the outside rearview mirror will blink and a message will appear on the LCD display. If the rear view monitor system is in activation, a message will also appear on the audio or AVN screen. The warning will stop when: -- the detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or -- when the vehicle is right behind your vehicle or -- when the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or -- when the other vehicle slows down. 6-67 Driving your vehicle CAUTION • When the operation condition of the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System is satisfied the warning will occur every time a vehicle approaches the side/rear of your stopped (0 km/h vehicle speed) vehicle. • The system’s warning may not operate properly if the left/right of your vehicle’s rear bumper is blocked by a vehicle or obstacle. • Always pay attention to road and traffic conditions while driving, whether or not the warning light on the outside rearview mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm. • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system’s warning sounds. • The warning of the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System may not sound while other system’s warning sounds. 6-68 WARNING • Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding when backing the vehicle up. • The driver is responsible for accurate brake control. • Always pay extreme caution while driving. The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System may not operate properly or unnecessarily operate depending on traffic and driving conditions. • The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times. 06 Detecting sensor • Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor. OOSH069057L The rear radars are located inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system. OOSH069058L NOTICE • The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired. • The system may turn off if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves. • Always keep the sensors clean. • NEVER disassemble the sensor component or apply any impact on the sensor component. • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) system disabled. Radar blocked • This warning message may appear when: -- One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object. -- Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. -- When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain. -- A trailer or carrier is installed. If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW button and the system will turn off automatically. 6-69 Driving your vehicle When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors. After any dirt or debris is removed, the RCCW system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle. If the system still does not operate normally, we recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OOSH069059L Check BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) system If there is a problem with the BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the button will turn off. The system will turn off automatically. RCCW will not operate also if the BCW system turns off due to malfunction. We recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 6-70 Limitations of the system The driver must be cautious in the below situations because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances: • When a trailer or carrier is installed. • The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow. • The sensor is polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc. • The rear bumper where the sensor is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc. • The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position. • The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc. • When the temperature of the rear bumper is high. • When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars. • The vehicle is driven on a curved road. • The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction). • There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail. • While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different. 06 • Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown. • Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. • Driving on a wet road. • Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure. • A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck. • When the other vehicle approaches very close. • When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed. • While changing lanes. • If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated. • When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you. • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. • A flat trailer is near. • If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller. • If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car. • The brake pedal is depressed. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is activated. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) malfunctions. • The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged. • The brake is reworked. • The vehicle sharply stops. • Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle. • The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over a bumpy road, uneven/ bumpy road, or concrete patch. • The vehicle is driven on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice. OOSH069070L [A] : Structure • Driving where there is a vehicle or structure near The system may not operate properly when driving where there is a vehicle or structure near. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from behind and the warning may not operate properly. Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving. 6-71 Driving your vehicle OOSH069071L • When the vehicle is in a complex parking environment The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is in a complex parking environment. In certain instances, the system may not be able to exactly determine the risk of collision for the vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a vehicle escaping beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.). In this case, the warning may not operate properly. OOSH069072L [A] : Vehicle • When the vehicle is parked diagonally The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is parked diagonally. In certain instances, when the diagonally parked vehicle is pulled out of the parking space, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right of your vehicle. In this case, the warning may not operate properly. Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving. OOSH069073L • When the vehicle is on/near a slope The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is on/near a slope. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right and the warning may not operate properly. Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving. 6-72 06 OOSH069074L [A] : Structure, [B] : Wall • Pulling into the parking space where there is a structure The system may not operate properly when pulling in the vehicle to the parking space where there is a structure at the back or side of your vehicle. In certain instances, when backing into the parking space, the system may falsely detect the vehicle moving in front of your vehicle. In this case, the warning may operate. Always pay attention to the parking space while driving. OOSH069075L • When the vehicle is parked rearward If the vehicle is parked rearward and the sensor detects another vehicle in the rear area of the parking space, the warning may operate. Always pay attention to the parking space while driving. 6-73 Driving your vehicle DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY (IF EQUIPPED) The radio frequency components (Rear Corner Radar) complies: -- For Singapore : N3346-15 -- For Moldova ODN8069105L -- For Mexico Certificate of Homologation : “IFETEL : RLVVAMB15-2026” ODN8069107L -- For Russia -- Brazil ODN8069108L -- For UAE ODN8069109L -- For Oman ODN8069110L ODN8069106L 6-74 06 -- For Vietnam -- For Argentina CNC ID : C-202016 ODN8069111L -- For Jordan TRC No. TRC/LPD/2015/365 -- For Ukraine ODN8069113L -- For Algeria Agréé par l’ARPT: <1248/1-LG409/ DTDG/ARPT/18> -- For Paraguay ODN8069112L Valeo Schalter und Sensoren GmbH declares that the type of radio equipment MBHL2 meet the technical regulations of radio equipment; the full text of the declaration of conformity is available on the website at : ODN8069114L -- For Philippine ODN8069115L 6-75 Driving your vehicle -- For Zambia -- For Uzbekistan ODN8069116L ZMB/ZICTA/TA/2018/4/24 ODN8069119L -- For Mozambique Approval No : N 2/R/SRS/2018 Valeo MBHL 2 Radar -- For Malaysia -- For Jamaica This product has been Type Approved by Jamaica : SMA – “MBHL2” ODN8069117L -- For Mongolia ODN8069118L 6-76 06 -- For Taiwan Article 12 Without permission, any company, firm or user shall not alter the frequency, increase the power, or change the characteristics and functions of the original design of the certified lower power frequency electric machinery. ODN8069120L Article 14 The application of low power frequency electric machineries shall not affect the navigation safety nor interface a legal communication, if an interference is found, the service will be suspended until improvement is made and the interference no longer exist. 6-77 Driving your vehicle LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST (LFA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING OOSH069040L The Lane Following Assist (LFA) system helps detect lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver’s steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes. WARNING The Lane Following Assist (LFA) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and steer the vehicle. 6-78 Take the following precautions when using the Lane Following Assist (LFA) system: • Do not turn the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system. • The LFA system helps the driver to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane by assisting the driver’s steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane. • The operation of the LFA system can be canceled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving. • Do not disassemble the LFA system camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration. 06 • When you replace the windshield glass, LFA system camera or related parts of the steering wheel, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration. • The system helps detect lane markers and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the system may not work properly. Please refer to “Limitations of the System”. • Do not remove or damage the related parts of the LFA system. • You may not hear a warning sound of the LFA system if the audio volume is high. • Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. This may prevent the LFA system from functioning properly. • Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LFA system is activated. If you continue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the “Keep hands on steering wheel” warning message appears, the system will turn off automatically. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel. • The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the vehicle speed is at a higher rate when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be controlled by the system. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system. • If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the hands off alarm may not work properly. • When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LFA system. 6-79 Driving your vehicle LFA operation LFA system operation System setting • With the ignition switch is in the ON position, Lane Following Assist can be activated by selecting ‘User settings → Driver assistance → Driving assist → LFA (Lane Following Assist)’ in the cluster LCD display. Deselect the setting to turn off the system. • If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting. Operating conditions Select ‘LFA (Lane Following Assist)’ from the User settings mode in the cluster LCD display and meet the following conditions for the system to operate. -- The Smart Cruise Control is operating -- Vehicle speed is lower than 180 km/h (110 mph) When the system is activated, the indicator ( ) on the cluster will illuminate. The color of the indicator will change depending on the condition of the LFA system. -- Green: Steering assist mode is ON -- White: Steering assist mode is OFF 6-80 OOSH069076L • If the vehicle is inside the lane with both lanes detected by the system(lane color changes from gray to white), and there is no abrupt steering made by the driver, the LFA system changes to steering assist mode. indicator light will come on The green, and the system helps the vehicle stay in line by controlling the steering wheel. When the steering wheel is not controlled temporarily, the indicator light will flash green and change to white. 06 Warning message OOSH069079L OOSH069077L Keep hands on steering wheel If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while the LFA system is activated, the system will warn the driver. Information Hold the steering wheel tight. Otherwise, the LFA system could misjudge that the driver’s hands are off the steering wheel, and the above warning may occur. WARNING The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving. Driver’s hands not detected. LFA system is disabled temporarily If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message “Keep hands on steering wheel”, the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel. WARNING • The LFA system is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain it in its lane. • Turn off the LFA system and drive without using the system in the following situations: -- In bad weather -- In bad road conditions -- When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently 6-81 Driving your vehicle Information • Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver may control the steering wheel. • The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not. OOSH069078L Check LFA (Lane Following Assist) system If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues the LFA system failure indicator will illuminate. The LFA system will not be in the ENABLED state and/or the steering wheel will not be assisted when: • The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled. • The vehicle is not driven in the middle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated. • The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve. • Vehicle speed is over 180 km/h (110 mph). • The vehicle makes sharp lane changes. • The vehicle brakes suddenly. • Only one lane marker is detected. • The lane is very wide or narrow. • There are more than two lane markers on the road (e.g. construction area). • Radius of a curve is too small. • The vehicle is driven on a steep incline. • The steering wheel is turned suddenly. • The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the engine is started or the camera is initialized. Limitations of the system The LFA system may operate prematurely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR, the LFA system may not assist your steering or warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances: 6-82 06 When the lane and road conditions are poor • It is difficult to distinguish the lane marking from the road surface or the lane marking is faded or not clearly marked. • It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from the road. • There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera. • The lane marker is indistinct or damaged. • The lane marker is merged or divided (e.g. tollgate). • The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly. • There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you. • The lane marker is very thick or thin. • The lane is very wide or narrow. • The lane marker ahead is not visible due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors. • The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc. • The lane markers are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area. • There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road. • The lane marker in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc. • The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection. When external condition is intervened • The brightness outside changes suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge. • The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel. • There is a boundary structure in the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera. • When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road. • The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare. • There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane marker or the vehicle ahead is driving on the lane marker. • Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or when driving on a curved road. • The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving. • The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight, etc. • The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump or driving on a steep up/down or right/left grade When front visibility is poor • The windshield or the camera lens is blocked with dirt or debris. • The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed. • Placing objects on the dashboard, etc. • The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or snow. 6-83 Driving your vehicle LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING OOSH069040L The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system helps detect lane markers (or road edges) on the road with a camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver’s steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes. When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane (or road), it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warning, while applying a countersteering torque, trying to help prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane (or road). WARNING The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and steer the vehicle. 6-84 Take the following precautions when using the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system: • Do not turn the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system. • The LKA system helps to prevent the driver from moving out of the lane (or road) unintentionally by assisting the driver’s steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane (or road). • The operation of the LKA system can be cancelled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving. • Do not disassemble the LKA system camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration. 06 • When you replace the windshield glass, LKA system camera or related parts of the steering wheel, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration. • The system detects lane markers (or road edges) and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane markers (or road edges) are hard to detect, the system may not work properly. Please refer to “Limitations of the System”. • Do not remove or damage the related parts of the LKA system. • You may not hear a warning sound of the LKA system if the audio volume is high. • Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. This may prevent the LKA system from functioning properly. • Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LKA system is activated. If you continue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the “Keep hands on steering wheel” warning message appears, the system will stop controlling the steering wheel. • The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the vehicle speed is at a higher rate when leaving a lane (or road) the vehicle may not be controlled by the system. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system. • If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the hands off alarm may not work properly. • When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LKA system. 6-85 Driving your vehicle LKA operation Information If the indicator (white) is activated from the previous ignition cycle, the system will turn ON without any additional control. If you press the LKA button again, the indicator on the cluster goes off. LKA system operation OOSH069080L To activate/deactivate the LKA system: With the ignition switch in the ON position, press the LKA system button located on the instrument panel on the left hand side of the steering wheel (Right hand side of the steering wheel for RHD vehicles.). indicator in the cluster The display will initially illuminate white. This indicates the LKA system is in the READY but NOT ENABLED state. Note that the vehicle speed must be at least approximately 60 km/h (40 mph) to ENABLE the LKA system. The indicator in the cluster display will illuminate green. -- White: Sensor does not detect lane markers (or road edges) or vehicle speed is under 60 km/h (37 mph). -- Green: Sensor detects lane markers (or road edges) and the system is able to control vehicle steering. 6-86 OOSH069081L • To see the LKA screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select ASSIST mode ( ). For more information, refer to “LCD Display Modes” section in chapter 4. 06 „„ Lane marker undetected OOSH069081L „„ Lane marker detected OOSH069082L • If vehicle speed is over 60 km/h (37 mph) and the system detects lane markers (or road edges), the color changes from gray to white. • If your vehicle speed exceeds 60 km/h (37 mph) and the LKA system button is ON, the system is enabled. If your vehicle departs from the projected lane (or road edge) in front of you, the LKA system operates as follows: „„ Left lane marker OOSH069083L 2. The LKA system will help control the vehicle’s steering to prevent the vehicle from crossing the lane maker (or road edge) in below conditions. -- Vehicle speed is over 60 km/h (37 mph) -- The system detects both lane markers (or road edges) -- When driving, the vehicle is located between both lanes normally. -- The steering wheel is not turned suddenly. When lanes (or road edges) are detected and all the conditions to activate the LKA system are satisfied, ) a LKA system indicator light ( will change from white to green. This indicates that the LKA system is in the ENABLED state and the steering wheel will be controlled. „„ Right lane marker OOSH069084L 1. A visual warning appears on the cluster LCD display. Either the left lane marker (or road edge) or the right lane marker (or road edge) in the cluster LCD display will blink depending on which direction the vehicle is veering. 6-87 Driving your vehicle OOSH069077L OOSH069085L Keep hands on steering wheel If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while the LKA system is activated, the system will warn the driver. Driver’s hands not detected. LKA system is disabled temporarily If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message “Keep hands on steering wheel”, the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers (or road edges). However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel. Information If the steering wheel is held very lightly the message may still appear because the LKA system may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the wheel. WARNING The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving. WARNING • The LKA system is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain it in its lane. • Turn off the LKA system and drive without using the system in the following situations: -- In bad weather -- In bad road conditions -- When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently Information • Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver can still steer to control the steering wheel. • The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not. 6-88 06 Warning light and message OOSH069086L Check LKA (Lane Keep Assist) system If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues the LKA system failure indicator will illuminate. LKA system indicator The LKA system indicator (yellow) will illuminate if the LKA system is not working properly. We recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. When there is a problem with the system do one of the following: • Turn the system on after turning the vehicle off and on again. • Check if the ignition switch is in the ON position. • Check if the system is affected by the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.) • Check if there is foreign matter on the camera lens. The LKA system will not be in the ENABLED state and the steering wheel will not be assisted when: • The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled. • The vehicle is not driven in the middle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated. • The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve. • Vehicle speed is below 60 km/h (37 mph) and over 180 km/h (112 mph). • The vehicle makes sharp lane changes. • The vehicle brakes suddenly. • Only one lane marker is detected. • The lane (or road width) is very wide or narrow. • There are more than two lane markers on the road. (e.g. construction area) • The vehicle is driven on a steep incline. • The steering wheel is turned suddenly. • The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the engine is started or the camera is initialized. If the problem is not solved, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 6-89 Driving your vehicle Limitations of the system The LKA system may operate prematurely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR, the LKA system may not assist your steering or warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances: When the lane and road conditions are poor • It is difficult to distinguish the lane marking (or road edge) from the road surface or the lane marking (or road edge) is faded or not clearly marked. • It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker (or road edge) from the road. • There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera. • The lane marker (or road edge) is indistinct or damaged. • The lane marker is merged or divided (e.g. tollgate). • The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly. • There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you. 6-90 • The lane marker is very thick or thin. • The lane (or road width) is very wide or narrow. • The lane (or road edge) ahead is not visible due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors. • The shadow is on the lane marker (or road edge) by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc. • The lane markers (or road edges) are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area. • There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road. • The lane marker (or road edge) in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc. • The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection. When external condition is intervened • The brightness outside changes suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge. • The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel. • There is a boundary structure in the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera. 06 • When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road. • The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare. • There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane marker (or road edge) or the vehicle ahead is driving on the lane marker (or road edge). • Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or when driving on a curved road. • The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving. • The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight, etc. • Road surface is not even. LKA system function change When front visibility is poor • The windshield or the camera lens is blocked with dirt or debris. • The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed. • Placing objects on the dashboard, etc. • The sensor cannot detect the lane marker (or road edge) because of fog, heavy rain or snow. LKA (Lane Keeping Assist) The driver can change LKA to the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) or change the LKA mode between LKA and Active LKA from the LCD display. Go to the ‘User settings → Driver assistance → Lane safety → Active LKA (Lane Keeping Assist)/ LKA (Lane Keeping Assist)/LDW (Lane Departure Warning)’. The system is automatically set to Standard LKA if a function is not selected. Active LKA (Lane Keeping Assist) The Active LKA mode provides more frequent steering wheel control in comparison with the Standard LKA mode. Active LKA can reduce the driver’s fatigue to assist the steering for maintaining the vehicle in the middle of the lane. The LKA mode guides the driver to help keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is about to deviate out of the lanes. LDW (Lane Departure Warning) LDW alerts the driver with a visual warning and a warning alarm when the system detects the vehicle departing the lane. The steering wheel will not be controlled. 6-91 Driving your vehicle DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system displays the condition of the driver’s fatigue level and inattentive driving practices. System setting and operation System setting • Selecting Driver Attention Warning function The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) can be activated from the Users Settings mode in the cluster LCD display by following the procedure below. 1. Set the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Select ‘User settings → Driver assistance → DAW (Driver Attention Warning)’ in the cluster LCD display. Deselect the setting to turn off the system. • If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting. OOSH069036L • Selecting Warning Timing The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting ‘User settings → Driver assistance → Warning timing → Normal/Later’. The options for the initial Driver Attention Warning includes the following: -- Normal: When this option is selected, the initial Driver Attention Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels sensitive, change the option to ‘Later’. The warning activation time may feel late if a vehicle at the side or rear abruptly accelerates. -- Later: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving at low speeds. Information If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. 6-92 06 Display of the driver’s attention level „„ System off • • OOSH069087L • „„ Attentive driving • The DAW screen will appear when you select the Assist mode tab ( ) on the LCD display if the system is activated. (For more details, refer to “LCD Display Modes” section in chapter 4.) The driver’s attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the level is, the more inattentive the driver is. The level decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time. The level increases when the driver attentively drives for a certain period of time. When the driver turns on the system while driving, it displays ‘Last Break time’ and level. OOSH069088L „„ Inattentive driving OOSH069089L • The driver can monitor his/her driving conditions on the cluster LCD display. 6-93 Driving your vehicle Resetting the system Take a break OOSH069090L • The “Consider taking a break” message appears on the cluster LCD display and a warning sounds to suggest that the driver take a break, when the driver’s attention level is below 1. • The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system will not suggest a break, when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes. CAUTION If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system warning may not sound. 6-94 • The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver’s attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. • The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system resets the last break time to 00:00 and the driver’s attention level to 5 in the following situations. -- The engine is turned OFF. -- The driver unfastens the seat belt and then opens the driver’s door. -- The vehicle is stopped for more than 10 minutes. • The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system operates again, when the driver restarts driving. 06 System standby System malfunction OOSH069091L The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system enters the ready status and displays the ‘Standby’ screen in the following situations. -- The camera does not detect the lane. -- Driving speed remains under 60 km/h (37 mph) or over 180 km/h (112 mph). OOSH069092L Check DAW (Driver Attention Warning) system When the “Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system” warning message appears, the system is not working properly. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING • The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times. • The driver who feels fatigued should take a break, even though there is no break suggestion by the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. 6-95 Driving your vehicle Information The system may suggest a break according to the driver’s driving pattern or habits even if the driver doesn’t feel fatigue. NOTICE The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system utilizes the camera sensor on the front windshield for its operation. To keep the camera sensor in the best condition, you should observe the followings: • Never install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, or tint the front windshield. • NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. • Pay extreme caution to keep the camera sensor dry. • Never disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the camera assembly. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. We recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration. CAUTION The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system may not provide alerts in the following situations: • The lane detection performance is limited. (For more information, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system” section in this chapter.) • The vehicle is erratically driven or is abruptly turned for obstacle avoidance (e.g. construction area, other vehicles, fallen objects, bumpy road). • Forward drivability of the vehicle is severely undermined (possibly due to wide variation in tire pressures, uneven tire wear-out, toe-in/toe-out alignment). • The vehicle is driven on a curvy road. • The vehicle is driven through a windy area. • The vehicle is driven on a bumpy road. • The vehicle is controlled by the following driving assist systems: -- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system -- Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system -- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system -- Lane Following Assist (LFA) system CAUTION Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system warning sounds. 6-96 06 INTELLIGENT SPEED LIMIT WARNING (ISLW) (IF EQUIPPED) • • OOSH069040L The Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) system displays the speed limit information and overtaking restriction of the current road through the instrument cluster and the navigation. The ISLW reads the traffic signs through the camera, which is attached on the upper part of the inner front windshield. The ISLW also utilizes the navigation and vehicle information to display the speed limit information. WARNING • Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) system is only a supplemental system and is not always able to correctly display speed limits and overtaking restrictions. • The driver still holds the responsibility not to exceed the maximum speed limit. • The ISLW detects the traffic signs through the camera to display the speed limit information. • • • Therefore, the ISLW may not properly operate, when it is hard to detect the traffic signs. For further details, please refer to the "Limitations of the system". Pay extreme caution to keep the camera sensor out of water. Do not disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the camera assembly. Do not disassemble the camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration. Do not place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction system. The system is not available in all countries. Information We recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when: • The windshield glass is replaced. • The camera or related parts are repaired or removed. 6-97 Driving your vehicle System setting and operation System setting • The driver can activate the ISLW by selecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → SLW (Speed Limit Warning)'. • When the ISLW is activated, the symbols appear on the instrument cluster to display the speed limit information and overtaking restriction. • When the ISLW is activated in the navigation setting, the above information and the restriction are also displayed on the navigation. System activation • The ISLW displays the speed limit information and displays the overtaking restriction, when your vehicle passes by the relevant traffic signs. • The ISLW displays the previous speed limit information, right after the ignition switch is placed to the ON position. • You may find different speed limit information for the same road. The information is displayed depending on the driving situations. Because, traffic signs with additional sign (e.g. rainy, arrow, etc.) are also detected and compared with vehicle internal data (e.g. wiper operation, turn signal, etc.). Information The speed limit information on the instrument cluster may differ from the one on the navigation. In this case, check the speed unit setting on the navigation. 6-98 Display Display in the bottom of the cluster OOSH069093L The cluster displays the speed limit information, overtaking restriction and conditional road sign. OOSH069094L Conditional road sign If the ISLW detects a conditional road sign, the symbol of a road sign is overlapped at the bottom or left of the speed limit on the cluster. There may be signs with different speed limits on the same road. For example, normally, the speed limit is 120 km/h, however the speed limit is 90 km/h when it is raining or snowing. The conditional road sign means that you observe the speed limit and overtaking prohibition on certain conditions, such as when rain or snow. 06 „„ No reliable speed limit information „„ End of a speed limit --WTL-220 Additional road signs • The symbol is displayed on the instrument cluster and the navigation, when the ISLW does not have any reliable speed limit information. „„ No passing information WUM-207 WUM-208 • After the vehicle passes a 'end of speed limit' sign, the ISLW system informs the driver of the next applicable speed limit based on the information received from the navigation. „„ Unlimited speed (only in Germany) WTL-222 WTL-221 • The symbol is displayed on the instrument cluster and the navigation, when the ISLW detects a noovertaking sign. WUM-205 • The symbol, 'end of limitation', is displayed on the instrument cluster for the roads in Germany, which have no speed limit applicable. It is displayed, until the vehicle passes by another speed limit sign. 6-99 Driving your vehicle Display in the Assist mode of the cluster OOSH059207L OOSH069095L The driver can monitor the information provided from the ISLW system on the LCD display. The ISLW screen will appear when you select the Assist mode tab ( ) on the LCD display if the system is activated. For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" section in chapter 4. 1. Speed limit and overtaking restriction of current road 2. Conditional speed limit or overtaking restriction 3. Conditional road sign: Trailer, rain, snow or empty space Ãà Empty space: other conditional road sign (time ect.) Information The conditional speed limit and overtaking restriction may be different from the speed limit and overtaking restriction of current road. And, the conditional speed limit and overtaking restriction displayed on the cluster will disappear after driving for a certain distance. If ISLW don't recognize the road sign, nothing is displayed. 6-100 06 To turn ISLW off OOSH069098L OOSH069096L SLW (Speed Limit Warning) system off If the system is turned off from the User Settings mode, this message is displayed on the cluster LCD display when the ISLW screen is selected from the Assist mode ( ). Warning message Check SLW (Speed Limit Warning) system The warning message appears for a few seconds, when the ISLW does not properly operate. Then, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. We recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Limitations of the system The Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) system may not operate or may not provide correct information in the following situations. OOSH069097L SLW (Speed Limit Warning) system disabled. Camera obscured The warning message appears, when the camera lens is blocked by some objects. The ISLW does not operate until the objects are removed. Check the windshield glass around the camera area. If the problem persists after removing the objects, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. When the traffic sign condition is poor • The traffic sign is located on a sharp curve. • The traffic sign is improperly positioned (i.e. turned over, blocked by an object, and damaged). • Another vehicle blocks the traffic sign. • The LED light of the traffic sign is broken. • There is sunlight glare around the traffic sign due to low solar altitude. • It is dark at night. • There is bright light around the traffic sign. 6-101 Driving your vehicle When external condition is intervened • Your vehicle drives right after another vehicle. • The bus or truck, on which the speed sticker is attached, passes by your vehicle. • Your vehicle drives in an area, which is uncovered by the navigation system. • There is a malfunction with the navigation • Your navigation has not been updated. • Your navigation is being updated. • As a result of incorrect detection by the camera. • The top speed limitations stored in the navigation system are incorrect. • The road signs do not correspond to the standard. • The camera is calibrated right after the vehicle is delivered. • There is something wrong with GPS. • The vehicle information such as outside temperature is not accurate. 6-102 When front visibility is poor • The weather is bad, such as raining, snowing, and fogging. • There is dirt, ice or frost on the front windshield, where the camera is installed. • The camera lens is blocked by an object, such as sticker, paper, or fallen leaf. WARNING • The ISLW is only to assist the driver. The driver should pay great caution to the vehicle operation. • The driver always holds the responsibility of safe driving by following the applicable road traffic rule(s) and regulation(s). 06 SPEED LIMIT CONTROL Speed limit control operation To set speed limit You can set the speed limit when you do not want to drive over a specific speed. If you drive over the preset speed limit, the warning system operates (set speed limit will blink and chime will sound) until the vehicle speed returns within the speed limit. Information While speed limit control is in operation, the cruise control system cannot be activated. Speed limit control switch OOSH069100L 1. Press the button to turn the system on. The speed limit ( ) indicator in the instrument cluster will illuminate. Information First, switch the mode to Cruise Control button. by pressing the The mode changes, as below, whenever the button is pressed. System off Cruise Control / Smart Cruise Control OOSH069099L Speed Limit Control [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B : Changes mode between cruise control/smart cruise control system and speed limit control system. System off Cruise Control / Smart Cruise Control Speed Limit Control RES+: Resumes or increases speed limit control speed. SET-: Sets or decreases speed limit control speed. O (CANCEL): Cancels set speed limit. OOSH069105L 2. Push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-). 6-103 Driving your vehicle Information OOSH069102L 3. Push the toggle switch (1) up (RES+) or down (SET-), and release it at the desired speed. Push the toggle switch (1) up (RES+) or down (SET-) and hold it. The speed will increase or decrease by 5 km/h (3 mph). If you would like to drive over the preset speed limit when you depress the accelerator pedal less than approximately 50%, the vehicle speed will maintain within speed limit. However, if you depress the accelerator pedal more than approximately 70%, you can drive over the speed limit. Then the set speed limit will blink and chime will sound until you return the vehicle speed within the speed limit. To turn off the speed limit control, do one of the following: OOSH069100L OOSH069103L The set speed limit (1) will display on the instrument cluster. 6-104 • Press the button. The speed limit ( ) indicator will go off. • If you press O (CANCEL) button once, the set speed limit will cancel, but it will not turn the system off. If you wish to resume the speed limit, push the +RES or SET- toggle switch on your steering wheel to your desired speed. 06 CRUISE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED) Cruise control operation OOSH069104L 1. Cruise indicator 2. Set speed The Cruise Control system allows you to drive at speeds above 30 km/h (20 mph) without depressing the accelerator pedal. WARNING Take the following precautions: • Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country. • If the Cruise Control is left on, (cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated) the Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Cruise Control system off (cruise indicator light OFF) when the Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed. • Use the Cruise Control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather. • Do not use the Cruise Control when it may be unsafe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed: -- When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed -- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads -- When driving on hilly or windy roads -- When driving in windy areas -- When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather such as fog, snow, rain and sandstorm) • Do not use cruise control when towing a trailer. Information During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes, the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds. This delay is normal. 6-105 Driving your vehicle Cruise control switch To set Cruise Control speed OOSH069099L [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B : Changes mode between cruise control/smart cruise control system and speed limit control system. System off Cruise Control Speed Limit Control RES+: Resumes or increases speed limit control speed. SET-: Sets or decreases speed limit control speed. O (CANCEL): Cancels set speed limit. OOSH069100L 1. Press the button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise indicator will illuminate. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which must be more than 30 km/h (20 mph). Information First, switch the mode to Cruise Control button if by pressing the equipped with the Speed Limit Control System. The mode changes, as below, whenever the button is pressed. System off Cruise Control Speed Limit Control 6-106 06 To increase Cruise Control speed OOSH069105L 3. Push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-), and release it. The set speed on the LCD display will illuminate. 4. Release the accelerator pedal. Information On a steep slope, the vehicle may slightly slow down or speed up, while driving uphill or downhill. OOSH069106L • Push the toggle switch (1) up (RES+) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase 1.0 km/h (1.0 mph) each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner. • Push the toggle switch (1) up (RES+) and hold it, while monitoring the set speed on the instrument cluster. Release the toggle switch when the desired speed is shown and the vehicle will accelerate to that speed. • Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-). 6-107 Driving your vehicle To decrease Cruise Control speed Cruise Control will be canceled when: OOSH069105L • Push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease 1.0 km/h (1.0 mph) each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner. • Push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-) and hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slow down. Release the toggle switch at the speed you want to maintain. • Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-). To temporarily accelerate with the Cruise Control ON Depress the accelerator pedal. When you take your foot off the accelerator, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed. If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at the increased speed, the Cruise Control will maintain the increased speed. 6-108 OOSH069107L [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B • Depressing the brake pedal. • Pressing the O (CANCEL) button located on the steering wheel. • Moving the shift lever into N (Neutral). • Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than the memory speed by approximately 20 km/h (12 mph). • Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than approximately 30 km/h (20 mph). • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is operating. • Downshifting to 2nd gear when in Manual Shift mode. 06 To turn Cruise Control off Information Each of the above actions will cancel Cruise Control operation (the set speed on the instrument cluster will go off), but button will only pressing the turn the system off. If you wish to resume Cruise Control operation, push the toggle switch up (RES+) located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed, unless the system was turned button. off using the To resume preset Cruising speed OOSH069106L Push the toggle switch (1) up (RES+). If the vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (20 mph), the vehicle will resume the preset speed. OOSH069100L • Press the button (The indicator light will go off.). -- With the Cruise Control on, pressing the button once will turn Off the Cruise Control and turn on the Speed Limit Control. -- With the Cruise Control off and Speed Limit Control on, pressing the button will turn off both system. Information The mode changes, as below, whenever the button is pressed. System off Cruise Control Speed Limit Control 6-109 Driving your vehicle SMART CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP & GO (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the Smart Cruise Control system. WARNING OOSH069108L (1) Cruise indicator (2) Set speed (3) Vehicle-to-vehicle distance To see the SCC screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select Assist mode ( ). For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" section in chapter 4. The Smart Cruise Control system allows you to program the vehicle to help maintain the desired speed and minimum distance between the vehicle ahead. The Smart Cruise Control system will automatically adjust your vehicle speed to maintain your programmed speed and following distance without requiring you to depress the accelerator or brake pedals. 6-110 The Smart Cruise Control system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead. WARNING Take the following precautions: • Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country. • If the Smart Cruise Control is left on, ) indicator light in (cruise ( the instrument cluster is illuminated) the Smart Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Smart Cruise Control system off ) indicator light (cruise ( OFF) when the Smart Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed. • Use the Smart Cruise Control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather. 06 • Do not use the Smart Cruise Control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed: -- When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed -- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads -- When driving on a steep downhill or uphill -- When driving in windy areas -- When driving in parking lots -- When driving near crash barriers -- When driving on a sharp curve -- When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather, such as fog, snow, rain or sandstorm) -- When the vehicle sensing ability decreases due to vehicle modification resulting level difference of the vehicle's front and rear • Unexpected situations may lead to possible accidents. Pay attention continuously to road conditions and driving even when the smart cruise control system is being operated. Smart cruise control switch OOSH069109L [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B : Changes mode between smart cruise control system and speed limit control system. System off Smart Cruise Control Speed Limit Control RES+: Resumes or increases speed limit control speed. SET-: Sets or decreases speed limit control speed. O (CANCEL): Cancels set speed limit. : Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance. 6-111 Driving your vehicle To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control Information The last selected speed sensitivity of the smart cruise control is remained in the system. To convert to Cruise Control mode OOSH069121L The sensitivity of vehicle speed when following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be adjusted. Select 'User settings → Driver assistance → SCC response → Fast/Normal/Slow' in the cluster LCD display. You may select one of the three stages you prefer. -- Fast: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed. -- Normal: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is normal. -- Slow: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is slower than normal speed. 6-112 The driver may choose to switch to use the conventional Cruise Control mode (speed only control function) by following these steps: 1. Press the button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. ) indicator will The cruise ( illuminate. 2. Press and hold the Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance button for more than 2 seconds. 3. Choose between "Smart Cruise Control" and "Cruise Control". When the system is cancelled using the button or the button is used after the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, the Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on. WARNING When using the conventional Cruise Control mode, you must manually adjust the distance to other vehicles by depressing the brake pedal. The system does not automatically adjust the distance to vehicles in front of you. 06 Smart Cruise Control speed To set Smart Cruise Control speed OOSH069105L OOSH069100L 1. Push the button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. ) indicator will The cruise ( illuminate. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed. The Smart Cruise Control speed can be set when vehicle speed is between as follows. • 10 ~ 160 km/h (6 ~ 100 mph): when there is no vehicle in front • 0 ~ 160 km/h (0 ~ 100 mph): when there is a vehicle in front Information First, switch the mode to Smart Cruise button Control by pressing the if equipped with the Speed Limit Control System. The mode changes, as below, whenever the button is pressed. System off 3. Push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-). The Set Speed and Vehicle-toVehicle Distance on the LCD display will illuminate. 4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be maintained. If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead. On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill. Information • Vehicle speed may decrease on an upward slope and increase on a downward slope. • When you are setting the cruise control speed, with a vehicle in front and your vehicle speed is between 0~ 30 km/h (0 ~ 20 mph), the speed will set to 30 km/h (20 mph). Smart Cruise Control Speed Limit Control 6-113 Driving your vehicle To increase Smart Cruise Control set speed OOSH069106L Follow either of these procedures: • Push the toggle switch (1) up (RES+), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time you move the toggle switch up in this manner. • Push the toggle switch (1) up (RES+), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 10 km/h (5 mph). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want. • You can set the speed to 160 km/h (100 mph). CAUTION Check the driving condition before using the toggle switch. Driving speed sharply increases, when you push up and hold the toggle switch. 6-114 To decrease the Smart Cruise Control set speed OOSH069105L Follow either of these procedures: • Push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time you move the toggle switch down in this manner. • Push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want. • You can set the speed to 30 km/h (20 mph). To temporarily accelerate with the Smart Cruise Control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the Smart Cruise Control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with Smart Cruise Control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator pedal. If you push the toggle switch down (SET) at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again. 06 Information Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not controlled automatically at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you. Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily cancelled when: OOSH069107L [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B Cancelled manually • Depressing the brake pedal. • Pressing the O (CANCEL) button located on the steering wheel. The Smart Cruise Control turns off temporarily when the Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator on the cluster LCD display turns off. ) indicator is The cruise ( illuminated continuously. Cancelled automatically • The driver's door is opened. • The shift lever is shifted to N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park). • EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is applied. • The vehicle speed is over 170 km/h (100 mph). • ESC (Electronic Stability Control), TCS (Traction Control System) or ABS is operating. • ESC is turned off. • The sensor or the cover is dirty or blocked with foreign matter. • The vehicle is stopped for more than 5 minutes. • The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time. • The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for a long period of time. • The engine performance is abnormal. • Engine rpm is in the red zone. • The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after the vehicle is stopped by the Smart Cruise Control system with no other vehicle ahead. 6-115 Driving your vehicle • The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front. • The braking control is operated for FCA (Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist). Each of these actions will cancel the Smart Cruise Control operation. The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will go off. In a condition the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled automatically, the Smart Cruise Control will not resume even though the RES+ or SET- toggle switch is pushed. Also, if the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled automatically while the vehicle is at a standstill, EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) will be applied. Information If the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled by other than the reasons mentioned, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OOSH069110L SCC (Smart Cruise Control) cancelled If the system is cancelled, the warning chime will sound and a message will appear for a few seconds. You must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition. Always check the road conditions. Do not rely on the warning chime. To resume Smart Cruise Control set speed If any method other than the cruise toggle switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically resume when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) or down (SET-). If you push the toggle switch up (RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. However, if vehicle speed drops below 10 km/h (5 mph), it will resume when there is a vehicle in front of your vehicle. Information Always check the road conditions when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) to resume speed. 6-116 06 Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-toVehicle Distance To turn Cruise Control off To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance OOSH069100L • Press the button (The ) indicator light will go ( off.). (if equipped with Speed Limit Control) -- With the Smart Cruise Control on, pressing the button once will turn Off the Smart Cruise Control and turn on the Speed Limit Control. -- With the Smart Cruise Control off and Speed Limit Control on, pressing the button will turn off both system. Information The mode changes, as below, whenever the button is pressed. System off OOSH069111L [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B When the Smart Cruise Control system is ON, you can set and maintain the distance from the vehicle ahead of you without pressing the accelerator or brake pedal. Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows: Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Smart Cruise Control Speed Limit Control 6-117 Driving your vehicle For example, if you drive at 90 km/h (56 mph), the distance is maintained as follows: When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane: Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m Distance 3 - approximately 40 m Distance 2 - approximately 32.5 m Distance 1 - approximately 25 m Information The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the first time after the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. Distance 4 OOSH069113L Distance 3 OOSH069114L When the lane ahead is clear: Distance 2 OOSH069115L OOSH069112L The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed. 6-118 Distance 1 OOSH069116L • Your vehicle speed will slow down or speed up to maintain the selected distance. • If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the set speed. • If distance from the front vehicle has been changed due to accelerating or decelerating of the front vehicle, the distance on the LCD display may change. 06 WARNING CAUTION OOSH069037L When using the Smart Cruise Control system: • The warning message appears and warning chime sounds if the vehicle is unable to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead. • If the warning message appears and warning chime sounds, depress the brake pedal to actively adjust the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead. • Even if the warning message does not appear and warning chime does not sound, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring. • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system warning sounds. OOSH069117L If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) disappears to the next lane, the warning chime will sound and a message "Watch for surrounding vehicles" will appear. Adjust your vehicle speed for vehicles or objects that can suddenly appear in front of you by depressing the brake pedal. Always pay attention to the road condition ahead. 6-119 Driving your vehicle Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead In traffic situation OOSH069118L Use switch or pedal to accelerate • In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your vehicle will start as well. However, if the vehicle stops for more than 3 seconds, you must depress the accelerator pedal or push up the toggle switch (RES+) to start driving. • If you push the smart cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and smart cruise control is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white. 6-120 OOSH069039L The Smart Cruise Control uses a sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead. If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle distance control may not operate correctly. Always keep the sensor clean. 06 NOTICE Warning message OOSH069119L SCC (Smart Cruise Control) disabled. Radar blocked When the sensor lens cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart Cruise Control system operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the cluster LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before operating the Smart Cruise Control system. The Smart Cruise Control system may not properly activate, if the radar is totally covered, or if any substance is not detected after the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode (e.g. in an open terrain). Information For the SCC operation is temporarily stopped if the radar is blocked, but you wish to use cruise control mode (speed control function), you must convert to the cruise control mode (refer to "To convert to Cruise Control mode" in the following page. • Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar. • Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris. • Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover. • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Cruise Control system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control system may not operate properly. We recommend you to have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover. 6-121 Driving your vehicle Limitations of the system The Smart Cruise Control system may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions. On curves OOSH069120L Check SCC (Smart Cruise Control) system The message will appear when the vehicle to vehicle distance control system is not functioning normally. We recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked. 6-122 OOSH069043L • The Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly. • Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary. 06 Lane changing OOSH069044L Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane. Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the Smart Cruise Control. On inclines OOSH069046L • A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot be recognized by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range. • The radar may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road and driving conditions. • If a slower vehicle moves into your lane, your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead. • If a faster vehicle which moves into your lane, your vehicle will accelerate to the set speed. OOSH069045L • During uphill or downhill driving, the Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly. • Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary. 6-123 Driving your vehicle Vehicle recognition OOSH069124L OOSH069123L • Some vehicles in your lane cannot be recognized by the sensor: -- Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles -- Vehicles offset to one side -- Slow-moving vehicles or suddendecelerating vehicles -- Stopped vehicles -- Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads • A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs: -- When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment -- While the steering wheel is operating -- When driving to one side of the lane -- When driving on narrow lanes or on curves Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary. 6-124 • Your vehicle may accelerate when a vehicle ahead of you disappears. • When you are warned that the vehicle ahead of you is not detected, drive with caution. OOSH069125L • When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. 06 WARNING OOSH069126L • Always look out for pedestrians when your vehicle is maintaining a distance with the vehicle ahead. OOSH069048L • Always be cautious for vehicles with higher height or vehicles carrying loads that sticks out from the back of the vehicle. When using the Smart Cruise Control take the following precautions: • If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. The vehicle cannot be stopped at every emergency situation by using the Smart Cruise Control system. • Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result. • Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary. • The Smart Cruise Control system cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. • Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. 6-125 Driving your vehicle • Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance. The driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed. • The Smart Cruise Control system may not recognize complex driving situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed. • The Smart Cruise Control system may recognize a pedestrian, bicycle, motorcycle, etc. as a vehicle. Always, look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. • Turn off the Smart Cruise Control system when the vehicle is being towed. • The Smart Cruise Control system may operate limitedly when towing a trailer or vehicle so always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. 6-126 NOTICE The Smart Cruise Control system may not operate temporarily due to: • Electrical interference • Modifying the suspension • Differences of tire abrasion or tire pressure • Installing different type of tires 06 LEADING VEHICLE DEPARTURE ALERT (IF EQUIPPED) The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert system alerts the driver of the departure of the vehicle in front when the vehicle is stopped and the Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system is operating. System activation System setting and activation System setting • Selecting Driver Attention Warning function The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert can be activated from Users Settings mode in the cluster LCD display by following the procedure below. 1. Set the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Select 'User settings → Driver assistance → Driving assist → Leading vehicle departure alert' in cluster LCD display. Deselect the setting to turn off the system. • If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting. System standby OOSH069127L Leading vehicle is driving away If the driver does not take action for a certain period of time after the vehicle in front departs, the message is displayed on the cluster. The vehicle departs automatically if the accelerator pedal is depressed or RES+ or SET- toggle switch is pushed up or down when there is a vehicle in front. The Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system is deactivated if the accelerator pedal is depressed or RES+ or SET- toggle switch is pushed up or down when there is no vehicle in front. WARNING Always check the front of the vehicle and road conditions before departure. OOSH069118L Use switch or pedal to accelerate While the Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system is operating, your vehicle stops behind the vehicle in front when it stops. The message is displayed on the cluster within 3 seconds after the stop and the system will be in the standby position. 6-127 Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving elements are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud and sand, take the following precautions: • Drive cautiously and maintain a longer braking distance. • Avoid abrupt braking or steering. • When your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin. • Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other non-slip materials under the wheels to provide additional traction while the vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or mud. WARNING Downshifting with an dual clutch transmission while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an accident. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces. Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear. Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the engine. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle. 6-128 WARNING If the vehicle is stuck and excessive wheel spin occurs, the temperature in the tires can increase very quickly. If the tires become damaged, a tire blow out or tire explosion can occur. This condition is dangerous - you and others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. If you attempt to free the vehicle, the vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Try to avoid spinning the wheels as much as possible to prevent overheating of either the tires or the engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels above 56 km/h (35 mph). Information The ESC system (if equipped) must be turned OFF before rocking the vehicle. NOTICE If you are still stuck after rocking the vehicle a few times, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating, possible damage to the transmission, and tire damage. See “Towing” section in chapter 7. 06 Smooth cornering Driving in the rain Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration. Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous. Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain or on slick pavement: • Slow down and allow extra following distance. A heavy rainfall makes it harder to see and increases the distance needed to stop your vehicle. • Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (if equipped) • Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield. • Be sure your tires have enough tread. If your tires do not have enough tread, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. See “Tire Tread” section in chapter 8. • Turn on your headlamps to make it easier for others to see you. • Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly. • If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns. Driving at night Night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight. Here are some important tips to remember: • Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights. • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other drivers’ headlamps. • Keep your headlamps clean and properly aimed. Dirty or improperly aimed headlamps will make it much more difficult to see at night. • Avoid staring directly at the headlamps of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness. 6-129 Driving your vehicle Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet. The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to “Tire Tread” section in chapter 8. Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced. After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly. Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. Under-inflation may overheat or damage the tires. Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, which may reduce traction or fail the braking operation. Information Never over-inflate your tires above the maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil Driving at higher speeds on the highway consumes more fuel and is less efficient than driving at a slower, more moderate speed. Maintain a moderate speed in order to conserve fuel when driving on the highway. Be sure to check both the engine coolant level and the engine oil before driving. Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may overheat the engine. 6-130 06 WINTER DRIVING The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions: Information Information for Snow Tires and Tire Chains in the national language (Bulgarian, Hungarian, Icelandic, Polish) is provided in the Appendix. Snow or icy conditions You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you. Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause the vehicle to skid. To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires. Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc. Snow tires WARNING Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle’s standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected. If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle’s handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle’s original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations. Information Do not install studded tires without first checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use. 6-131 Driving your vehicle Tire chains WARNING OOSH069128L Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner than other types of tires, they may be damaged by mounting some types of tire chains on them. Therefore, the use of snow tires is recommended instead of tire chains. If tire chains must be used, use genuine HYUNDAI parts and install the tire chain after reviewing the instructions provided with the tire chains. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper tire chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty. 6-132 The use of tire chains may adversely affect vehicle handling: • Drive less than 30 km/h (20 mph) or the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is lower. • Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce. • Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking. Information • Install tire chains only in pairs and on the front tires. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids. • Do not install studded tires without first checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use. 06 Chain Installation When installing tire chains, follow the manufacturer’s instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops. Remove the tire chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads. When mounting snow chains, park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning Flasher and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle (if available). Always place the vehicle in P (Park), apply the parking brake and turn off the engine before installing snow chains. NOTICE When using tire chains: • Wrong size chains or improperly installed chains can damage your vehicle’s brake lines, suspension, body and wheels. • Use SAE “S” class or wire chains. • If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent contact with the vehicle body. • To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.5~1.0 km (0.3~0.6 miles). • Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels. If unavoidable, use a wire type chain. • Use wire chains less than 12 mm (0.47 in) thick to prevent damage to the chain’s connection. Winter Precautions Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 8. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter. Check battery and cables Winter temperatures affect battery performance. Inspect the battery and cables, as specified in chapter 8. The battery charging level can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or in a service station. Change to “winter weight” oil if necessary In some regions during winter, it is recommended to use the “winter weight” oil with lower viscosity. For further information, refer to chapter 2. When you are not sure about a type of winter weight oil, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 6-133 Driving your vehicle Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect the spark plugs, as specified in chapter 8. If necessary, replace them. Also check all ignition wirings and components for any cracks, wear-out, and damage. To prevent locks from freezing To prevent the locks from being frozen, spray approved de-icing fluid or glycerin into key holes. When a lock opening is already covered with ice, spray approved de-icing fluid over the ice to remove it. When an internal part of a lock freezes, try to thaw it with a heated key. Carefully use the heated key to avoid an injury. Use approved window washer antifreeze solution in system To prevent the window washer from being frozen, add authorized window washer anti-freeze solution, as specified on the window washer container. Window washer anti-freeze solution is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer, and most vehicle accessory outlets. Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti-freeze solution, to prevent any damage to the vehicle paint. Do not let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. When there is the risk that your parking brake may freeze, temporarily apply it with the shift lever in P (Park). Also, block the rear wheels in advance, so the vehicle may not roll. Then, release the parking brake. Do not let ice and snow accumulate underneath Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in such conditions during the severe winter, you should check underneath the vehicle on a regular basis, to ensure that the front wheels and the steering components is unblocked. Carry emergency equipment In accordance with weather conditions, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment, while driving. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc. Do not place objects or materials in the engine compartment Putting objects or materials in the engine compartment may cause an engine failure or combustion, because they may block the engine cooling. Such damage will not be covered by the manufacturer’s warranty. 6-134 06 TRAILER TOWING (FOR EUROPE) If you are considering to tow with your vehicle, you should first your country’s legal requirements. As laws vary the requirements for towing trailers, cars, or other types of vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for further details before towing. Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering requires correct equipment, and it has to be used properly. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper trailer towing is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty. This section contains many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer. WARNING Take the following precautions: • If you don’t use the correct equipment and/or drive improperly, you can lose control of the vehicle when you are pulling a trailer. For example, if the trailer is too heavy, the braking performance may be reduced. You and your passengers could be seriously or fatally injured. Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section. • Before towing, make sure the total trailer weight, GCW (Gross Combination Weight), GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight), GAW (Gross Axle Weight) and trailer tongue load are all within the limits. Information - For Europe • The technically permissible maximum load on the rear axle(s) may be exceeded by not more than 15 % and the technically permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle may be exceeded by not more than 10% or 100 kg (220.4 lbs), whichever value is lower. In this case, do not exceed 100 km/h (62.1 mph) for vehicle of category M1 or 80 km/h (49.7 mph) for vehicle of category N1. • When a vehicle of category M1 is towing a trailer, the additional load imposed at the trailer coupling device may cause the tire maximum load ratings to be exceeded, but not by more than 15%. In this case, do not exceed 100 km/h (62.1 mph) and increase the tire inflation pressure by at least 0.2 bar. If you decide to pull a trailer? Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer: • Consider using a sway control. You can ask a trailer hitch dealer about sway control. • Do not do any towing with your vehicle during its first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) in order to allow the engine to properly break in. Failure to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transmission damage. • When towing a trailer, be sure to consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for further information on additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc. • Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 100 km/h (60 mph)) or posted towing speed limit. • On a long uphill grade, do not exceed 70 km/h (45 mph) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower. • Carefully observe the weight and load limits provided in the following pages. 6-135 Driving your vehicle Trailer weight After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they aren’t, you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer. WARNING Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight OOSH069129L What is the maximum safe weight of a trailer? It should never weigh more than the maximum trailer weight with trailer brakes. But even that can be too heavy. It depends on how you plan to use your trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle. Information Tongue load Gross Axle Weight With increasing altitude the engine performance decreases. From 1,000 m above sea level and for every 1,000 m thereafter 10% of vehicle/trailer weight (trailer weighter + gross vehicle weight) must be deducted. Gross Vehicle Weight OOSH069130L The tongue load is an important weight to measure because it affects the total Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) of your vehicle. The trailer tongue should weigh a maximum of 10% of the total loaded trailer weight, within the limits of the maximum trailer tongue load permissible. 6-136 Take the following precautions: • Never load a trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front. The front should be loaded with approximately 60% of the total trailer load; the rear should be loaded with approximately 40% of the total trailer load. • Never exceed the maximum weight limits of the trailer or trailer towing equipment. Improper loading can result in damage to your vehicle and/ or personal injury. Check weights and loading at a commercial scale or highway patrol office equipped with scales. 06 Reference weight and distance when towing a trailer (for Europe) Without trailer package With trailer package - 1300 (2866) - 600 (1323) Maximum permissible static vertical load on the coupling device kg (Ibs.) - 80 (176) Recommended distance from rear wheel center to coupling point mm (inch) - 820 (32.3) ltem With brake system Maximum trailer weight kg (Ibs.) Without brake system 6-137 Driving your vehicle Trailer towing equipment Hitches Safety chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer. Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or trailer manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety chains. Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer. And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground. Trailer brakes OOSH069131L Information The mounting hole for hitches are located on both sides of the underbody behind the rear tires. It’s important to have the correct hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads are a few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Here are some rules to follow: • Do you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch. If you don’t seal them, carbon monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get into your vehicle, as well as dirt and water. • The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches to them. Use only a framemounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper. • A HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory is available at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 6-138 If your trailer is equipped with a braking system, make sure it conforms to your country’s regulations and that it is properly installed and operating correctly. If your trailer weighs more than the maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes loaded, then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be able to install, adjust and maintain them properly. Be sure not to modify your vehicle’s brake system. WARNING Do not use a trailer with its own brakes unless you are absolutely certain that you have properly set up the brake system. This is not a task for amateurs. Use an experienced, competent trailer shop for this work. 06 Driving with a trailer Backing up Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. Before setting out for the open road, you must get to know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself. Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform, safety chains, electrical connector(s), lights, tires and brakes. During your trip, occasionally check to be sure that the load is secure, and that the lights and trailer brakes are still working. Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Then, to move the trailer to the left, move your hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you. Distance When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change. Properly connected, the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you’re about to turn, change lanes, or stop. When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when, in fact, they are not. It’s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working. You must also check the lights every time you disconnect and then reconnect the wires. Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns. Passing You will need more passing distance up ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And, because of the increased vehicle length, you’ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane. Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal. Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance. Turn signals 6-139 Driving your vehicle WARNING Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle’s lighting system. Use an approved trailer wiring harness. Failure to do so could result in damage to the vehicle electrical system and/or personal injury. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. Driving on hills Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade. If you don’t shift down, you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get overheated and may not operate efficiently. On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your speed to around 70 km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating. If your trailer weighs more than the maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have a dual clutch transmission, you should drive in D (Drive) when towing a trailer. Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) when towing a trailer will minimize heat build-up and extend the life of your transmission. 6-140 NOTICE To prevent engine and/or transmission overheating: • When towing a trailer on steep grades (in excess of 6%) pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not overheat. If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves towards “H” (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so, and allow the engine to idle until it cools down. You may proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently. • If you tow a trailer with the maximum gross vehicle weight and maximum trailer weight, it can cause the engine or transmission to overheat. When driving in such conditions, allow the engine to idle until it cools down. You may proceed once the engine or transmission has cooled sufficiently. • When towing a trailer, your vehicle speed may be much slower than the general flow of traffic, especially when climbing an uphill grade. Use the right hand lane when towing a trailer on an uphill grade. Choose your vehicle speed according to the maximum posted speed limit for vehicles with trailers, the steepness of the grade, and your trailer weight. 06 • Vehicles equipped with a dual clutch transmission when towing a trailer on steep grades, need to be aware that the clutch in the transmission could overheat. When the clutch is overheated, the safe protection mode engages. If the safe protection mode engages, the gear position indicator on the cluster blinks with a chime sound. At this time, a warning message will appear on the LCD display and driving may not be smooth. If you ignore this warning, the driving condition may become worse. To return to normal driving conditions, stop the vehicle on a flat road and apply the foot brake for a few minutes before driving off. Parking on hills Generally, if you have a trailer attached to your vehicle, you should not park your vehicle on a hill. However, if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill, here’s how to do it: 1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space. Turn the steering wheel in the direction of the curb (right if headed down hill, left if headed up hill). 2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). 3. Set the parking brake and shut off the vehicle. 4. Place wheel chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels. 5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift to neutral, release the parking brake and slowly release the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load. 6. Reapply the brakes and parking brakes. 7. Move the shift lever to P (Park) when the vehicle is parked on a uphill grade and in R (Reverse) on a downhill. 8. Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set. 6-141 Driving your vehicle WARNING To prevent serious or fatal injury: • Do not get out of the vehicle without the parking brake firmly set. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You and others could be seriously or fatally injured. • Do not apply the accelerator pedal to hold the vehicle on an uphill. Ready to leave after parking on a hill 1. With the shift lever in P (Park), apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down while you: • Start your engine; • Shift into gear; and • Release the parking brake. 2. Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks. 4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks. 6-142 Maintenance when towing a trailer Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trailer. Important items to pay particular attention to include engine oil, transmission fluid, axle lubricant and cooling system fluid. Brake condition is another important item to frequently check. If you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to review these items before you start your trip. Don’t forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch. Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically. Preferably, conduct the check at the start of each day’s driving. Most importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts should be tight. NOTICE To prevent vehicle damage: • Due to higher load during trailer usage, overheating might occur on hot days or during uphill driving. If the coolant gauge indicates over-heating, switch off the air conditioner and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine. • Do not switch off the engine while the coolant gauge indicates overheating. (Keep the engine idle to cool down the engine) • When towing check transmission fluid more frequently. • If your vehicle is not equipped with an air conditioner, you should install a condenser fan to improve engine performance when towing a trailer. 06 VEHICLE WEIGHT Two labels on your driver’s door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle’s weight ratings, from the vehicle’s specifications and the Certification Label: Base Curb Weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment. Vehicle Curb Weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment. Cargo Weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment. GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the driver’s door sill. Overloading WARNING The Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the Certification Label attached to the driver’s (or front passenger’s) door. Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage. You can calculate the weight of your load by weighing the items (and people) before putting them in the vehicle. Be careful not to overload your vehicle. 6-143 7. Emergency situations Hazard warning flasher......................................................................................7-2 In case of an emergency while driving..............................................................7-2 If the engine stalls while driving.................................................................................. 7-2 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing............................................................. 7-2 If you have a flat tire while driving............................................................................... 7-3 If the engine will not start..................................................................................7-3 If the 12 volt battery is discharged.................................................................... 7-4 Before jump starting..................................................................................................... 7-4 Jump starting................................................................................................................ 7-5 If the engine overheats....................................................................................... 7-7 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)......................................................... 7-9 Check tire pressure.......................................................................................................7-9 Tire pressure monitoring system.................................................................................7-10 Low tire pressure warning light....................................................................................7-11 Low tire pressure position and tire pressure telltale...................................................7-11 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator.............................. 7-12 Changing a tire with TPMS.......................................................................................... 7-12 If you have a flat tire (with spare tire).............................................................. 7-14 Jack and tools..............................................................................................................7-14 Changing tires..............................................................................................................7-15 Jack label......................................................................................................................7-19 EC Declaration of conformity for Jack...................................................................... 7-20 If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit).....................................................7-21 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 7-21 Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit........................................................... 7-22 Components of the Tire Mobility Kit.......................................................................... 7-23 Using the Tire Mobility Kit.......................................................................................... 7-24 Checking the tire inflation pressure........................................................................... 7-26 Towing............................................................................................................... 7-27 Towing service..............................................................................................................7-27 Removable towing hook............................................................................................. 7-28 Emergency towing...................................................................................................... 7-29 Emergency commodity.................................................................................... 7-31 Fire extinguisher...........................................................................................................7-31 First aid kit....................................................................................................................7-31 Triangle reflector..........................................................................................................7-31 Tire pressure gauge......................................................................................................7-31 7 Emergency situations HAZARD WARNING FLASHER IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls while driving OOSH079001L The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button with the ignition switch in any position. The button is located in the center fascia panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. • The hazard warning flasher operates regardless of whether your vehicle is in the READY state or not. • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. 7-2 • Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place. • Turn on your hazard warning flasher. • Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroads or crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe location. 07 If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving: • Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm, level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes. • When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, move the shift lever into P (Park), apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position. • Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic. • When changing a flat tire, follow the instructions provided later in this chapter. IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START • Be sure the shift lever is in P (Park). The vehicle starts only when the shift lever is in P (Park). • This vehicle does not have a regular 12V battery that needs periodic replacement. It is lithium ion polymer type integrated into the HEV high voltage battery. The vehicle has a 12V battery protection system that cuts 12V battery from vehicle draw to prevent full discharge. If vehicle will not start, first try pressing the 12V Battery Reset switch (left side of the steering wheel near the fuel door open switch) to reconnect the 12V battery, but you must start vehicle within 15 seconds of pressing the 12V Battery Reset switch. After starting indicator ON ), the vehicle ( operate the vehicle safely outdoors in ready mode stopped and/or drive it for 30 minutes total to charge the 12V battery fully. • Check the fuel level and add fuel if necessary. If the vehicle still does not start, we recommend that you call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. NOTICE Push or pull starting the vehicle may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission control system. 7-3 Emergency situations IF THE 12 VOLT BATTERY IS DISCHARGED Before jump starting This vehicle does not have a regular 12V battery that needs periodic replacement. It is lithium ion polymer type integrated into the HEV high voltage battery. The vehicle has a 12V battery protection system that cuts 12V battery from vehicle draw to prevent full discharge. Using the 12V battery reset switch If you do not start the vehicle immediately after pressing the 12V Battery Reset switch, the power of 12V battery is automatically disconnected after few seconds to save the 12V battery from additional discharge. If the 12V battery is disconnected prior to starting the vehicle, press the 12V Battery Reset switch again and then immediately start the vehicle as explained. Repeated use of the 12V Battery Reset switch without a sufficient engine ON cycle (30 Min+) may cause over discharge of the 12V battery, which will prevent the vehicle from starting. If the 12V battery is over discharged to a point that the reset does not work, try to jumpstart the vehicle. Information OOSH079002L 1. Press the 12V Battery Reset switch to reconnect the 12V battery. 2. Start the vehicle within 15 seconds of pressing the 12V Battery Reset switch. 3. After starting the vehicle ( indicator on), operate the vehicle safely outdoors in ready mode stopped and/or drive it for 30 minutes total to charge the 12V battery fully. 7-4 After starting the vehicle ( indicator on), the 12V battery is being charged whether the engine is running or not. Although there is no engine sound, it is unnecessary to depress the accelerator pedal. The following items may need to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. See chapter 4 and 5 for: • Power Windows • Trip Computer • Climate Control System • Clock • Audio System • Sunroof 07 NOTICE External power source using 12V battery The use of external power accessories may reduce performance and function of the vehicle. Especially, the use of dash cameras may shut off the power of the vehicle prior to the dash camera’s automatic shut-down. If the power of the vehicle is shut off, start the vehicle as explained. (refer to “Using the 12V Battery Reset Switch”) Jump starting In the event vehicle still does not have a functional 12V battery (check if interior lights will not turn on) then you can try a jump start to the engine compartment jumper terminals using a 12V booster pack or jumper cables from another vehicle’s 12V battery according to the following instructions. CAUTION Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you. OOSH079004L 4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1). 5. Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the red, positive (+) battery/ jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2). 6. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3). 7. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4). Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections. 1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch. 2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off. 3. Turn off all electrical devices such as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the parking brake. Turn both vehicles OFF. 7-5 Emergency situations Information The voltage range of the charger should be 13.3~14V and its current range should be less than 60A. (13.8V is recommended). CAUTION OOSH079002L 8. Press the 12V Battery Reset switch. 9. Start the engine of the assisting vehicle and let it run for a few minutes. 10. Start your vehicle as soon as possible. indicator After starting the vehicle ( on), operate the vehicle safely outdoors in ready mode stopped and/or drive it for 30 minutes total to charge the 12V battery fully. If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, we recommend that you have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them: 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4). 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3). 3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/ jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2). 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1). 7-6 • The use of an improper charger with a voltage and current range higher than specified may cause overheating and damage to the 12V battery. • The use of an incorrect charger will lead to a power shut-off to save the 12V battery. Stop using the incorrect charger once the power of the vehicle is shut off. Information An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations. NOTICE To prevent damage to your vehicle: • Only use a 12-volt power supply (battery or jumper system) to jump start your vehicle. • Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting. 07 IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should: 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so. 2. Place the shift lever in P (Park) and set the parking brake 3. Make sure that there is no hot steam gushing out of the engine compartment. When it is safe to do so, open the engine compartment, and check the water-pump connector. When the water-pump connector is disconnected, stop the engine, reconnect the water-pump connector, and then re-start the engine. 4. Set the temperature and the air flow to the maximum, and turn ON the air conditioner. WARNING While the engine is running, keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving parts such as the cooling fan and drive belt to prevent serious injury. 5. When the Service warning light ( ) illuminates on the instrument cluster, immediately stop the engine, and contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. When the engine warning light ( ) illuminates, or when the coolant or hot steams gush out of the engine compartment, leave the engine compartment opened, while running the engine. This is to ventilate the engine compartment and to cool down the engine. 6. Check the coolant temperature gauge on the instrument cluster to make sure the coolant temperature is sufficiently cooled down. Check the coolant level. When it is insufficient, check its connection with the radiator, the heater hose, and the water pump for any leakage. When there is no leakage, add the coolant. However, if the problems persists, such as the illumination of the warning lights, leakages, or the cooling-fan malfunction, which may overheat the engine, immediately stop the engine, and have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 7-7 Emergency situations WARNING Never remove the engine coolant cap and/or inverter coolant cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury. Turn the hybrid system off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the engine coolant cap and/or inverter coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it. 7. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark. 8. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, we recommend that you call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. 7-8 CAUTION • Serious loss of coolant indicates a leak in the cooling system and we recommend the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • When the engine overheats from low engine coolant, suddenly adding engine coolant may cause cracks in the engine. To prevent damage, add engine coolant slowly in small quantities. 07 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Check tire pressure (if equipped) OOSH079005L OOSH079007L OOSH079006L (1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS Malfunction Indicator (2) Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale and Tire Pressure Telltale (Shown on the LCD display) • You can check the tire pressure in the Assist mode on the cluster. Refer to the “LCD Display Modes” section in chapter 4. • Tire pressure is displayed after a few minutes of driving after initial vehicle start up. • If tire pressure is not displayed when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive to display” message will appear. After driving, check the tire pressure. • The displayed tire pressure values may differ from those measured with a tire pressure gauge. • You can change the tire pressure unit in the User Settings mode in the LCD display. -- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the “User Settings Mode” section in chapter 4). 7-9 Emergency situations Tire pressure monitoring system WARNING Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. 7-10 Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. NOTICE If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 1. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/ TPMS Malfunction Indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is placed to the ON position or the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. 2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute. 3. The Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale remains illuminated. 07 Low tire pressure warning light Low tire pressure position and tire pressure telltale If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated (when the vehicle is driven approximately 10 minutes at speed above 25 km/h (15.5 mph)) until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle. CAUTION OOSH049020L When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illuminated and a warning message displayed on the cluster LCD display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale will indicate which tire is significantly underinflated by illuminating the corresponding position light. If either telltale illuminates, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver’s side center pillar outer panel. In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure. When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure. WARNING Low pressure damage Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances. Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail. 7-11 Emergency situations TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System. We recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. NOTICE If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, the Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale will not be displayed even though the vehicle has an under-inflated tire. NOTICE The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is near electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, transmitting towers, etc. Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used or electronic devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation, etc. This may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS. 7-12 Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will come on. We recommend that the flat tire be repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire. NOTICE It is recommended that you do not use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by a HYUNDAI dealer to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not approved by a HYUNDAI dealer may damage the tire pressure sensor. The spare tire (if equipped) does not come with a tire pressure monitoring sensor. When the low pressure tire or the flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale will remain on. Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is driven at speed above 25 km/h (15.5 mph) for approximately 10 minutes. Once the original tire equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few minutes of driving. If the indicators do not extinguish after a few minutes, please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem (except for the spare tire). You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 07 You may not be able to identify a tire with low pressure by simply looking at it. Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure. Please note that a tire that is hot (from being driven) will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold. A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3 hour period. Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure. WARNING • The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris. • If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road. WARNING For Europe • Do not modify the vehicle; it may interfere with the TPMS function. • The wheels on the market do not have a TPMS sensor. For your safety, we recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If you use the wheels on the market, use a TPMS sensor approved by a HYUNDAI dealer. If your vehicle is not equipped with a TPMS sensor or TPMS does not work properly, you may fail the periodic vehicle inspection conducted in your country. Ãà All vehicles sold in the EUROPE market during below period must be equipped with TPMS. -- New model vehicle : Nov. 1, 2012 ~ -- Current model vehicle : Nov. 1, 2014~ (Based on vehicle registrations) WARNING Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system’s ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle. 7-13 Emergency situations IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE, IF EQUIPPED) WARNING Changing a tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tire to reduce the risk of serious injury or death. CAUTION Be careful as you use the jack handle to stay clear of the flat end. The flat end has sharp edges that could cause cuts. Jack and tools OOSH079009L Turn the winged hold down bolt counterclockwise to remove the spare tire. Store the spare tire in the same compartment by turning the winged hold down bolt clockwise. To prevent the spare tire and tools from “rattling”, store them in their proper location. OOSH079008L 1. Jack handle 2. Jack 3. Wheel lug nut wrench The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment under the luggage box cover. The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only. 7-14 OOSH079010L If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it easily using the wheel nut wrench. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench. 07 Changing tires WARNING A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby. Take the following safety precautions: • Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. • NEVER attempt to change a tire in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the vehicle completely off the road on level, firm ground away from traffic before trying to change a tire. If you cannot find a level, firm place off the road, call a towing service for assistance. • Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle. • ALWAYS place the jack on the designated jacking positions on the vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support. • Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack. • Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack. • Keep children away from the road and the vehicle. Follow these steps to change your vehicle’s tire: 1. Park on a level, firm surface. 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park), apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position. 3. Press the hazard warning flasher button. 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack, jack handle, and spare tire from the vehicle. Block OOSH079011L 5. Block both the front and rear of the tire diagonally opposite of the tire you are changing. 7-15 Emergency situations OOSH079012L 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each in the order shown above, but do not remove any lug nuts until the tire has been raised off of the ground. OOSH079013L [A] : Front, [B] : Rear 7. Place the jack at the designated jacking position under the frame closest to the tire you are changing. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two notches. Never jack at any other position or part of the vehicle. Doing so may damage the side seal molding or other parts of the vehicle. 7-16 OOSH079014L 8. Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire clears the ground. Make sure the vehicle is stable on the jack. 9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel lug nut wrench and remove them with your fingers. Remove the wheel from the studs and lay it flat on the ground out of the way. Remove any dirt or debris from the studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel. 10. Install the spare tire onto the studs of the hub. 11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers onto the studs with the smaller end of the lug nuts closest to the wheel. 12. Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the jack handle counterclockwise. 07 CAUTION OOSH079015L 13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to tighten the lug nuts in the order shown. Double-check each lug nut until they are tight. After changing tires, we recommend that an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the lug nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible. The wheel lug nut should be tightened to 11~13 kgf.m (79~94 lbf.ft). If you have a tire gauge, check the tire pressure (see “Tires and Wheels” section in chapter 1 for tire pressure instructions.). If the pressure is lower or higher than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station and adjust it to the recommended pressure. Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is not replaced, air may leak from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another and install it as soon as possible. After changing tires, secure the flat tire and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations. Your vehicle has metric threads on the studs and lug nuts. Make certain during tire changing that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled. If you have to replace your lug nuts make sure they have metric threads to avoid damaging the studs and ensure the wheel is properly secured to the hub. We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. If any of the equipment such as the jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the tire and call for assistance. Use of compact spare tires (if equipped) Compact spare tires are designed for emergency use only. Drive carefully on the compact spare tire and always follow the safety precautions. NOTICE Check the tire pressure as soon as possible after installing a spare tire. Adjust it to the recommended pressure. 7-17 Emergency situations WARNING To prevent compact spare tire failure and loss of control possibly resulting in an accident: • Use the compact spare tire only in an emergency. • NEVER operate your vehicle over 80 km/h (50 mph). • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maximum load rating or the load carrying capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire. • Do not use the compact spare tire continuously. Repair or replace the original tire as soon as possible to avoid failure of the compact spare tire. When driving with the compact spare tire mounted to your vehicle: • Check the tire pressure after installing the compact spare tire. The compact spare tire should be inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi). • Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed. • Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle. • The compact spare tire’s tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel. • Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time. • Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed. 7-18 Information When the original tire and wheel are repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the lug nut torque must be set correctly. The correct lug nut tightening torque is 11~13 kgf.m (79~94 lbf.ft). NOTICE To prevent damaging the compact spare tire and your vehicle: • Drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards, such as a potholes or debris. • Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm (1 inch). • Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the smaller size, a tire chain will not fit properly. • Do not use the compact spare tire on any other wheels, nor should standard tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel. 07 Jack label OHYK065011 The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack. 1. Model Name 2. Maximum allowable load 3. When using the jack, set your parking brake. 4. When using the jack, stop the engine. 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. 6. The designated locations under the frame 7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point. 8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with dual clutch transmission. 9. The jack should be used on firm level ground. 10. Jack manufacture 11. Production date 12. Representative company and address 7-19 Emergency situations EC Declaration of conformity for Jack JACKDOC14S 7-20 07 IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED) Introduction OOSH079016L For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use. (1) Compressor (2) Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. CAUTION When two or more tires are flat, do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire. WARNING Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair punctures in the tire walls. This can result in an accident due to tire failure. With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture. The compressor and sealing compound system effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire. After you ensure that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 200 km (120 miles)) at a max. speed of (80 km/h (50mph)) in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement. It is possible that some tires, especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed completely. Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance. For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use. The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only. This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably. Read the section “Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit”. WARNING Have your tire repaired as soon as possible. The tire may lose air pressure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit. 7-21 Emergency situations WARNING Do not use the TMK if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pressure. Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the TMK. Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit • Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic. • To be sure your vehicle will not move, even when you’re on fairly level ground, always set your parking brake. • Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing/inflation passenger car tires. Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobility kit. • Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles or any other type of tires. • When the tire and wheel are damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety. • Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 6 mm (0.24 inch). Please contact the nearest HYUNDAI dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit. 7-22 • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pressure. • Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire. • Provided the car is outdoors, leave the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode. Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery. • Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used. • Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 minutes at a time or it may overheat. • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below -30°C (-22°F). • In case of skin contact with the sealant, wash the area thoroughly with plenty of water. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention. • In case of eye contact with the sealant, flush your eyes for at least 15 minutes. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention. • In case of swallowing the sealant, rinse the mouth and drink plenty of water. However, never give anything to an unconscious person and seek medical attention immediately. • Long time exposure to the sealant may cause damage to bodily tissue such as kidney, etc. 07 Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ODE067044 1. Speed restriction label 2. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction 3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel 4. Connectors and cable for power outlet direct connection 5. Holder for the sealant bottle 6. Compressor 7. ON/OFF switch 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure 9. Button for reducing tire inflation pressure Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing. Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure. 7-23 Emergency situations 1. Shake the sealant bottle (2). WARNING Do not use the tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. past the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure. WARNING • Keep out of reach of children. • Avoid contact with eyes. • Do not swallow. Using the Tire Mobility Kit WARNING OOSH079018L 2. Connect the filling hose (3) to the sealant bottle (2) in the direction of (A) and connect the sealant bottle to the compressor (6) in the direction of (B). 3. Ensure that the compressor is switched OFF. OOSH079017L Detach the speed restriction label (1) from the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast. 7-24 OOSH079019L 4. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective and screw the filling hose (3) of the sealant bottle onto the valve. 07 NOTICE CAUTION Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 200 kpa (29 psi). This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure. OOSH079020L Securely install the sealant filling hose to the valve. If not, sealant may flow backward, possibly clogging the filling hose. 7. Switch off the compressor. 8. Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve. Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage location in the vehicle. WARNING Do not leave your vehicle running in a poorly ventilated area for extended periods of time. Carbon monoxide poisoning and suffocation can occur. OOSH079021L 5. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet. 6. With the vehicle ON ( indicator ON), switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure. (Refer to “Tire and Wheels” section in chapter2). The inflation pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked/ corrected later. Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it. OOSH079022L Distributing the sealant 9. Immediately drive approximately 7~10 km (4~6 miles or about 10 minutes) to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire. Do not exceed a speed of 80 km/h (50 mph). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph). While driving, if you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise, reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road. Call for road side service or towing. 7-25 Emergency situations Checking the tire inflation pressure 1. After driving approximately 7~10 km (4~6 miles or about 10 minutes), stop at a safe location. 5. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recommended tire inflation. With the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode, proceed as follows. -- To increase the inflation pressure: Switch on the compressor. To check the current inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the compressor. -- To reduce the inflation pressure: Press the button (9) on the compressor. NOTICE OOSH079023L 2. Connect the filling hose (3) directly into the compressor. Do not let the compressor run for more than 10 minutes, otherwise the device will overheat and may be damaged. Information The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the compressor is running. To get an accurate tire pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off. CAUTION OOSH079019L 3. Connect the other end of the filling hose (3) directly into the tire valve. 4. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet. 7-26 If the inflation pressure is not maintained, drive the vehicle a second time, refer to Distributing the sealant. Then repeat steps 1 to 4. Use of the TMK may be ineffectual for tire damage larger than approximately 4 mm (0.16 in). We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit. 07 TOWING WARNING Towing service The tire inflation pressure must be at least 220 kPa (32 psi). If it is not, do not continue driving. Call for road side service or towing. CAUTION Tire pressure sensor The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer. Information When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel lug nut to 11~13 kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft). OOS067007L [A] : Dollies If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended. It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels. When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear. 7-27 Emergency situations Removable towing hook CAUTION • Do not tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle. OOS067021 • Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment. OOSH079024L 1. Open the tailgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool case. „„ Front OOS067022 When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies: 1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC position. 2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake. OOSH079025L „„ Rear CAUTION Failure to place the shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the transmission. OOSH079026L 2. Remove the hole cover by pressing the lower part of the cover on the bumper. 7-28 07 3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured. 4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use. Emergency towing Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition. CAUTION „„ Front The driver must be in the vehicle for steering and braking operations when the vehicle is being towed. Passengers other than the driver must not be in the vehicle. OOSH079027L „„ Rear OOSH079028L If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service. If a towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes. Always follow these emergency towing precautions: • Place the ignition switch in the ACC position so the steering wheel is not locked. • Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). • Release the parking brake. • Depress the brake pedal with more force than normal as you will have reduced braking performance. • More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled. • Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle. • The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequently. • Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged. • Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook. • Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force. 7-29 Emergency situations NOTICE Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner while maintaining tension on the tow rope or chain to start or drive the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle may be damaged. NOTICE OOSH079029L • Use a towing cable or chain less than 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in the middle of the cable or chain for easy visibility. • Drive carefully so the towing cable or chain remains tight during towing. • Before towing, check the dual clutch transmission for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the dual clutch transmission fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used. 7-30 To avoid damage to your vehicle and vehicle components when towing: • Always pull straight ahead when using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. • Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power. • Limit the vehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph) and drive less than 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing to avoid serious damage to the dual clutch transmission. 07 EMERGENCY COMMODITY (IF EQUIPPED) Your vehicle is equipped with emergency commodities to help you respond to emergency situation. Fire extinguisher If there is small fire and you know how to use the fire extinguisher, follow these steps carefully. 1. Pull out the safety pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being accidentally pressed. 2. Aim the nozzle towards the base of the fire. 3. Stand approximately 2.5 m (8 ft) away from the fire and squeeze the handle to discharge the extinguisher. If you release the handle, the discharge will stop. 4. Sweep the nozzle back and forth at the base of the fire. After the fire appears to be out, watch carefully since it may re-ignite. First aid kit Supplies for use in giving first aid such as scissors, bandage and adhesive tape, etc. are provided. Triangle reflector Place the triangle reflector on the road to warn oncoming vehicles during emergencies, such as when the vehicle is parked by the roadside due to problems. Tire pressure gauge (if equipped) Tires normally lose some air in day-today use, and you may have to add a air periodically and usually it is not a sign of a leaking tire, but of normal wear. Always check tire pressure when the tires are cold because tire pressure increases with temperature. To check the tire pressure, take the following steps: 1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap that is located on the rim of the tire. 2. Press and hold the gauge against the tire valve. Some air will leak as you begin and more will leak if you don’t press the gauge in firmly. 3. A firm non-leaking push will activate the gauge. 4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge to see whether the tire pressure is low or high. 5. Adjust the tire pressure to the specified pressure. Refer to “Tires and Wheels” section in chapter 2. 6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap. 7-31 8. Maintenance Engine compartment......................................................................................... 8-3 Maintenance services........................................................................................ 8-4 Owner’s responsibility................................................................................................. 8-4 Owner maintenance precautions............................................................................... 8-4 Owner maintenance.......................................................................................... 8-5 Owner maintenance schedule.....................................................................................8-5 Scheduled maintenance services......................................................................8-7 Normal maintenance schedule - For Europe (except Russia)................................... 8-8 Maintenance under severe usage conditions - For Europe (except Russia)........... 8-12 Normal maintenance schedule - Except Europe (but include Russia).................... 8-14 Maintenance under severe usage conditions - Except Europe (but include Russia)..................................................................................................... 8-18 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.............................................. 8-20 Engine oil.......................................................................................................... 8-22 Checking the engine oil level.....................................................................................8-22 Checking the engine oil and filter..............................................................................8-22 Engine coolant/inverter coolant..................................................................... 8-23 Checking the coolant level.........................................................................................8-23 Changing coolant........................................................................................................8-25 Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) belt........................................................... 8-26 Checking the Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) belt...............................................8-26 Brake fluid........................................................................................................ 8-26 Checking the brake fluid level....................................................................................8-26 Washer fluid......................................................................................................8-27 Checking the washer fluid level................................................................................. 8-27 Air cleaner........................................................................................................ 8-28 Filter replacement.......................................................................................................8-28 Cabin air filter................................................................................................... 8-29 Filter inspection...........................................................................................................8-29 Wiper blades....................................................................................................8-30 Blade inspection......................................................................................................... 8-30 Blade replacement..................................................................................................... 8-30 8 Tires and wheels.............................................................................................. 8-33 Tire care.......................................................................................................................8-33 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures.............................................................8-33 Check tire inflation pressure......................................................................................8-34 Tire rotation.................................................................................................................8-35 Wheel alignment and tire balance............................................................................ 8-36 Tire replacement........................................................................................................ 8-36 Wheel replacement.....................................................................................................8-37 Tire traction.................................................................................................................8-37 Tire maintenance........................................................................................................8-37 Tire sidewall labeling.................................................................................................. 8-38 Low aspect ratio tires.................................................................................................. 8-41 Fuses................................................................................................................. 8-42 Instrument panel fuse replacement......................................................................... 8-43 Engine compartment panel fuse replacement........................................................ 8-45 Fuse/relay panel description..................................................................................... 8-46 Light bulbs........................................................................................................ 8-55 Headlamp, daytime running light (DRL), position lamp, turn signal lamp and static lamp bulb replacement................................................ 8-56 Front fog lamp replacement...................................................................................... 8-59 Headlamp aiming (For Europe)................................................................................. 8-60 Side repeater lamp replacement.............................................................................. 8-65 Rear combination lamp bulb replacement.............................................................. 8-65 High mounted stop lamp bulb replacement.............................................................8-67 License plate light bulb replacement....................................................................... 8-68 Interior light bulb replacement................................................................................. 8-68 Appearance care.............................................................................................. 8-70 8 Exterior care................................................................................................................8-70 Interior care................................................................................................................. 8-74 Emission control system..................................................................................8-77 Crankcase emission control system.......................................................................... 8-77 Evaporative emission control system........................................................................ 8-77 Exhaust emission control system...............................................................................8-78 Procedure for entering forced engine activation mode................................8-80 08 ENGINE COMPARTMENT The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OOSH089001L 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Engine coolant cap Engine coolant reservoir Inverter coolant reservoir 6. 7. 8. 9. Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Windshield washer fluid reservoir Fuse box 8-3 Maintenance MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures. We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction. Owner’s responsibility Maintenance service and record retention are the owner’s responsibility. You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties. Detailed warranty information is provided in your Service Passport. Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered. 8-4 Owner maintenance precautions Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. This chapter provides instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. Several procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools. Your vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Service Passport provided with the vehicle. If you’re unsure about any service or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 08 OWNER MAINTENANCE WARNING Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work: • Park your vehicle on level ground, move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. • Block the tires (front and back) to prevent the vehicle from moving. Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts. • If you must run the engine during maintenance, do so out doors or in an area with plenty of ventilation. • Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery and fuel-related parts. The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehicle. Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible. These Owner Maintenance vehicle checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used. Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel: • Check the engine oil level. • Check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir. • Check the windshield washer fluid level. • Check for low or under-inflated tires. WARNING Be careful when checking your engine coolant/inverter coolant level when the engine is hot. This may result in coolant being blown out of the opening and cause serious burns and other injuries. 8-5 Maintenance While operating your vehicle: At least monthly: • Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle. • Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice if there is any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position. • Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or “pulls” to one side when traveling on smooth, level road. • When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or “hardto-push” brake pedal. • If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level. • Check the dual clutch transmission P (Park) function. • Check the parking brake. • Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal). • Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir. • Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the stoplights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers. • Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. • Check for loose wheel lug nuts. At least twice a year: (i.e., every Spring and Autumn) • Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage. • Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer fluid. • Check headlamp alignment. • Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields and clamps. • Check the seat belts for wear and function. At least once a year: • Clean body and door drain holes. • Lubricate door hinges and hood hinges. • Lubricate door and hood locks and latches. • Lubricate door rubber weather strips. • Check the air conditioning system. • Inspect and lubricate dual clutch transmission linkage and controls. • Clean the battery and terminals. • Check the brake fluid level. 8-6 08 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. • Repeated driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10miles) in freezing temperature • Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances • Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads • Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather • Driving in heavy dust conditions • Driving in heavy traffic area • Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly • Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack • Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing • Driving over 170 km/h (106 miles/h) • Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals. 8-7 8-8 15 R I Engine oil and engine oil filter *1 Air cleaner filter I R I R 60 40 48 I R 75 50 60 R R 90 60 72 Add every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months R R 45 30 36 I R 105 70 84 I R 120 80 96 I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip. *2 : If good quality gasolines meet Europe Fuel standards (EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. Fuel additives *2 20 30 10 24 12 MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 ITEM Km×1,000 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. Normal maintenance schedule - For Europe (except Russia) Maintenance 36 48 60 40 72 90 60 I I I I 105 70 84 96 I I I I I 120 80 I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *3 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’s interval when you do maintenance of other items. *4 : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, we recommend replacing the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consulting with an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details. *5 : Inspect HSG belt for evidence of cuts, crocks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. If drive belt noise occurred, readjust drive belt tension before replace. Inspect every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months, and replace every 105,000 km (70,000 miles) or 48 months I Fuel lines, hoses and connections I Vacuum hose Fuel filter *4 I I I HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt *5 75 50 60 Replace every 165,000 km (102,500 miles) 45 30 Fuel tank air filter I 30 15 I 24 20 12 10 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first Vapor hose and fuel filler cap Spark plugs *3 MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 ITEM Km×1,000 Normal maintenance schedule - For Europe (except Russia) 08 8-9 8-10 20 30 10 15 45 30 36 60 40 48 75 50 60 90 60 72 105 70 84 I Brake discs and pads I I I I R I I I I I I I I I R I I I I R I I I I I I R I I I I R I 120 80 96 I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *6 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage. *7 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’s interval when you do maintenance of other items. *8 : Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) fluid should be changed anytime it has been submerged in water. I I R I Parking brake Brake fluid I Brake pedal I I I Brake lines, hoses and connections I I Engine clutch actuator hose and line I I I R R I Dual clutch transmission fluid *8 At first, replace 210,000 km (140,000 miles) or 120 months after that, replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months *7 At first, inspect 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months after that, inspect every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months Inspect “Coolant level adjustment and leak” every day 24 12 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first Engine clutch actuator fluid Engine coolant / Inverter coolant *6 Cooling system MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 ITEM Km×1,000 Normal maintenance schedule - For Europe (except Russia) Maintenance 30 I I 15 I I I I I I Steering gear rack, linkage and boots Driveshaft and boots Tire (pressure & tread wear) Front suspension ball joints Bolt and nuts on chassis and body Air conditioner refrigerant Air conditioner compressor I Exhaust system I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. R Cabin air filter I I I I I 24 20 12 10 MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 ITEM Km×1,000 I I I I I I 45 30 36 I R I I I I I I I 60 40 48 I I I I I I 75 50 60 I R I I I I I I I 90 60 72 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first Normal maintenance schedule - For Europe (except Russia) I I I I I I 105 70 84 96 I R I I I I I I I 120 80 08 8-11 Maintenance Maintenance under severe usage conditions - For Europe (except Russia) The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace Maintenance operation Maintenance Intervals Driving condition Engine oil and filter R Replace every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or 6 months A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K Air cleaner filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E Spark plugs R Replace more frequently depending on the condition A, B, H, I R Every 45,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months I Every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months Dual clutch transmission fluid R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G Front suspension ball joints I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G Maintenance item HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt 8-12 C, D, E, K 08 Maintenance under severe usage conditions - For Europe (except Russia) Maintenance operation Maintenance Intervals Driving condition Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H Parking brake I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, G, H Driveshaft and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Cabin air filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E Maintenance item Severe driving conditions A. Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature B. Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances C. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt spread roads D. Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E. Driving in heavy dust conditions F. Driving in heavy traffic area G. Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly H. Towing a trailer, or using a camper or roof rack I. Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing J. Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) K. Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions 8-13 8-14 60 75 50 60 72 90 60 105 70 84 R R R R R R I R I For Middle East *2 Except Middle East *2 R R R R I R R I R R R R R I R R Replace every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months R R R Except Middle East *2, Central & South America For Middle East *2, Central & South America Except Middle East *2, Central & South America 45 48 40 Replace every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months 30 15 36 30 96 I R R R 120 80 I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip. *2 : Middle East includes Libya, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia, Sudan, Egypt and Iran. *3 : If good quality gasolines meet Europe Fuel standards (EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. Air cleaner filter Fuel additives *3 Engine oil and engine oil filter *1 24 20 12 10 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first For Middle East *2, Central & South America MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 ITEM Km×1,000 The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. Normal maintenance schedule - Except Europe (but include Russia) Maintenance 30 15 36 48 60 40 72 90 60 I I I I I 96 I R I R I 120 80 Inspect every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months, and replace every 105,000 km (70,000 miles) or 48 months I R I 105 70 84 I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *4 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’s interval when you do maintenance of other items. *5 : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, we recommend replacing the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consulting with an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details. *6 : Inspect HSG belt for evidence of cuts, crocks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. If drive belt noise occurred, readjust drive belt tension before replace. HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt *6 Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I Vacuum hose I I R I Fuel filter *5 75 50 60 Replace every 165,000 km (102,500 miles) 45 30 Fuel tank air filter I 24 20 12 10 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first Vapor hose and fuel filler cap Spark plugs *4 MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 ITEM Km×1,000 Normal maintenance schedule - Except Europe (but include Russia) 08 8-15 8-16 45 30 60 40 48 75 50 60 90 60 72 105 70 84 I I R I I Brake fluid Brake discs and pads I I I I I I R I I I I I I I I I R I I I I I I I I R I I I I I 120 80 96 I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *7 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. *8 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’s interval when you do maintenance of other items. *9 : Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) fluid should be changed anytime it has been submerged in water. I I Parking brake I Replace every 40,000 km (26,000 miles) or 24 months I At first, replace 210,000 km (140,000 miles) or 120 months after that, replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months*8 At first, inspect 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months after that, inspect every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months Brake pedal I I 15 Engine clutch actuator hose and line 20 30 10 36 Inspect “Coolant level adjustment and leak” every day 24 12 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first Brake lines, hoses and connections Engine clutch actuator fluid Dual clutch transmission fluid *9 Engine coolant / Inverter coolant *7 Cooling system MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 ITEM Km×1,000 Normal maintenance schedule - Except Europe (but include Russia) Maintenance I I I I I I I I R Driveshaft and boots Tire (pressure & tread wear) Front suspension ball joints Bolt and nuts on chassis and body Air conditioner refrigerant Air conditioner compressor Cabin air filter I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. Exhaust system 30 15 Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I R I I I I I 24 20 12 10 MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 ITEM Km×1,000 R I I I I I I 45 30 36 I R I I I I I I I 60 40 48 R I I I I I I 75 50 60 I R I I I I I I I 90 60 72 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first Normal maintenance schedule - Except Europe (but include Russia) R I I I I I I 105 70 84 96 I R I I I I I I I 120 80 08 8-17 Maintenance Maintenance under severe usage conditions - Except Europe (but include Russia) The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace Maintenance operation Maintenance Intervals R Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months R Replace every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or 6 months Air cleaner filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E Spark plugs R Replace more frequently depending on the condition A, B, H, I R Every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months I Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months R Every 45,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months I Every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) Maintenance item Engine oil and engine oil filter HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt For Middle East Central & South America *1, Except Middle East *1, Central & South America For Middle East *1, Central & South America Except Middle East *1, Central & South America Dual clutch transmission fluid *1 : Driving condition A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K C, D, E, K C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Middle East includes Libya, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia, Sudan, Egypt and Iran. 8-18 08 Maintenance under severe usage conditions - Except Europe (but include Russia) Maintenance operation Maintenance Intervals Driving condition Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G Front suspension ball joints I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H Parking brake I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, G, H Driveshaft and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Cabin air filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E Maintenance item Severe driving conditions A. Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature B. Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances C. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt spread roads D. Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E. Driving in heavy dust conditions F. Driving in heavy traffic area G. Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly H. Towing a trailer, or using a camper or roof rack I. Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing J. Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) K. Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions 8-19 Maintenance EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required. The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced. HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt The HSG belt should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections Air cleaner filter A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced. Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range. Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and damage. We recommend an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately. Cooling system Fuel filter Engine coolant/inverter coolant A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven, damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting. If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank, the filter may require replacement more frequently. After installing a new filter, run the engine for several minutes, and check for leaks at the connections. Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 8-20 Check cooling system components, such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts. The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Dual clutch transmission fluid The dual clutch transmission fluid should be inspected according to the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Engine clutch actuator fluid The engine clutch actuator fluid level should be inspected or replaced to the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. 08 Brake hoses and lines Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately. Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary. Brake fluid Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between the MIN and the MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 4 specification. Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system. Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors Check the pads, the disc, and the rotor for any excessive wear-out. Inspect calipers for any fluid leakage For more information on checking the pads or lining wear limit, refer to the HYUNDAI web site. (http://service.hyundai-motor.com) Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque. Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and the hybrid system off, check for excessive free-play in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts. Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease. Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage. 8-21 Maintenance ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level 1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s precautions. 2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level ground in P (Park) with the parking brake set and the wheels blocked. 3. Turn the engine on and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. 4. Turn the engine off and wait about five minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan. 5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully. Use only the specified engine oil (Refer to “Recommended Lubricants and Capacities” section in chapter 2). NOTICE To prevent damage to your engine: • Do not overfill with engine oil. Add oil in small quantities and recheck level to ensure engine is not overfilled. • Do not spill engine oil when adding or changing engine oil. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Wipe off spilled oil immediately. Checking the engine oil and filter OOSH089002L 6. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F (Full) and L (Low). OOSH089003L 7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring the level to F. 8-22 We recommend that the engine oil and filter be changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter. 08 ENGINE COOLANT/INVERTER COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory. Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate. If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) water to bring the level to the MAX mark, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, we recommend that you see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection. „„ Engine coolant cap Checking the coolant level „„ Engine coolant OOSH089008L „„ Inverter coolant cap OOSH089005L „„ Inverter coolant OOSH089007L OOSH089006L Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses. The coolant level should be filled between the MAX and the MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool. WARNING Never remove the engine coolant cap and/or inverter coolant cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury. 8-23 Maintenance Turn the vehicle off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the engine coolant cap and/or inverter coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it. WARNING Make sure the coolant cap is properly closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise the engine could be overheated while driving. „„ Engine compartment front view Information The engine coolant and/or inverter coolant level is influenced by the hybrid system temperature. Before checking or refilling the engine coolant and/or inverter coolant, turn the hybrid vehicle off. WARNING The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the engine is not running and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan. Always turn off the vehicle unless the vehicle has to be inspected with the engine on. Be cautious as the cooling fan may operate if the negative (-) battery terminal is not disconnected. 8-24 OOSH089010L 1. Check if the coolant cap label is straight In front. „„ Engine compartment rear view OOSH089009L 2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions inside the coolant cap is securely interlocked. 08 Recommended coolant • When adding coolant, use only deionized water, distilled water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. • An incorrect coolant mixture can result in severe malfunction or engine/hybrid system damage. • The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an phosphate-based ethylene glycol coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing. • Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant. • Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution. For mixing percentage, refer to the following table: Ambient Temperature Mixture Percentage (volume) Antifreeze Water -15°C (5°F) 35 65 -25°C (-31°F) 40 60 -35°C (31°F) 50 50 -45°C (-49°F) 60 40 Information If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50% water and 50% antifreeze mix is the easiest to mix together as it will be the same quantity of each. It is suitable to use for most temperature ranges of -35°C (-31°F) and higher. Changing coolant We recommend that coolant be changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter. WARNING Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Engine coolant may also cause damage to paint and body trim. NOTICE To prevent damage to engine parts, put a thick towel around the engine coolant cap and/or inverter coolant cap before refilling the coolant to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts, such as the alternator. 8-25 Maintenance HYBRID STARTER & GENERATOR (HSG) BELT BRAKE FLUID Checking the brake fluid level Checking the Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) belt We recommend that you have the Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) belt inspected or replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule in this chapter by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. CAUTION When the HSG belt is worn out or damaged, replace the belt. Otherwise, it may cause engine overheating or battery discharge. WARNING • Turn the vehicle off while you inspect the engine or Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) belt. Otherwise it may result in serious injury. • Keep hands, clothing etc. away from the Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) belt. OOSH089011L Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination. If the level is low, add the specified brake fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, we recommend that the brake system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING If the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid this could indicate a leak in the brake system. We recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 8-26 08 WASHER FLUID WARNING Checking the washer fluid level Do not allow brake fluid to come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid comes in contact with your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. NOTICE • Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle’s body paint, as paint damage will result. • Brake fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should NEVER be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly. • Do not use the wrong kind of brake fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake system parts. Information Use only the specified brake fluid (refer to “Recommended Lubricants and Capacities” section in chapter 2). OOSH089012L Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing. WARNING To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid: • Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident or damage to paint and body trim. • Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid may contain alcohol and can be flammable. • Do not drink washer fluid and avoid contact with skin. Washer fluid is harmful to humans and animals. • Keep washer fluid away from children and animals. 8-27 Maintenance AIR CLEANER Filter replacement OOSH089015L OOSH089013L Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as water will damage the filter. If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be replaced. Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner. 3. Replace the air cleaner filter. 4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips. 5. Check that the cover is firmly installed. Information If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the air cleaner filter more often than the usual recommended intervals (Refer to “Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions” section in this chapter). NOTICE OOSH089014L 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover. 8-28 • Do not drive with the air cleaner filter removed. This will result in excessive engine wear. • When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. • Use HYUNDAI genuine parts. Use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor. 08 CABIN AIR FILTER Filter inspection The cabin air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely airpolluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced sooner. Replace the cabin air filter by following the procedure below and be careful to avoid damaging other components. OOSH089017L 2. Press and hold the lock (1) on the right side of the cover. 3. Pull out (2) the cover OOSH089016L 1. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges. OOSH089018L 4. Replace the cabin air filter. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. NOTICE Install a new cabin air filter in the correct direction with the arrow symbol (↓) facing downwards, to prevent noise and reduce effectiveness. 8-29 Maintenance WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly with clean water. NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper blades, arms or other components, do not: • Use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. • Attempt to move the wipers manually. • Use non-specified wiper blades. Information Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean. 8-30 Information Wiper blades are consumable items. Normal wear of the wipers may not be covered by your vehicle warranty. Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement. NOTICE • In order to prevent damage to the hood and the wiper arms, the wiper arms should only be lifted when in the top wiping position. • Always return the wiper arms to the windshield before driving. 08 Front windshield wiper blade replacement Type A OOSH089021L OOSH089019L 1. Raise the wiper arm and slightly rotate the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip. 3. Lift it off the arm. 4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal. 5. Return the wiper arm on the windshield. Type B OOSH089020L 2. Press the clip (1) and slide the blade assembly downward (2). OOSH089022L 1. Raise the wiper arm. 8-31 Maintenance Rear window wiper blade replacement OOSH089023L 2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then pull down the blade assembly and remove it (2). OOSH089025L 1. Raise the wiper arm and then rotate the wiper blade assembly (1). 2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly (2). OOSH089024L 3. Install the new blade assembly in the reverse order of removal. 4. Return the wiper arm on the windshield. 8-32 OOSH089026L 3. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place (3). 4. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. 5. Rotate back the blade assembly so that it aligns with the wiper arm. To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, we recommend that you have the wiper blades replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 08 TIRES AND WHEELS WARNING Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: • Inspect your tires monthly for proper inflation as well as wear and damage. • The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver’s side center pillar. Always use a tire pressure gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling. • Check the pressure of the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle. • Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, or traction. • ALWAYS replace tires with the same size, type, construction and tread pattern as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident. Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle. OOSH019023L All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the driver’s side center pillar. Recommended cold tire inflation pressures All tire pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tires are cold. “Cold tires” means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1.6 km (one mile). Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to “Tire and Wheels” section in chapter 2. 8-33 Maintenance WARNING Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear. Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that could result in loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Severe under-inflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds. CAUTION • Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation is also possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, we recommend it be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards. 8-34 Check tire inflation pressure Check your tires, including the spare tire, once a month or more. How to check Use a good quality tire pressure gauge to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated when they are underinflated. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended pressure. Make sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible. 08 Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI recommends that the tires be rotated every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregular wear develops. During rotation, check the tires for correct balance. When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, out-ofbalance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of the tire. Replace the tire if you find any of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness (proper torque is 11~13 kgf·m [79~94 lbf·ft]). Information The outside and inside of the unsymmetrical tire is distinguishable. When installing an unsymmetrical tire, be sure to install the side marked “outside” face the outside. If the side marked “inside” is installed on the outside, it will have a negative effect on vehicle performance. WARNING • Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation. • Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. OHI078078 Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated. 8-35 Maintenance Wheel alignment and tire balance WARNING The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance. In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced. NOTICE Incorrect wheel weights can damage your vehicle’s aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights. Tire replacement Tread wear indicator OHI078080 If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 1.6 mm (1/16 in.) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing the tire. 8-36 To reduce the risk of DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY: • Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction. • Always replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident. • When replacing tires (or wheels), it is recommended to replace the two front or two rear tires (or wheels) as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle’s handling. • Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI recommends that tires be replaced after six (6) years of normal service. • Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to follow this warning may cause sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. 08 Compact spare tire replacement (if equipped) A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire. Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire. The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel. The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel, and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire. WARNING The original tire should be repaired or replaced as soon as possible to avoid failure of the spare and loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.The compact spare tire is for emergency use only. Do not operate your vehicle over 80 km/h (50 mph) when using the compact spare tire. Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset. Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear. To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road. Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment. When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel. 8-37 Maintenance Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall. OHI078081 1. Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown. 2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean. 8-38 Example tire size designation: (These numbers are provided as an example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your vehicle.) 205/60R16 92H 205 - Tire width in millimeters. 60 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section height as a percentage of its width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 16 - Rim diameter in inches. 92 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry. H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information. Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean. Example wheel size designation: 6.5JX16 6.5 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 16 - Rim diameter in inches. 08 Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicle tires. The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol corresponds to that tire’s designed maximum safe operating speed. Speed Rating Symbol Maximum Speed S 180 km/h (112 mph) T 190 km/h (118 mph) H 210 km/h (130 mph) V 240 km/h (149 mph) W 270 km/h (168 mph) Y 300 km/h (186 mph) 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number) Any tires that are over six years old, based on the manufacturing date, (including the spare tire) should be replaced by new ones. You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code. DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT shows a plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1519 represents that the tire was produced in the 15th week of 2019. 4. Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. The letter “R” means radial ply construction; the letter “D“ means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the letter “B” means belted-bias ply construction. 5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure. 6. Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire. 7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A 8-39 Maintenance Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. These grades are molded on the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade. Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. 8-40 WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. Temperature - A, B & C The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible sudden tire failure. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. 08 Low aspect ratio tires The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on low aspect ratio tires. Because low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and braking, their sidewall is a little stiffer than a standard tire. Also low aspect ratio tires tend to be wider and consequently have a greater contact patch with the road surface. In some instances they may generate more road noise compared with standard tires. CAUTION The side wall of a low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal one. Thus, the low-aspect wheel and tire are easily damaged. Follow the below instructions. • When driving on a rough road or driving off a road, be careful not to damage the tires and wheels. After driving, inspect the tires and wheels. • When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive the vehicle slowly so as not to damage the tires and wheels. • When there is an impact on a tire, inspect the tire condition. Or, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3,000 km (1,800 miles) to prevent tire damage. • It is difficult to recognize a tire damage only with your eyes. When there is a slight hint of a tire damage, check and replace the tire to prevent the damage caused by air leakage. • When a tire is damaged while driving on a rough road, off a road, or over obstacles, such as a pothole, manhole, or curb stone, your warranty does not cover the damage. • The tire information is specified on the tire side wall. 8-41 Maintenance FUSES ■ Blade type Normal Blown ■ Cartridge type Normal ■ Multi fuse Blown Normal Normal Blown Blown OLF074075 8-42 A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses. This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver’s side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment. If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted or broken. If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver’s side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the engine and all switches off, and then disconnect the negative battery cable. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating. If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 08 Information Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings. Instrument panel fuse replacement WARNING NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating. • A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly cause a fire. • Do not install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the proper fuse even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and possibly a fire. NOTICE Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system. OOSH089027L 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the vehicle off. Turn all other switches off. Open the fuse panel cover. Refer to the label on the inside of the fuse panel cover to locate the suspected fuse location. OOSH089028L 5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuses panel cover. 8-43 Maintenance 6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the instrument panel fuse panels (or in the engine compartment fuse panel). 7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, we recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. In an emergency, if you do not have a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter fuse. If the headlamps or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are undamaged, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced with the same rating. Fuse switch Information OOSH089030L If the fuse switch is OFF, “Turn on FUSE SWITCH” message will appear. The fuse switch is turned OFF to minimize battery draw when the vehicle is in storage or in transportation where the vehicle will not be operated for some time. Under normal conditions, the fuse switch should be set to the ON position. NOTICE Do not move the transportation fuse switch repeatedly. The fuse switch may be damaged. OOSH089029L Always, place the fuse switch to the ON position. If you move the switch to the OFF position, some items such as the audio system and digital clock must be reset and the smart key may not work properly. 8-44 08 Engine compartment panel fuse replacement „„ Blade type fuse NOTICE After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the fuse panel cover. You may hear a clicking sound if the cover is securely latched. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur from water contact. Multi fuse OOSH089031L „„ Cartridge type fuse OOSH089033L OOSH089032L If the multi fuse is blown, we recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Turn all other switches off. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tap and pulling up. 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 8-45 Maintenance Fuse/relay panel description Instrument panel fuse panel Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label. OOSH089034L Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/ relay names and ratings. OOSH089042L 8-46 08 Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Rating Circuit Protected 5 10A Electro Chromic Mirror, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Audio, A/T Shift Lever Indicator, A/C Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Module, Console Switch LH/RH, Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, AMP 4 10A Lane Departure Warning Unit, Crash Pad Switch, EPB Switch, BMS Control Module, Active Air Flap, VESS Unit, Electric Water Pump (HEV), Blind-Spot Collision Warning Radar LH/RH Interior Lamp 10A Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Wireless Charger Unit, Luggage Lamp Air bag 15A SRS Control Module Fuse Name Symbol Module 5 MODULE Module 4 MODULE Ignition 1 IG1 25A PCB Block Cluster CLUSTER Module 3 Memory 2 Air bag Indicator Start 10A Instrument Cluster, Head Up Display Unit 3 10A BCM, DCT Shift Lever, Stop Lamp Switch 2 7.5A VESS Unit 7.5A A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster 7.5A Burglar Alarm Relay, Transaxle Range Switch MODULE MEMORY IND 8-47 Maintenance Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Rating Circuit Protected 10A E/R Junction Block, Wireless Charger Unit, BCM, USB Charging Connector, Smart Key Control Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Power Outside Mirror Switch, AMP, BMS Control Module 7.5A Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module, BMS Control Module MEMORY 10A Wireless Charger Unit, Instrument Cluster, Rain Sensor, BCM, A/C Control Module, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, ICM Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Relay), Head Up Display Unit Multi Media MULTI MEDIA 10A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit Electric Water Pump EWP 10A Electric Water Pump (HEV) Electric Power Steering 1 1 7.5A EPS Unit 10A Tail Gate Relay 15A Smart Key Control Module 7.5A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Module, BLDC Cooling Fan Heated Steering 15A BCM Sunroof 20A Sunroof Motor 25A Power Window (RH) Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch (LHD), Rear Power Window Switch (RH), Driver Safety Power Window Module (RHD), Passenger Safety Power Window Module (LHD) Fuse Name Module 2 Symbol 2 MODULE 3 Button Start 3 Memory 1 1 Tailgate 1 Button Start 1 Module 7 Power Window Right-hand 8-48 7 MODULE RH 08 Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Power Window Left-hand Fuse Rating Circuit Protected LH 25A Power Window (LH) Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch (RHD), Rear Power Window Switch (LH), Driver Safety Power Window Module (LHD), Passenger Safety Power Window Module (RHD) 2 7.5A Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch Symbol Button Start 2 Brake Switch BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module Air conditioner A/C 7.5A Ionizer, A/C Control Module, Electronic A/C Compressor, E/R Junction Block 15A Multifunction Switch 25A Rear Seat Warmer Module 10A BMS Control Module DRV 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch AMP 30A AMP MODULE 10A Hazard Switch, Active Air Flap 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Dead Lock Relay) Washer Seat Heater Rear Battery Management System RR BATTERY MANAGEMENT Power Seat Driver AMP Module 1 Door Lock 1 8-49 Maintenance Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected 10A Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay) 7.5A BCM, Smart Key Control Module 25A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module Heated Mirror 10A Driver Power Outside Mirror, Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module Rear Heated 25A Rear Defogger (+) (Upper) Wiper Front 1 25A Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay) Wiper Rear 15A Rear Wiper Relay, BCM, Rear Wiper Motor FCA Unit 10A FCA Unit Passenger Power Seat 25A Passenger Seat Manual Switch Burglar Alarm Horn 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay Wiper Front 2 Module 6 Seat Heater Front 8-50 6 MODULE FRT 08 Engine compartment fuse panel Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label. OOSH089035L Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/ relay names and ratings. OOSH089043L 8-51 Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel Fuse Name Symbol Fuse Rating MAIN 150A Low Voltage DC-DC Converter, E/R Junction Block 60A PCB Block 60A IGPM 60A IGPM 50A IGPM 60A Engine Room Junction Block 40A Engine Room Junction Block 40A Engine Room Junction Block IG1 40A Without Smart Key : Ignition Switch With Smart Key : E/R Junction Block IG2 40A Without Smart Key : Ignition Switch With Smart Key : E/R Junction Block 80A EPS Unit 50A Engine Room Junction Block PTC HEATER 50A Engine Room Junction Block CLUTCH ACTUATOR 40A Clutch Actuator 80A IEB Motor 80A Cooling Fan BLDC (Trailer option) 5 2 3 4 1 Multi Fuse 1 1 PTC HEATER 2 8-52 Circuit Protected 08 Engine compartment fuse panel Fuse Name Symbol 3 Circuit Protected 15A TCM 10A HPCU 10A Electric Water Pump (HEV) 40A IGPM DCT 40A TCM DCT 40A TCM 10A Engine Room Junction Block POWER OUTLET 40A Engine Room Junction Block B/UP LAMP 10A Audio, Rear Combination Lamp (IN) LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror POWER OUTLET 20A Cigarette Lighter 20A Power Outlet 10A Engine Room Junction Block, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Mass Air Flow Sensor, Canister Close Valve 20A ECM DCT EWP 1 2 1 Fuse Fuse Rating 1 3 2 POWER OUTLET S2 E1 8-53 Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel Fuse Name Symbol S1 Circuit Protected 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down) 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4 10A ECM 15A ECM 15A HPCU, Clutch Actuator (HEV) 15A DCT Shift Lever, TCM, Transaxle Range Switch 10A Fuel Pump Relay, Camshaft Position Sensor #1 (Intake), Camshaft Position Sensor #2 (Exhaust), Oil Control Valve #1 (Intake), Oil Control Valve #2 (Exhaust) BATTERY C/FAN 15A Engine Room Junction Block FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay 15A Horn Relay. 40A IEB Unit 40A IEB Unit 10A IEB Unit 40A Trailer Unit IGN COIL E2 E3 4 DCT S3 Fuse 8-54 Fuse Rating 08 LIGHT BULBS Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true for removing the headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s). Removing/installing the headlamp assembly can result in damage to the vehicle. WARNING • Prior to working on a light, depress the foot brake, shift to P (Park), apply the parking brake, set the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position and take the key with you when leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and to prevent possible electric shock. • Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may burn your fingers. NOTICE Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the fuse or electrical wiring system. NOTICE To prevent damage, do not clean the headlamp lens with chemical solvents or strong detergents. Information The headlamp and tail lamp lenses could appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after driving or the vehicle is driven at night in wet weather. This condition is caused by temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside and, it does not indicate a problem with your vehicle. When moisture condenses in the lamp, it will be removed after driving with the headlamp on. The removable level may differ depending on lamp size, lamp position and environmental condition. However, if moisture is not removed, we recommend that your vehicle is inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Information • A normally functioning lamp may flicker momentarily to stabilize the vehicle’s electrical control system. However, if the lamp goes out after flickering momentarily, or continues to flicker, we recommend the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • The position lamp may not turn on when the position lamp switch is turned on, but the position lamp and headlamp switch may turn on when the headlamp switch is turned on. This may be caused by network failure or vehicle electrical control system malfunction. If this occurs, we recommend the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Information The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 8-55 Maintenance „„ High beam Information Traffic Change (For Europe) The low beam light distribution is asymmetric. If you go abroad to a country with opposite traffic direction, this asymmetric part will dazzle oncoming car driver. To prevent dazzle, ECE regulation demand several technical solutions (ex. automatic change system, adhesive sheet, down aiming). This headlamps are designed not to dazzle opposite drivers. So, you need not change your headlamps in a country with opposite traffic direction. OOSH089037L „„ Low beam Headlamp, daytime running light (DRL), position lamp, turn signal lamp and static lamp bulb replacement Type A OOSH089038L OOSH089036L (1) Headlamp (High) (2) Headlamp (Low) (3) Daytime running light (DRL)/ Position lamp (4) Turn signal lamp 8-56 Headlamp 1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Remove the bulb socket from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise 4. Disconnect the bulb socketconnector. 5. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. 08 Daytime running light (DRL)/Position lamp If the lamp (LED) does not operate, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle. WARNING OOSH089039L • Handle halogen bulbs with care. Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass that could cause injuries if broken. • Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it. • Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. • Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. • A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp. • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. OOSH089040L Turn signal lamp 1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 3. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 5. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. 6. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 8-57 Maintenance Type B WARNING OOSH089041L (1) Static lamp (Low beam assist) (2) Headlamp (Low/High) (3) Daytime running light (DRL)/ Position lamp (4) Turn signal lamp OOSH089044L Static lamp (Low beam assist) 1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Remove the bulb socket from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise 4. Disconnect the bulb socketconnecter. 5. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. 8-58 OOSH089039L • Handle halogen bulbs with care. Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass that could cause injuries if broken. • Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it. • Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. • Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. • A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp. • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. 08 Front fog lamp replacement (if equipped) OOSH089040L Turn signal lamp 1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 3. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 5. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. 6. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. Headlamp (Low/High) and Daytime running light (DRL)/Position lamp If the lamp (LED) does not operate, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle. OOSH089045L OOSH089046L 1. Loosen the pin-type retainers of the under cover and then remove the undercover. 2. Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper. 3. Disconnect the power connector from the socket. 4. Remove the bulb-socket from the housing by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots of the housing. 5. Install a new bulb-socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the housing. Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clockwise. 8-59 Maintenance Headlamp aiming (For Europe) Headlamp aiming „„ Halogen type OOSH089047L „„ LED type 3. Draw vertical lines (Vertical lines passing through respective head lamp centers) and a horizontal line (Horizontal line passing through center of head lamps) on the screen. 4. With the headlamp and battery in normal condition, aim the headlamps so the brightest portion falls on the horizontal and vertical lines. 5. To aim the low beam left or right, turn the driver clockwise or counterclockwise. To aim the low beam up or down, turn the driver clockwise or counterclockwise. To aim the high beam up or down, turn the driver clockwise or counterclockwise. Front fog lamp aiming OOSH089048L 1. Inflate the tires to the specified pressure and remove any loads from the vehicle except the driver, spare tire, and tools. 2. The vehicle should be placed on a flat floor. 8-60 OOSH089049L The front fog lamp can be aimed as the same manner of the headlamps aiming. With the front fog lamps and battery in normal condition, aim the front fog lamps. To aim the front fog lamp up or down, turn the driver clockwise or counterclockwise. 08 Aiming point „„ Halogen lamp „„ LED lamp OOS077063L H1 : Height between the head lamp bulb center and ground (Low beam) H2 : Height between the head lamp bulb center and ground (High beam) H3 : Height between the fog lamp bulb center and ground W1 : Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centers (Low beam) W2 : Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centers (High beam) W3 : Distance between the two fog lamp bulbs centers Vehicle condition Without driver With driver mm (in) With driver H1 H2 Halogen 625 (24.6) 617 (24.28) LED Halogen mm (in) Vehicle condition Without driver Lamp type mm (in) LED 617 (24.28) 608 (23.93) W1 W2 Halogen 1506 (59.27) 1320 (51.95) LED LED 332 (13.06) 323 (12.71) 620 (24.4) Lamp type Halogen mm (in) 628 (24.71) H3 1503 (59.15) 1504 (59.15) 1320 (51.95) W3 880 (34.63) 1503 (59.15) 8-61 Maintenance Headlamp low beam (LHD side) „„ Based on 10m screen Car axis Vertical line of left headlamp bulb center Vertical line of right headlamp bulb center Horizontal line of headlamp bulb center Cut-off line 100 W1 (Low beam) H1 (Low beam) GROUND OPDE076082 1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard. 2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture. 3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming. 4. If headlamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device switch to “0”. 8-62 08 Headlamp low beam (RHD side) „„ Based on 10m screen Car axis Vertical line of left headlamp bulb center Vertical line of right headlamp bulb center Horizontal line of headlamp bulb center Cut-off line 100 W1 (Low beam) H1 (Low beam) GROUND OPDE076083 1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard. 2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture. 3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming. 4. If headlamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device switch to “0”. 8-63 Maintenance Front fog lamp „„ Based on 10m screen OOS077065L (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Vertical line of the left fog lamp bulb center Horizontal line of fog lamp bulb center Cut-off line Car axis W3 (Front fog) Vertical line of the right fog lamp bulb center H3 (Front fog) Ground 1. Turn the front fog lamp on without the driver aboard. 2. The cut-off line should be projected in the allowable range (shaded region). 8-64 08 Side repeater lamp replacement Rear combination lamp bulb replacement Type A OOSH089050L If the lamp (LED) (1) does not operate, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle. OOSH089056L (1) (2) (3) (4) Stop/Tail lamp Tail lamp Turn signal lamp Fog lamp (LHD : Left side, RHD : Right side) (5) Backup lamp (LHD : Right side, RHD : Left side) OOSH089051L Stop and Tail lamp 1. Turn off the vehicle. 2. Open the tailgate. 3. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screw-driver. 8-65 Maintenance OOSH089052L 4. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle. OOSH089054L Tail lamp 1. Turn off the vehicle. 2. Open the tailgate. 3. Remove the service cover using a flatblade screw-driver. OOSH089053L 5. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 6. - Stop lamp (A) Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. - Tail lamp (B) Remove the bulb from the socket by pulling out the bulb. 7. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. 8-66 OOSH089055L 4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 5. Remove the bulb from the socket by pulling out the bulb. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. Turn signal lamp, fog lamp and backup lamp If the lamp does not operate, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 08 High mounted stop lamp bulb replacement Type B OOSH089056L (1) (2) (3) (4) Stop/tail lamp Stop/tail lamp Turn signal lamp Fog lamp (LHD : Left side, RHD : Right side) (5) Backup lamp (LHD : Right side, RHD : Left side) Stop/tail lamp If the lamp (LED) does not operate, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle. OOSH089057L If the lamp (LED) (1) does not operate, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle. Turn signal lamp, fog lamp and backup lamp If the lamp does not operate, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 8-67 Maintenance License plate light bulb replacement Interior light bulb replacement Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror lamp and luggage compartment lamp „„ Map lamp •• Type A OOSH089058L 1. Loosen the lens retaining screws with a philips head screw-driver. 2. Remove the lens. 3. Remove the socket by turning it counterclockwise. 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 5. Install a new bulb. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. OOSH089059L •• Type B OOSH089060L 8-68 08 „„ Room lamp •• Type A „„ Luggage compartment lamp OOSH089061L •• Type B OOSH089065L 1. Using a flat-head screw-driver, gently pry the lens from the interior light housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb into the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place. OOSH089063L „„ Vanity mirror lamp NOTICE Use care not to dirty or damage lenses, lens tabs, and plastic housings. OOSH089062L 8-69 Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label. Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle’s finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean. Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle’s finish if not removed immediately. Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, should be used. After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish. 8-70 High-pressure washing • When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle. Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration. • Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally. • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers) or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pressure water. WARNING After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water before getting on the road. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed. 08 NOTICE • Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm. • Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle. • Especially, with high-pressure water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interior. • To prevent damage to the plastic parts, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents. • To prevent damage to the charging door, make sure to close and lock the vehicle doors when washing (highpressure washing, automatic car washing, etc.) the vehicle. Waxing A good coat of wax is a barrier between your paint and contaminate. Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it. Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint. Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster. Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing. NOTICE • Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish. • Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration. NOTICE Finish damage repair OOSH089066L • Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/ electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them. Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense. NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anticorrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced. 8-71 Maintenance Bright-metal maintenance WARNING • To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object. • To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster. • During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound. After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed. Underbody maintenance • Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels. • Clean the wheel when it has cooled. • Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the wheels after driving on salted roads. • Do not wash the wheels with highspeed car wash brushes. • Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents. Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection. Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting. 8-72 Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish. NOTICE 08 Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the longterm corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner’s cooperation and assistance is also required. Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are: • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle. • Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion. High-corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution. Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate. Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain moisture and promote corrosion. High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle. 8-73 Maintenance To help prevent corrosion Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is particularly important. • If you live in a high-corrosion area — where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over. • When cleaning underneath the vehicle, pay particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials. • When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion. 8-74 Keep your garage dry Don’t park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed. Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with “touch-up” paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended. Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible. Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl. 08 NOTICE • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/ electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them. • When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid/ alkaline detergents, the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off. Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl (if equipped) Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner. Fabric (if equipped) Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained. NOTICE Leather (if equipped) • Features of seat leather -- Leather is made from the outer skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to be available for use. Since it is a natural product, each part differs in thickness or density. Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity. -- The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort. -- The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driving comfort and stability. -- Wrinkles may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of the products. NOTICE • Wrinkles or abrasions which appear naturally from usage are not covered by warranty. • Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric. • Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather. • Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric. Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties. 8-75 Maintenance • Caring for the leather seats -- Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality. -- Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth. -- Use of proper leather protector may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agent. -- Light colored (beige, cream beige) leather is easily contaminated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently. -- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack. • Cleaning the leather seats -- Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contaminant. -- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.) Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated spot. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth. -- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.) Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear. -- Oil Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover used only for natural leather. -- Chewing gum Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually. Cleaning the seat belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken the seat belt. Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container. NOTICE Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid. 8-76 08 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Service Passport in your vehicle. Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows. (1) Crankcase emission control system (2) Evaporative emission control system (3) Exhaust emission control system In order to ensure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual. NOTICE For the Inspection and Maintenance Test (with Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system) • To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system off by pressing the ESC switch (ESC OFF light illuminated). • After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again. 1. Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system. 2. Evaporative emission control system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmosphere. Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve. Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine. 8-77 Maintenance 3. Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance. When the engine starts or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission system. Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide) precautions • Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes. If you smell exhaust fumes of any kind in your vehicle, drive with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately. WARNING Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to avoid CO poisoning. • Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area. • When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running, adjust the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle. • Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running. • When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system. 8-78 Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped) WARNING The exhaust system and catalytic converter are very hot during and immediately after the engine has been running. To avoid SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: • Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle. • Keep away from the exhaust system and catalytic converter or you may get burned. Also, Do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle, and do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions. Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device. To prevent damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle, take the following precautions: • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines. • Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance. • Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the hybrid system off and descending steep grades in gear with the hybrid system off. • Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more). 08 • Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter. Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) (if equipped) The Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) system removes the soot in the exhaust gas. The GPF system automatically burns (or oxidizes) the accumulated soot in accordance with driving situations, unlike a disposable air filter. In other words, the accumulated soot is automatically purged out by the engine control system and by the high exhaustgas temperature at normal/ high driving speeds. However, when the vehicle is continually driven at repeated short distances or driven at low speed for a long time, the accumulated soot may not be automatically removed because of low exhaust gas temperature. In this case, the accumulated soot may reach a certain amount regardless of the soot oxidization process, then the GPF lamp ) will illuminate. ( The Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) Lamp stops illuminating, when the driving speed exceeds 80 km/h (50 mph) with engine rpm 1,500 ~ 4,000 and the gear in the 3rd position or above for approximately 30 minutes. When the GPF lamp starts to blink or the warning message “Check exhaust system” pops up even though the vehicle was driven as mentioned above, we recommend that you have the GPF system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. With GPF lamp blinking for an extended period of time, it may damage the GPF system and lower the fuel economy. CAUTION Gasoline Fuel (if equipped with GPF) We recommend you to use only the regulated gasoline fuels, when your vehicle is equipped with the GPF system. When you use other gasoline fuels which contain unspecified additives, they may damage the GPF system and cause exhaust emission problems. 8-79 Maintenance PROCEDURE FOR ENTERING FORCED ENGINE ACTIVATION MODE If the engine needs to be kept running while the vehicle is stopped to inspect emission gas or perform vehicle maintenance, follow below procedure to enter forced engine activation mode. 1. Place the shift lever in P (Park) position with the vehicle stopped. Engage the parking brake. Then, follow the steps (1) to (5). Below steps from (1) to (5) must be completed within 60 sec. If not, the process is reset and you must start again from step (1). (1) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Vehicles equipped with the smart key, press the Engine Start/ Stop button twice without depressing the brake pedal. (2) Place the shift lever in P (Park) position and depress the accelerator pedal twice. (3) Place the shift lever in N (Neutral) position and depress the accelerator pedal twice. (4) Place the shift lever in P (Park) position and depress the accelerator pedal twice. (5) With the brake pedal depressed, start the engine, and maintain idling state. The engine remains in idle state and the forced engine activation mode is maintained even when the gear is shifted to a different position. 8-80 2. “ ” indicator on the instrument cluster blinks when the vehicle is in forced engine activation mode. Check the “ ” indicator blinking to ensure that the forced engine activation mode is correctly entered. The “ ” indicator continues blinking until the forced engine activation mode is cancelled. When the mode is cancelled the “ ” indicator will stop blinking. 3. To cancel the forced engine activation mode, turn the vehicle off. Appendix Шофиране през зимата (Bulgarian)............................................................... 9-2 Téli vezetés (Hungarian).................................................................................... 9-5 Vetrarakstur (Icelandic).....................................................................................9-8 Jazda zimą (Polish)............................................................................................9-11 A Appendix ШОФИРАНЕ ПРЕЗ ЗИМАТА (BULGARIAN) Тежките атмосферни условия през зимата предизвикват по-бързо износване на нашите гуми и други проблеми. За да сведете до минимум проблемите, свързани с шофирането през зимата, трябва да следвате препоръките по-долу: Условия на сняг или поледица Трябва да спазвате достатъчна дистанция между Вашия автомобил и автомобила пред Вас. Натискайте спирачката леко. Ускоряването, бързото наби ране на скорост, рязкото натискане на спирачката, както и резките завои са практики за шофиране, при които може да възникне опасна ситуация. Когато забавяте скоростта, при спирането използвайте възможно повече двигателя. Внезапното натискане на спирачки назаледена пътна настилка може да предизвика занасяне на автомобила. За шофиране на Вашия автомобил в дълбок сняг може да е нужно да използвате гуми за движение по сняг или да поставите вериги за гуми върху Вашите гуми. Винаги носете със себе си оборудване за аварийни ситуации. Някои от нещата, които можете да решите да носите, включват вериги за гуми, сапани или вериги за теглене, мигаща рампа, сигнална ракета, пясък, лопата, кабели за стартиране от външен акумулатор, стъргалка за лед, ръкавици, постелка за земята, работно облекло, одеяло и др. 9-2 Гуми за сняг ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ Гумите за сняг трябва да отговарят по размер и тип на стандартните гуми на автомобила. В противния случай безопасността и управлението на Вашия автомобил може да се влошат. Ако монтирате гуми за сняг на Вашия автомобил, непременно използвайте радиални гуми със същия размер и товарен индекс като тези на оригиналните гуми. Монтирайте гуми за сняг и на четирите колела, за да балансирате експлоатацията на Вашия автомобил при всякакви атмосферни условия. Предоставяното сцепление от гумите за сняг върху суха пътна настилка може да не е толкова високо, колкото предоставяното сцепление от оригиналните гуми, с които е оборудван автомобилът. Консултирайте се с доставчика на гумите за допустимата максимална скорост. Информация Не монтирайте гуми с шипове, преди да сте проверили местните и общинските разпоредби за възможни ограничения в тяхната употреба. A Вериги за гуми ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ OOSH069128L Тъй като страниците на радиалните гуми са по-тънки в сравнение с другите типове гуми, те могат да се повредят, ако върху тях се монтират някои видове вериги за сняг. Ето защо се препоръчва използването на гуми за сняг, а не на вериги за сняг. Ако се налага да бъдат използвани вериги, използвайте оригинални части от HYUNDAI и монтирайте веригите за гуми, след като сте се запознали с инструкциите, доставени с веригите за гуми. Щетите на Вашия автомобил, предизвикани от употреба на неподходящи вериги за гуми, не се покриват от гаранцията, предоставяна от производителя на Вашия автомобил. Използването на вериги за сняг може да влоши управляемостта на Вашия автомобил: • Шофирайте с не повече от 30 км/ч (20 мили в час) или с препоръчаната от производителя на веригите скорост, използвайки по-ниската от двете стойности. • Шофирайте внимателно и избягвайте издатини върху настилката, дупки, остри завои и други опасности на пътя, които може да предизвикват подскачане на автомобила. • Избягвайте остри завои или спиране, при което колелата се блокират. Информация • Винаги поставяйте веригите по две и върху предните колела. Следва да се отбележи, че поставянето на веригите върху гумите ще позволи прилагането на по-голяма движеща сила, но няма да предотврати занасянето встрани. • Не монтирайте гуми с шипове, преди да сте проверили местните и общинските разпоредби за възможни ограничения в тяхната употреба. 9-3 Appendix Поставяне на веригите Когато поставяте вериги на гумите, спазвайте инструкциите на производителя и монтирайте веригите възможно по-стегнато. С поставени вериги шофирайте бавно (с не повече от 30 км/ч (20 мили в час)). Ако чуете, че веригите са в контакт с каросерията или шасито, спрете и ги обтегнете. Ако те все още са в контакт, намалете скоростта до преустановяване на шума. Свалете веригите веднага, щом започнете да се движите по почистени пътища. С поставени вериги за сняг паркирайте автомобила на равно място далеч от пътното движение. Включете аварийните светлини на автомобила и поставете светлоотразителния предупредителен триъгълник зад автомобила (ако имате такъв). Винаги паркирайте автомобила в положението за паркинг P (Паркинг), дръпнете ръчната спирачка и изключете двигателя, преди да поставите веригите за сняг. 9-4 БЕЛЕЖКА Когато използвате вериги за гуми: • Ако веригите са с неправилен размер или са поставени неправилно, възможно е да повредят маркучите на спирачната система, окачването, каросерията или колелата. • Използвайте вериги клас S според класификацията на Дружеството на автомобилните инженери (SAE) или телени вериги. • Ако чуете шум, предизвикан от контакт на веригите с каросерията, обтегнете ги, за да не докосват каросерията на автомобила. • За избягване на повреди по каросерията, след като изминете 0,5~1,0 километра (0,3~0,6 мили), повторно обтегнете веригите. • Не поставяйте вериги за гуми, ако автомобилът е оборудван с алуминиеви джанти на колелата. Ако се налага използване на вериги, използвайте телени вериги. • Използвайте телени вериги с дебелина на телта под 12 mm (0,47 инча), за да се избегне повреждането на връзката на веригата. A TÉLI VEZETÉS (HUNGARIAN) A télen jellemző nehéz vezetési körülmények miatt a gumik gyorsan elhasználódnak és egyéb problémák is jelentkezhetnek. A téli vezetési problémák minimalizálása érdekében tartsa be az alábbi tanácsokat: Havas vagy jeges körülmények Tartson kellő távolságot a jármű és az ön előtt lévő jármű között. Finoman fékezzen. A gyorshajtás, a túlzott mértékű gyorsulás, a hirtelen fékezés és az élesen történő kanyarodás rendkívül kockázatos.Lassuláskor amíg csak lehet, motorfékkel fékezzen. A havas vagyjeges úton történő hirtelen fékezés esetén a jármű megcsúszhat. A jármű mély hóban történő használatához szükség lehet téli gumira vagy arra, hogy hóláncot szereljen az abroncsokra. Mindig vigyen magával vészhelyzeti felszerelést. Ezek közé tartozik többek között a hólánc, a vontatókötél vagy -lánc, a villogó fény, vészfáklya, homok, lapát, bikakábel, jégkaparó, kesztyű, ponyva, takaró stb. Téli gumik FIGYELEM A téli gumik méretének és típusának meg kell egyeznie a jármű nyári gumijával. Ellenkező esetben a jármű biztonsága és kezelhetősége kérdésessé válhat. Ha téli gumit szerel a járműre, ügyeljen arra, hogy az eredeti abroncsokkal egyező méretű és terhelési tartományú radiál abroncsokat használjon. Szereljen téli gumit mind a négy kerékre, hogy a jármű minden idejárási helyzetben egyformán kezelhető legyen. A téli gumik által száraz úton biztosított vonóerő nem biztos, hogy akkora, mint az eredeti abroncsoké. Ellenőrizze az abroncskereskedővel a maximális sebességre vonatkozó javaslatokat. Információ Szöges gumik felszerelése előtt ellenőrizze a helyi és önkormányzati szabályzásban az ezek használatra vonatkozó esetleges korlátozásokat. 9-5 Appendix Hóláncok FIGYELEM OOSH069128L Mivel a radiál abroncsok oldalfala vékonyabb a többi típusú abroncsnál, ezért azok a hólánc felszerelése során megsérülhetnek. Ezért a hóláncok helyett téli gumi használata javasolt. Ha muszáj hóláncot használni, használjon eredeti HYUNDAI alkatrészeket és a hóláncot csak a mellékelt utasítások áttekintését követően szerelje fel. A járműnek a hólánc helytelen használatából adódó sérülése nem tartozik a jármű gyártója által biztosított garancia hatálya alá. 9-6 A hóláncok használata hátrányosan érintheti a jármű kezelhetőségét: • Vezessen 30 km/h (20 mph) sebességgel vagy a lánc gyártója által javasolt sebességgel, amelyik az alacsonyabb. • Vezessen óvatosan és kerülje el a bukkanókat, lyukakat, éles kanyarokat és az úton lévő egyéb veszélyeket, melyek jármű megugrását okozhatják. • Kerülje az éles kanyarodást és a blokkolásos fékezést. Információ • A hóláncokat csak párban és az első abroncsokra szerelje fel. Itt jegyeznénk meg, hogy a hóláncok abroncsra történő felszerelése nagyobb tapadóerőt biztosít, azonban nem akadályozza meg az oldalirányú csúszást. • Szöges gumik felszerelése előtt ellenőrizze a helyi és önkormányzati szabályzásban az ezek használatra vonatkozó esetleges korlátozásokat. A A lánc felszerelése A hóláncok felszerelésekor kövesse a gyártó utasításait és a lehető legszorosabban szerelje fel azokat. Felszerelt hólánccal lassan (30 km/h (20 mph) sebességnél lassabban) közlekedjen. Ha azt hallja, hogy a láncok hozzáérnek a karosszériához vagy az alvázhoz, álljon meg és húzza meg azokat. Ha továbbra is érintkeznek, lassítson le, amíg a zaj meg nem szűnik. Amint tiszta útra ér, szerelje le a hóláncot. a hóláncok felszerelésekor a járművel vízszintes, a forgalomtól távol eső helyen parkoljon. Kapcsolja be a jármű vészvillogóját és helyezzen elakadásjelző háromszöget a jármű mögé (ha van). Mindig helyezze a járművet P (Parkolás) helyzetbe, húzza be a rögzítőféket és állítsa le a motort a hóláncok felszerelése előtt. ÉRTESÍTÉS Hóláncok használata esetén • A helytelen méretű vagy helytelenül felszerelt láncok károsíthatják a jármű fékvezetékeit, felfüggesztését, karosszériáját és abroncsait. • SAE “S” osztályú láncot vagy drótos hóláncot használjon. • ha olyan zajt hall, ami arra utal, hogy a láncok hozzáérnek a karosszériához, húzza meg a láncokat, hogy megakadályozza a láncok karosszériához történő hozzáérését. • A karosszéria károsodásának elkerülése érdekében húzza meg a láncokat 0,5 -1,0 km (0,3 - 0,6 mérföld) vezetést követően. • Ne használjon hóláncot alufelnivel szerelt járműveken. Ha ez elkerülhetetlen, drótos hóláncot használjon. • Legfeljebb 12 mm (0,47 in) vastag drótos hóláncot használjon a lánccsatlakozások károsodásának megelőzése érdekében. 9-7 Appendix VETRARAKSTUR (ICELANDIC) Hörð veðurskilyrði að vetri slíta hjólbörðum hratt og valda öðrum vandamálum. Til að lágmarka vandamál í vetrarakstri ættir þú að taka eftirfarandi ábendingum: Snjór eða hálka Þú þarft að halda nægilegri fjarlægð á milli ökutækisins þíns og ökutækisins fyrir framan þig. Beittu hemlunum varlega. Hraðakstur, snögg hröðun, skyndileg beiting hemla og krappar beygjur eru hugsanlega mjög hættuleg iðja. Á meðan hægt er niður skal nota hreyfil hemilinn til hins ýtrasta. Skyndileg beiting hemla á snævi þöktum eðaísuðum vegum kunna að valda því að ökutækið renni til. Til að aka ökutækinu þínu í djúpum snjó kann að vera nauðsynlegt að nota snjó hjólbarða eða setja snjókeðjur á hjólbarðana. Hafðu alltaf með þér neyðar búnað. Sumir þeirra hluta sem þú kannt að vilja hafa með þér eru snjókeðjur, dráttarólar eða -keðjur, vasaljós, neyðarblys, sandur, skófla, ræsikaplar, rúðuskafa, hanskar, jarðdúkur, samfestingur, teppi, o.s.frv. 9-8 Snjóhjólbarðar VIÐVÖRUN Snjóhjólbarðar ættu að vera jafngildir venjulegum hjólbörðum ökutækisins að stærð og tegund. Að öðrum kosti kann það að hafa slæm áhrif á öryggi og stjórnun ökutækisins þíns. Ef þú setur snjóhjólbarða á ökutækið þitt skaltu gæta þess að nota þverbanda hjólbarða af sömu stærð og álagssviði og upprunalegu hjólbarðarnir. Settu snjóhjólbarða á öll fjögur hjólin til að jafna út meðhöndlun ökutækisins við öll veðurskilyrði. Ekki er víst að gripið sem snjóhjólbarðar veita á þurrum vegum sé jafnmikið og upprunalegir hjólbarðar ökutækisins veita. Athugaðu hjá hjólbarðasalanum varðandi ráðleggingar um hámarkshraða. Upplýsingar Settu ekki upp neglda hjólbarða án þess að athuga fyrst staðbundnar reglugerðir og reglugerðir sveitarfélagsins varðandi mögulega takmarkanir á notkun þeirra. A Snjókeðjur VIÐVÖRUN OOSH069128L Þar sem hliðarnar á þverbanda hjólbörðum eru þynnri en á öðrum tegundum hjólbarða kunna þeir að skemmast ef sumar tegundir snjókeðja eru settar á þá. Þar af leiðandi er mælt með notkun snjó hjólbarða í stað snjókeðja. Ef nauðsynlegt er að nota snjókeðjur skal nota ósvikna HYUNDAIvarahluti og setja snjókeðjurnar upp eftir að hafa skoðað leiðbeiningarnar sem fylgdu með keðjunum. Skemmdir á ökutækinu þínu af völdum rangrar notkunar snjókeðja falla ekki undir ökutækis ábyrgð framleiðanda. Notkun snjókeðja kann að hafa alvarleg áhrif á stjórnun ökutækisins: • Aktu á undir 30 km/klst (20 m/klst) hraða, eða samkvæmt ráðlögðum hraðatakmörkunum framleiðanda keðjanna, hvort sem er hægara. • Aktu varlega og forðastu ójöfnur, holur, krappar beygjur og aðrar vegahættur, sem kunna að valda því að ökutækið skoppi. • Forðastu krappar beygjur eða að læsa hjólunum þegar þú hemlar. Upplýsingar • Settu snjókeðjurnar aðeins á í pörum og á framhjólin. Taka skal fram að uppsetning snjókeðja á hjólbarðana mun veita meiri aksturskraft en kemur ekki í veg fyrir hliðarskrik. • Settu ekki upp neglda hjólbarða án þess að athuga fyrst staðbundnar reglugerðir og reglugerðir sveitarfélagsins varðandi mögulega takmarkanir á notkun þeirra. 9-9 Appendix Uppsetning keðja Þegar þú setur upp snjó keðjur skaltu fylgja leiðbeiningum framleiðandans og setja þær eins þétt á og mögulegt er. Aktu hægt (undir 30 km/klst (20 m/ klst)) með uppsettar keðjur. Ef þú heyrir keðjurnar snerta yfirbygginguna eða undirvagninn skaltu stöðva og herða þær. Ef þær snerta enn skaltu hægja á þar til hávaðinn hættir. Taktu snjókeðjurnar af um leið og þú ferð að aka á hreinsuðum vegum. Þegar þú setur snjókeðjur á skaltu leggja ökutækinu á jafnsléttu utan við umferðina. Kveiktu á hættuljósunum og settu neyðarviðvörunarþríhyrning fyrir aftan ökutækið (ef til staðar). Settu ökutækið alltaf í P (Park), settu stöðuhemilinn á og slökktu á hreyflinum áður en þú setur upp snjókeðjur. 9-10 ATHUGASEMD Þegar snjókeðjur eru notaðar: • Röng stærð á keðjum eða rangt uppsettar keðjur geta skemmt hemlaborða ökutækisins, fjöðrun, yfirbyggingu og hjól. • Notaðu keðjur í SAE „S“ flokki eða vírkeðjur. • Ef þú heyrir hljóð af völdum þess að keðjurnar snerta yfirbygginguna skaltu herða keðjurnar aftur til að koma í veg fyrir snertingu við yfirbyggingu ökutækisins. • Til að koma í veg fyrir skemmdir á yfirbyggingu skaltu herða keðjurnar aftur eftir að hafa ekið 0,5~1,0 km (0,3~0,6 mílur). • Notaðu ekki snjókeðjur á ökutækjum sem búin eru álfelgum. Ef ekki er komist hjá því skal nota vírkeðjur. • Notaðu vírkeðjur sem eru þynnri en 12 mm (0,47 til) að koma í veg fyrir skemmdir á tengingu keðjunnar. A JAZDA ZIMĄ (POLISH) Trudne warunki pogodowe zimą powodują szybsze zużycie opon i inne problemy. Aby ograniczyć problemy podczas jazdy zimą, należy stosować się do następujących zaleceń: Opady śniegu lub mróz Należy utrzymywać odpowiednią odległość od pojazdu poprzedzającego. Hamować łagodnie. Jazda z nadmierną prędkością, gwałtowne przyśpieszanie, nagłe hamowanie i pokonywanie zakrętów z wysoką prędkością są potencjalnie bardzo niebezpiecznymi zachowaniami. Zwalniając, należy w jak największym stopniu hamować silnikiem. Nagłe hamowanie na zaśnieżonej luboblodzonej nawierzchni może skutkować wpadnięciem pojazdu w poślizg. W celu jazdy w głębokim śniegu może być konieczne zamontowanie opon zimowych lub założenie na koła łańcuchów śniegowych. Należy zawsze wozić wyposażenie na wypadek sytuacji awaryjnych. Do przydatnych elementów wyposażenia zaliczają się: łańcuchy śniegowe, lina lub łańcuch holowniczy, latarka, flary sygnalizacyjne, piasek, łopata, przewody rozruchowe, skrobaczka do szyb, rękawice, mata, kombinezon, koc itp. Opony zimowe OSTRZEŻENIE Opony zimowe muszą być tego samego rozmiaru i typu jak standardowe opony pojazdu. W przeciwnym razie mogą negatywnie wpływać na bezpieczeństwo i prowadzenie pojazdu. Montując opony zimowe w pojeździe, należy zamontować opony radialne w takim samym rozmiarze i o takim samym indeksie nośności jak oryginalne opony. Zamontować opony zimowe na wszystkich czterech kołach, aby uzyskać stabilne prowadzenie pojazdu w każdych warunkach. Przyczepność opon zimowych na suchej nawierzchni może być gorsza w porównaniu z oponami będącymi oryginalnym wyposażeniem pojazdu. Sprawdzić zalecenia dotyczące maksymalnej prędkości u sprzedawcy opon. Informacja Nie wolno montować opon z kolcami bez uprzedniego zapoznania się z lokalnymi i regionalnymi przepisami mogącymi zabraniać ich używania. 9-11 Appendix Łańcuchy śniegowe OSTRZEŻENIE OOSH069128L Ponieważ ścianki boczne opon radialnych są cieńsze w porównaniu z innymi typami opon, mogą one ulec uszkodzeniu wskutek zamontowania pewnych typów łańcuchów. W związku z tym zaleca się montaż opon zimowych zamiast używania łańcuchów śniegowych. W razie konieczności użycia łańcuchów, należy używać oryginalnych części HYUNDAI i zamontować łańcuchy śniegowe po zapoznaniu się z dołączonymi do nich instrukcjami. Gwarancja producenta pojazdu nie obejmuje uszkodzeń spowodowanych niewłaściwym użytkowaniem łańcuchów śniegowych. 9-12 Łańcuchy śniegowe mogą pogorszyć właściwości jezdne pojazdu: • Nie wolno przekraczać prędkości 30 km/h (20 mph) lub maksymalnej prędkości zalecanej przez producenta, zależnie od tego, która wartość jest niższa. • Należy prowadzić ostrożnie i unikać nierówności, dziur, ostrych zakrętów i innych zagrożeń na drodze, które mogłyby spowodować podbicie pojazdu. • Należy unikać gwałtownego pokonywania zakrętów i hamowania z zablokowanymi kołami. Informacja • Montować łańcuchy śniegowe tylko parami na kołach przednich. Należy pamiętać, że łańcuchy śniegowe powoduję zwiększenie siły napędowej, ale nie zapobiegają poślizgom bocznym. • Nie wolno montować opon z kolcami bez uprzedniego zapoznania się z lokalnymi i regionalnymi przepisami mogącymi zabraniać ich używania. A Montaż łańcuchów Montując łańcuchy śniegowe, należy stosować się do instrukcji producenta i zamontować je, zwracając uwagę na ich właściwe naprężenie. Z zamontowanymi łańcuchami należy jechać powoli (poniżej 30 km/h (20 mph)). W razie usłyszenia odgłosu łańcuchów uderzających w nadwozie lub podwozie należy zatrzymać pojazd i naprężyć łańcuchy. Jeśli nadal dochodzi do kontaktu, należy zmniejszyć prędkość, aż odgłosy ustaną. Zdjąć łańcuchy jak najszybciej po wjechaniu na odśnieżoną drogę. Aby zamontować łańcuchy śniegowe, należy zaparkować pojazd na równej nawierzchni z dala od ruchu. Włączyć światła awaryjne i ustawić za pojazdem trójkąt ostrzegawczy (jeśli jest dostępny). Przed przystąpieniem do montażu łańcuchów śniegowych należy ustawić dźwignię zmiany biegów w położeniu P (postój), włączyć hamulec postojowy i wyłączyć silnik. UWAGA W przypadku używania łańcuchów śniegowych: • Łańcuchy w nieprawidłowym rozmiarze lub nieprawidłowo zamontowane mogą spowodować uszkodzenie przewodów hamulcowych, zawieszenia, nadwozia i kół pojazdu. • Należy używać łańcuchów śniegowych SAE klasy „S” lub łańcuchów z linki stalowej. • W razie usłyszenia hałasu spowodowanego kontaktem łańcuchów z nadwoziem, należy je naprężyć, aby temu zapobiec. • Aby uniknąć uszkodzenia nadwozia, łańcuchy należy naprężyć po przejechaniu 0,5~1,0 km (0,3~0,6 mili). • Nie wolno używać łańcuchów śniegowych w pojazdach wyposażonych w aluminiowe obręcze kół. Jeśli nie można tego uniknąć, należy użyć łańcuchów z linki stalowej. • Używać łańcuchów z linki stalowej o grubości mniejszej niż 12 mm (0,47 in), aby nie uszkodzić ogniwa łańcucha. 9-13 Index I Index A Air bag warning labels..........................................................................................3-59 Air bags.................................................................................................................3-41 Additional safety precautions........................................................................... 3-59 Air bag collision sensors.................................................................................. 3-53 Air bag inflation conditions............................................................................. 3-55 Air bag non-inflation conditions...................................................................... 3-56 Air bag warning labels..................................................................................... 3-59 Curtain air bags................................................................................................ 3-48 Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger seat.............................. 3-52 Driver’s air bag................................................................................................ 3-44 How does the air bags system operate?........................................................... 3-49 Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch....................................................... 3-45 Passenger’s front air bag.................................................................................. 3-44 Side air bags..................................................................................................... 3-46 SRS Care.......................................................................................................... 3-58 SRS components and functions........................................................................ 3-49 SRS warning light............................................................................................ 3-49 What to expect after an air bag inflates............................................................ 3-52 Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision..................................................... 3-53 Air cleaner............................................................................................................8-28 Air conditioner compressor label.........................................................................2-16 Air Conditioning refrigerant label........................................................................5-73 Air ventilation seats..............................................................................................3-18 Airconditioning system.........................................................................................5-63 Alarm system........................................................................................................5-18 Antenna.................................................................................................................5-91 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)............................................................................6-32 Appearance care...................................................................................................8-70 Exterior care..................................................................................................... 8-70 Interior care...................................................................................................... 8-74 Armrest................................................................................................................. 3-11 Auto defogging system.........................................................................................5-76 AUTO headlamp position.....................................................................................5-42 Auto Hold.............................................................................................................6-29 I-2 I Automatic climate control system........................................................................5-63 Air conditioning............................................................................................... 5-70 Air Conditioning refrigerant label.................................................................... 5-73 Air intake control............................................................................................. 5-68 Automatic heating and air conditioning........................................................... 5-64 Driver only....................................................................................................... 5-70 Fan speed control............................................................................................. 5-69 Manual heating and air conditioning............................................................... 5-65 Mode selection................................................................................................. 5-66 OFF mode........................................................................................................ 5-70 System maintenance......................................................................................... 5-72 Temperature control......................................................................................... 5-68 Automatic door lock and unlock features.............................................................5-16 Air bag deployment.......................................................................................... 5-17 Auto LOCK - Enable on shift.......................................................................... 5-16 Auto LOCK - Enable on speed........................................................................ 5-16 Auto UNLOCK - On Shift to P........................................................................ 5-17 Auto UNLOCK - Vehicle off (with Smart key)............................................... 5-17 Auto UNLOCK- On key out (with Remote key)............................................. 5-17 Automatic ventilation...........................................................................................5-78 Aux, USB and iPod..............................................................................................5-91 B Battery (High voltage battery and 12V lithium ion polymer battery)..................1-14 Battery saver function...........................................................................................5-48 Before driving.........................................................................................................6-5 Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system......................................................6-50 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free.......................................................5-93 Bottle holder.........................................................................................................5-81 Brake fluid............................................................................................................8-26 Brake system.........................................................................................................6-23 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)........................................................................ 6-32 Auto Hold......................................................................................................... 6-29 Disc brakes wear indicator............................................................................... 6-24 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...................................................................... 6-24 Electronic Stability Control (ESC).................................................................. 6-34 I-3 Index Emergency Stop Signal (ESS)......................................................................... 6-38 Good braking practices.................................................................................... 6-39 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)....................................................................... 6-38 Power brakes.................................................................................................... 6-23 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)............................................................. 6-36 Bulb replacement..................................................................................................8-55 Daytime running lamp..................................................................................... 8-56 Front fog lamp.................................................................................................. 8-59 Front position lamp.......................................................................................... 8-56 Front turn signal lamp...................................................................................... 8-56 Headlamp......................................................................................................... 8-56 Headlamp aiming............................................................................................. 8-60 High mounted stop lamp.................................................................................. 8-67 Interior light bulb............................................................................................. 8-68 License plate light bulb.................................................................................... 8-68 Rear combination lamp bulb............................................................................ 8-65 Rear fog lamp................................................................................................... 8-65 Side repeater lamp ........................................................................................... 8-65 Static lamp........................................................................................................ 8-56 Bulb wattage.........................................................................................................2-10 Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button........................................................6-9 C Cabin air filter.......................................................................................................8-29 Capacities (Lubricants).........................................................................................2-13 Care Exterior care..................................................................................................... 8-70 Interior care...................................................................................................... 8-74 Tire care............................................................................................................ 8-33 Cargo area cover...................................................................................................5-89 Center console storage..........................................................................................5-79 Central door lock switch.......................................................................................5-15 Certification label.................................................................................................2-15 Chains Tire chains...................................................................................................... 6-132 Checking tire inflation pressure............................................................................8-34 I-4 I Child restraint system (CRS)................................................................................3-29 Booster seats.................................................................................................... 3-30 Children always in the rear.............................................................................. 3-29 Forward-facing child restraint system.............................................................. 3-30 Installing a child restraint system (CRS)......................................................... 3-32 ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether anchorage for children............................... 3-37 Rearward-facing child restraint system............................................................ 3-30 Securing a child restraint system seat with “Top-tether Anchorage” system... 3-38 Securing a child restraint system with a lap/shoulder belt............................... 3-39 Securing a child restraint system with the “ISOFIX Anchorage System”....... 3-37 Selecting a child restraint system (CRS).......................................................... 3-30 Child-protector rear door lock..............................................................................5-17 Clock.....................................................................................................................5-86 Coasting guide......................................................................................................6-22 Coat hook..............................................................................................................5-87 Combined instrument, see instrument cluster.........................................................4-4 Compact spare tire replacement...........................................................................8-37 Compressor lubricant volume...............................................................................2-12 Coolant..................................................................................................................8-23 Cooling fluid, see engine coolant/inverter coolant...............................................8-23 Crankcase emission control system......................................................................8-77 Cruise control.....................................................................................................6-105 Cup holder............................................................................................................5-81 Curtain air bags.....................................................................................................3-48 D Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel illumination...................................4-5 Dashboard, see instrument cluster..........................................................................4-4 Day/night rearview mirror....................................................................................5-22 Daytime Running Light (DRL)............................................................................5-42 Defogging (Windshield).......................................................................................5-74 Defrosting (Windshield).......................................................................................5-74 Dimensions.............................................................................................................2-9 Display illumination, see instrument panel illumination........................................4-5 Displays, see instrument cluster.............................................................................4-4 Distance to empty...................................................................................................4-7 I-5 Index Door locks.............................................................................................................5-13 Automatic door lock and unlock features........................................................ 5-16 Central door lock switch.................................................................................. 5-15 Child-protector rear door lock.......................................................................... 5-17 Drinks holders, see cup holders............................................................................5-81 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system............................................................6-92 Driver’s air bag.....................................................................................................3-44 Driving at night...................................................................................................6-129 Driving in flooded areas.....................................................................................6-130 Driving in the rain...............................................................................................6-129 Driving the hybrid vehicle....................................................................................1-12 Economical and safe operation of hybrid system............................................ 1-12 Starting the vehicle with remote key................................................................ 1-12 Starting the vehicle with smart key.................................................................. 1-12 Dual clutch transmission......................................................................................6-13 DCT warning messages.................................................................................... 6-15 ECO mode........................................................................................................ 6-18 Good driving practices..................................................................................... 6-21 Ignition key interlock system........................................................................... 6-19 Manual shift mode........................................................................................... 6-18 Paddle shifter.................................................................................................... 6-20 Shift lock system.............................................................................................. 6-19 Shift-lock release.............................................................................................. 6-19 SPORT mode.................................................................................................... 6-18 Transmission ranges......................................................................................... 6-17 Dual clutch transmission shift indicator.................................................................4-7 E ECO mode............................................................................................................6-18 Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM)...........................................................................5-22 Electric Power Steering (EPS)..............................................................................5-19 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...........................................................................6-24 Electronic Stability Control (ESC).......................................................................6-34 Emergency commodity.........................................................................................7-31 Emergency Stop Signal (ESS)..............................................................................6-38 Emergency towing................................................................................................7-29 I-6 I Emission control system.......................................................................................8-77 Crankcase emission control system................................................................. 8-77 Evaporative emission control System.............................................................. 8-77 Exhaust emission control system..................................................................... 8-78 Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF)..................................................................... 8-79 Engine compartment....................................................................................... 2-8, 8-3 Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.......................................................8-45 Engine coolant......................................................................................................8-23 Engine number......................................................................................................2-16 Engine oil..............................................................................................................8-22 Engine specification...............................................................................................2-9 Engine Start/Stop button.........................................................................................6-9 Evaporative emission control System...................................................................8-77 Exhaust emission control system..........................................................................8-78 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.......................................................8-20 Exterior care.........................................................................................................8-70 Exterior overview Front view.......................................................................................................... 2-2 Rear view........................................................................................................... 2-3 F Flat tire..................................................................................................................7-14 Changing tires.................................................................................................. 7-15 EC Declaration of conformity for Jack............................................................ 7-20 Jack and tools................................................................................................... 7-14 Jack label.......................................................................................................... 7-19 Tire Mobility Kit (TMK).................................................................................. 7-21 Use of compact spare tires............................................................................... 7-17 Floor mat anchor(s)..............................................................................................5-87 Fluid Brake fluid........................................................................................................ 8-26 Washer fluid..................................................................................................... 8-27 Forced engine activation mode.............................................................................7-80 Forward Collision – Avoidance Assist (FCA) system..........................................6-40 I-7 Index Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)...........................................5-59 Front fog lamp......................................................................................................5-47 Front seat adjustment..............................................................................................3-6 Lumbar support.................................................................................................. 3-9 Manual adjustment............................................................................................. 3-6 Power adjustment............................................................................................... 3-8 Fuel filler door......................................................................................................5-36 Fuel gauge...............................................................................................................4-6 Fuel requirements...................................................................................................1-4 Do not use methanol.......................................................................................... 1-6 Fuel Additives.................................................................................................... 1-6 Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol........................................................ 1-5 Leaded................................................................................................................ 1-4 Operation in foreign countries........................................................................... 1-6 Other fuels ......................................................................................................... 1-5 Unleaded............................................................................................................ 1-4 Use of MTBE..................................................................................................... 1-6 Fuse switch...........................................................................................................8-44 Fuse/relay panel description Instrument panel fuse panel............................................................................. 8-46 Engine compartment fuse panel....................................................................... 8-51 Fuses.....................................................................................................................8-42 Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.................................................. 8-45 Fuse switch....................................................................................................... 8-44 Fuse/relay panel description............................................................................. 8-46 Instrument panel fuse replacement.................................................................. 8-43 Multi fuse......................................................................................................... 8-45 G Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF).........................................................................8-79 Gauges and meters..................................................................................................4-5 Glove box.............................................................................................................5-79 Gross vehicle weight............................................................................................2-12 I-8 I H Hazard warning flasher...........................................................................................7-2 Hazardous driving conditions.............................................................................6-128 Headlamp bulb replacement.................................................................................8-55 Headlamp delay function......................................................................................5-48 Headlamp position................................................................................................5-43 Headlight leveling device.....................................................................................5-49 Headrest................................................................................................................3-12 Front seat headrests.......................................................................................... 3-12 Rear seat headrests........................................................................................... 3-15 Head-up display....................................................................................................5-39 Head-up display information........................................................................... 5-41 Head-up display ON/OFF button..................................................................... 5-40 Head-up display setting.................................................................................... 5-41 Heated steering wheel...........................................................................................5-21 Heater....................................................................................................................5-63 Height adjustment.................................................................................................3-23 High Beam Assist (HBA).....................................................................................5-44 High beam operation............................................................................................5-43 Highway driving.................................................................................................6-130 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)............................................................................6-38 Hood.....................................................................................................................5-33 Horn......................................................................................................................5-20 How to use this manual..........................................................................................1-3 Hybrid battery cooling duct..................................................................................1-26 Hybrid battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge.........................................................4-6 Hybrid Starter&Generator (HSG) belt.................................................................8-26 I If the 12 volt battery is discharged.........................................................................7-4 Before jump starting........................................................................................... 7-4 Jump starting...................................................................................................... 7-5 Using the 12V battery reset switch.................................................................... 7-4 If the engine overheats............................................................................................7-7 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing.........................................................7-2 If the engine stalls while driving............................................................................7-2 If the engine will not start.......................................................................................7-3 If you have a flat tire while driving........................................................................7-3 I-9 Index Ignition key interlock system...............................................................................6-19 Ignition switch........................................................................................................6-6 Key ignition switch............................................................................................ 6-6 Engine Start/Stop button.................................................................................... 6-9 Immobilizer system..............................................................................................5-12 In case of emergency while driving........................................................................7-2 Indicator light.........................................................................................................4-9 Infotainment system.............................................................................................5-91 USB Port.......................................................................................................... 5-91 Antenna............................................................................................................ 5-91 Steering wheel audio control............................................................................ 5-92 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.................................................................... 5-93 Inside rearview mirror..........................................................................................5-21 Instrument cluster...................................................................................................4-4 Distance to empty .............................................................................................. 4-7 Dual clutch transmission shift indicator............................................................. 4-7 Fuel gauge.......................................................................................................... 4-6 Gauges and meters............................................................................................. 4-5 Hybrid battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge.................................................... 4-6 Instrument panel illumination............................................................................ 4-5 LCD display control......................................................................................... 4-27 LCD display messages..................................................................................... 4-21 LCD display modes.......................................................................................... 4-28 Odometer............................................................................................................ 4-7 Outside temperature gauge................................................................................. 4-7 Power gauge....................................................................................................... 4-5 Speedometer....................................................................................................... 4-5 Trip computer................................................................................................... 4-40 User settings mode........................................................................................... 4-31 Warning and indicator lights.............................................................................. 4-9 Instrument panel fuse replacement.......................................................................8-43 Instrument panel illumination.................................................................................4-5 Instrument panel overview.....................................................................................2-7 Intelligent Speed Linit Warning (ISLW)..............................................................6-97 Interior care...........................................................................................................8-74 I-10 I Interior features Bottle holder..................................................................................................... 5-81 Cargo area cover.............................................................................................. 5-89 Clock................................................................................................................ 5-86 Coat hook......................................................................................................... 5-87 Cup holder........................................................................................................ 5-81 Floor mat anchor(s).......................................................................................... 5-87 Luggage net holder........................................................................................... 5-88 Luggage tray.................................................................................................... 5-89 Power outlet..................................................................................................... 5-82 Sunvisor........................................................................................................... 5-82 USB charger .................................................................................................... 5-83 Wireless cellular phone charging system......................................................... 5-84 Interior lamp AUTO cut........................................................................................5-50 Interior lights........................................................................................................5-50 Front lamps...................................................................................................... 5-50 Interior lamp AUTO cut................................................................................... 5-50 Luggage compartment lamp............................................................................. 5-51 Rear lamp......................................................................................................... 5-51 Vanity mirror lamp........................................................................................... 5-51 Interior overview....................................................................................................2-4 Inverter coolant.....................................................................................................8-23 J Jack and tools........................................................................................................7-14 L Label Air conditioner compressor label..................................................................... 2-16 Refrigerant label............................................................................................... 2-16 Tire sidewall labeling....................................................................................... 8-38 Tire specification and pressure label................................................................ 2-16 Vehicle certification label................................................................................. 2-15 Lane Following Assist (LFA) system...................................................................6-78 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system.....................................................................6-84 Lap/shoulder belt..................................................................................................3-22 LCD display control.............................................................................................4-27 LCD display messages..........................................................................................4-21 LCD display modes..............................................................................................4-28 I-11 Index Leading vehicle departure alert..........................................................................6-127 Light bulbs............................................................................................................8-55 Lighting................................................................................................................5-42 AUTO headlamp position................................................................................ 5-42 Battery saver function...................................................................................... 5-48 Daytime Running Light (DRL)........................................................................ 5-42 Front fog lamp ................................................................................................. 5-47 Headlamp delay function................................................................................. 5-48 Headlamp position........................................................................................... 5-43 Headlight leveling device................................................................................. 5-49 High Beam Assist (HBA)................................................................................. 5-44 High beam operation........................................................................................ 5-43 Low beam assist-static light............................................................................. 5-49 Position lamp position...................................................................................... 5-43 Rear fog lamp................................................................................................... 5-47 Turn signals...................................................................................................... 5-46 Load and speed capacty tires................................................................................2-12 Low beam assist-static light.................................................................................5-49 Lubricants and capacities......................................................................................2-13 Luggage compartment lamp.................................................................................5-51 Luggage net holder...............................................................................................5-88 Luggage tray.........................................................................................................5-89 Luggage volume...................................................................................................2-12 M Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................................................. 8-20 Maintenance services......................................................................................... 8-4 Maintenance under severe usage conditions.............................................. 8-12, 18 Normal maintenance service........................................................................ 8-8, 14 Owner maintenance............................................................................................ 8-5 Scheduled maintenance services........................................................................ 8-7 Tire maintenance.............................................................................................. 8-37 Maintenance services..............................................................................................8-4 Manual shift mode................................................................................................6-18 I-12 I Mirrors..................................................................................................................5-21 Adjusting the outside rearview mirrors............................................................ 5-23 Day/night rearview mirror............................................................................... 5-22 Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM)...................................................................... 5-22 Folding outside rearview mirrors..................................................................... 5-24 Inside rearview mirror...................................................................................... 5-21 Outside rearview mirrors................................................................................. 5-23 Moonroof, see sunroof..........................................................................................5-29 Multi box..............................................................................................................5-80 Multi fuse..............................................................................................................8-45 N Normal maintenance service For Europe.......................................................................................................... 8-8 Except Europe.................................................................................................. 8-14 O Odometer................................................................................................................4-7 Oil (Engine)..........................................................................................................8-22 Outside rearview mirrors......................................................................................5-23 Outside temperature gauge.....................................................................................4-7 Owner maintenance................................................................................................8-5 P Paddle shifter........................................................................................................6-20 Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch............................................................3-45 Passenger’s front air bag.......................................................................................3-44 Position lamp position..........................................................................................5-43 Power brakes.........................................................................................................6-23 Power gauge...........................................................................................................4-5 Power outlet..........................................................................................................5-82 Power steering......................................................................................................5-19 Power window lock button...................................................................................5-28 Pre-tensioner seat belt...........................................................................................3-24 I-13 Index R Rear center seatbelt...............................................................................................3-24 Rear Cross – Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system....................................6-65 Rear fog lamp.......................................................................................................5-47 Rear seat adjustment Armrest............................................................................................................. 3-11 Seat folding...................................................................................................... 3-10 Rear seat headrests................................................................................................3-15 Rear seat warmers.................................................................................................3-17 Rear View Monitor...............................................................................................5-55 Rear window defroster..........................................................................................5-77 Rear window wiper and washer............................................................................5-54 Auto rear wiper................................................................................................ 5-54 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures..........................................................8-33 Recommended lubricants and capacities..............................................................2-13 Recommended SAE viscosity number............................................................. 2-14 Refrigerant label...................................................................................................2-16 Refrigerant volume...............................................................................................2-12 Regenrative braking..............................................................................................1-14 Remote key.............................................................................................................5-5 Mechanical key.................................................................................................. 5-6 Battery replacement........................................................................................... 5-7 Removable towing hook.......................................................................................7-28 Replacement light bulb.........................................................................................8-55 Returning used vehicles..........................................................................................1-7 Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)..........................................................5-56 Rocking the vehicle............................................................................................6-128 Roof side rails.......................................................................................................5-90 Rotation (Tire)......................................................................................................8-35 S Safety messages......................................................................................................1-3 Safety precautions.................................................................................................1-23 High voltage battery system............................................................................. 1-23 Service plug...................................................................................................... 1-26 Hybrid battery cooling duct............................................................................. 1-26 If an accident occurs........................................................................................ 1-27 When the hybrid vehicle shuts off................................................................... 1-28 I-14 I Scheduled maintenance services............................................................................8-7 Seat belt warning light..........................................................................................3-20 Seat belts...............................................................................................................3-19 Additional seat belt safety precautions............................................................ 3-26 Care of seat belts.............................................................................................. 3-28 Do not lie down................................................................................................ 3-28 Height adjustment............................................................................................ 3-23 Keep belts clean and dry.................................................................................. 3-28 Lap/shoulder belt.............................................................................................. 3-22 One person per belt.......................................................................................... 3-28 Periodic inspection........................................................................................... 3-28 Pre-tensioner seat belt...................................................................................... 3-24 Rear center seatbelt.......................................................................................... 3-24 Seat belt restraint system.................................................................................. 3-22 Seat belt safety precautions.............................................................................. 3-19 Seat belt use and children................................................................................. 3-26 Seat belt use and injured people....................................................................... 3-27 Seat belt use during pregnancy........................................................................ 3-26 Seat belt warning light..................................................................................... 3-20 When to replace seat belts................................................................................ 3-28 Seat warmers Front................................................................................................................. 3-16 Rear.................................................................................................................. 3-17 Seats........................................................................................................................3-3 Air ventilation seats......................................................................................... 3-18 Front seat adjustment......................................................................................... 3-6 Headrest........................................................................................................... 3-12 Rear seat adjustment........................................................................................ 3-10 Rear seat warmers............................................................................................ 3-17 Safety precautions.............................................................................................. 3-5 Seat warmers.................................................................................................... 3-16 Seatback pocket.................................................................................................. 3-9 Service plug..........................................................................................................1-26 Shift lock system..................................................................................................6-19 Shift-lock release..................................................................................................6-19 Side air bags..........................................................................................................3-46 Smart cruise control with stop & go................................................................... 6-110 I-15 Index Smart key................................................................................................................5-8 Battery replacement......................................................................................... 5-11 Mechanical key................................................................................................ 5-10 Smooth cornering...............................................................................................6-129 Snow tires...........................................................................................................6-131 Spare tire Compact spare tire replacement....................................................................... 8-37 Special driving conditions Driving at night.............................................................................................. 6-129 Driving in flooded areas................................................................................. 6-130 Driving in the rain.......................................................................................... 6-129 Hazardous driving conditions........................................................................ 6-128 Highway driving............................................................................................ 6-130 Rocking the vehicle........................................................................................ 6-128 Smooth cornering........................................................................................... 6-129 Speed limit control..............................................................................................6-103 Speedometer...........................................................................................................4-5 SPORT mode........................................................................................................6-18 Steering wheel......................................................................................................5-19 Electric Power Steering (EPS)......................................................................... 5-19 Heated steering wheel...................................................................................... 5-21 Horn................................................................................................................. 5-20 Power steering.................................................................................................. 5-19 Tilt steering / Telescopic steering..................................................................... 5-20 Steering wheel audio controls...............................................................................5-92 Storage compartment............................................................................................5-79 Center console storage..................................................................................... 5-79 Glove box......................................................................................................... 5-79 Multi box.......................................................................................................... 5-80 Sunglass holder................................................................................................ 5-80 Sunglass holder.....................................................................................................5-80 Sunroof.................................................................................................................5-29 Automatic reverse............................................................................................ 5-30 Resetting the sunroof....................................................................................... 5-31 Sliding the sunroof........................................................................................... 5-30 Sunroof open warning...................................................................................... 5-32 Sunroof opening and closing............................................................................ 5-30 Sunshade.......................................................................................................... 5-31 Tilting the sunroof............................................................................................ 5-30 I-16 I Sunroof inside air recirculation............................................................................5-78 Sunvisor................................................................................................................5-82 T Tailgate.................................................................................................................5-34 Theft-alarm system...............................................................................................5-18 Tilt steering / Telescopic steering.........................................................................5-20 Tire and wheels (size and pressure)...................................................................... 2-11 Tire chains..........................................................................................................6-132 Tire Mobility Kit (TMK)......................................................................................7-21 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).............................................................7-9 Tire rotation..........................................................................................................8-35 Tire specification and pressure label....................................................................2-16 Tires and wheels...................................................................................................8-33 Checking tire inflation pressure....................................................................... 8-34 Compact spare tire replacement....................................................................... 8-37 Low aspect ratio tires....................................................................................... 8-41 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures..................................................... 8-33 Tire care............................................................................................................ 8-33 Tire maintenance.............................................................................................. 8-37 Tire replacement............................................................................................... 8-36 Tire rotation...................................................................................................... 8-35 Tire sidewall labeling....................................................................................... 8-38 Tire traction...................................................................................................... 8-37 Wheel alignment and tire balance.................................................................... 8-36 Wheel replacement........................................................................................... 8-37 Towing..................................................................................................................7-27 Trailer towing.....................................................................................................6-135 Trip computer.......................................................................................................4-40 Turn signals..........................................................................................................5-46 U USB charger..........................................................................................................5-83 User settings mode................................................................................................4-31 I-17 Index V Vanity mirror lamp................................................................................................5-51 Vehicle break-in process.........................................................................................1-7 Vehicle certification label.....................................................................................2-15 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)...................................................................2-15 Vehicle modification...............................................................................................1-7 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).................................................................6-36 Vehicle weight....................................................................................................6-143 Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS).................................................................1-14 W Warning and indicator lights...................................................................................4-9 Warning and indicator lights...................................................................................4-9 Warning light..........................................................................................................4-9 Washer fluid..........................................................................................................8-27 Wheel alignment and tire balance........................................................................8-36 Wheel replacement...............................................................................................8-37 Windows...............................................................................................................5-25 Power window lock switch.............................................................................. 5-28 Windshield defrosting and defogging...................................................................5-74 Windshield washers..............................................................................................5-52 Windshield wipers................................................................................................5-52 Winter driving.....................................................................................................6-131 Snow tires....................................................................................................... 6-131 Tire chains...................................................................................................... 6-132 Wiper blade replacement......................................................................................8-30 Wipers and washers..............................................................................................5-52 AUTO (Automatic) control.............................................................................. 5-52 Rear window wiper and washer....................................................................... 5-54 Windshield washers ......................................................................................... 5-52 Windshield wipers ........................................................................................... 5-52 Wireless cellular phone charging system..............................................................5-84 I-18